Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
3555 Lutheran Parkway (2016)
City of Wheat Ridge OWNER 303-318-1905 SCL HEALTH GC (303)699-9000 Richard Saunders SUB (303)781-7400 Timothy Canady SUB (303)355-9696 SUB (303)355-.916 Rick L. Kinning Rick L. Kinning *** PARCEL INFO *** ZONE CODE: SUBDIVISION CODE: UA / Unassigned 1 / Commr Vacant *** FEE SUMMARY *** 018361 Saunders Construction, Inc. 020988 ADK Electric 020447 R.K. Mechanical, Inc. 020447 R.K. Mechanical, Inc. USE: BLOCK/LOT## : / 0 / Total Valuation ESTIMATED PROJECT VALUATION: Plan Review Fee FEES 517,010.00 Use Tax 0.00 Permit Fee 2'477.18 ** TOTAL 9,306.18 ** 3,811.05 15,594.41 *** COMMENTS *** *** CONDITIONS *** Approval from presiding g fire department required All roughs to be do ' prior to final building done at Framing Inspection. g inspection Commercial Remodel PERMIT _ 2016 01902 PERMIT NO; JOB ADDRESS: 201601902 JOB DESCRIPTION: 3555 Lutheran PKWY STE 180 Remodel 3695sf ISSUED: 01/04/2017 of EXPIRES: mechanical. office space includin Commercial Remodel g electric 01/04/2018 *** CONTACT plumbing, and OWNER 303-318-1905 SCL HEALTH GC (303)699-9000 Richard Saunders SUB (303)781-7400 Timothy Canady SUB (303)355-9696 SUB (303)355-.916 Rick L. Kinning Rick L. Kinning *** PARCEL INFO *** ZONE CODE: SUBDIVISION CODE: UA / Unassigned 1 / Commr Vacant *** FEE SUMMARY *** 018361 Saunders Construction, Inc. 020988 ADK Electric 020447 R.K. Mechanical, Inc. 020447 R.K. Mechanical, Inc. USE: BLOCK/LOT## : / 0 / Total Valuation ESTIMATED PROJECT VALUATION: Plan Review Fee FEES 517,010.00 Use Tax 0.00 Permit Fee 2'477.18 ** TOTAL 9,306.18 ** 3,811.05 15,594.41 *** COMMENTS *** *** CONDITIONS *** Approval from presiding g fire department required All roughs to be do ' prior to final building done at Framing Inspection. g inspection r–�" �.t.�•`'"'""'' Occu enc /T e C 0 N *ECORD �✓ INSPECTfO 03 234-5933�t "EST LINE. (3 INSPECTION Mcl,� posted on the project site. erformed unless this card is p business day-** Inspections will not be p n�• to receive an inspection the following the inspection request line before 11.59 p• eonent to this project Spaces p Inspector Must Sign ALL. Sp comments Inspector ndation Inspections ®ate Initials I-- -rete Encased Ground (CEG)ectlon a ndation / P.E. Letter r Concrete Prior To A proval of The Above Ins p Do Not our Inspector comments Berg round/Slab Inspections Date Initials ctricai ---- wer Service 3 /royal Of The Above imbing der round or Belowiln-Slab Work Prior To A comments )__ t DOVer lin Inspector ____-- — Date Initials ough Inspections ,all Shcathing lid-F?cof ath 1 W all Tie Rough Electric Rough ?lumbinglGas Line Foucii Mech;az! _ ___-- Rough Framing Insulation & �i Screw t Nail inspector Comments Url�_�• __ Insp requested Date , Initials Final Inspections inspections from these entities should bd parking Planning Dept• j one week in advance. For 46.Folandscaping I Landscaping &Parking l Actions call 303-235-2846. For FtOV`J and dra-tions ' age i insp. I ROW &Drainage 1 Public V�'orlcs Dept. inspections call 303 X35-2861 •For fire insp ro ect. � contact the Fire Protection District far your p 1 Fire Inspection , Fire Protection Dist - Fire i r _ --- Final Electrical y i !� 'ice Final Piumbing Final Mechanical Roof — Final Window/Doors N (� �" I F.nal Building roved by Planning, public 1Vorks, Fire and �uildi before a ncy. Certificate ,.s must be completed and approved Building electrical low voltage inspection does not constitute authorization of occupanc . ii NOTE: All iter^ � rove! of the Fina ted frcrn the Fire District and of Occupancy is issued- App h inspections are comp of the e ermits _please be sure that rough ci wheatridge ca us by 8..00 A.M. the day *For low �roltag R by the Building Division. oasts _please email insptimere nest *For Inspection `time Window Requests inspection with the property address in the subject line of the emai . ccu ancy Is Issued ®t �errndtted Until A C. The Weather � occupancy Is N Protect This Care! From 301ION S/H13/ MMI ION OQ :aoloedsul :ale(] ££65-p,£Z-£OE ;e uopoed9ui-ea jo/ Ileo `epew uesq envy suoi;oejjoo ueyM,, ON saA :paainbaa uoiloadsul-aa Nd/WV S ey ;ol awls :uoiloodsui aol algeliene auo ON ❑ / 6 'Z 0 / D 1 / Q 12> :aagwnN IIwaad $ A r►,ycf it v -y a y� n � _ _ S :ssaappd qof r y :edA1 uoi}oadsul 331ION N01133dSNI XeJ 6068-ZCO (COO) • e�U110 9980-990 (COC) r wql uolloedsul EE65-tiEZ (EOE) �— uoisinld uoiloadsul fu1p1m8 ' 30018 IV3HM =10 A110 c CER TIFICA TE OF COMPLETION Permit #: 201601902 A'. City of Date: 05/25/2017 Wheat�dge COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 7500 W 29TH AVE WHEAT RIDGE CO 80033-8001 *Stipulations: Remodel 3695 sf office space including electric olumbing mechanical This certificate verifies that the building constructed and/or the use proposed of the building and/or premises, under the above permit number and on property described below, does comply with the Wheat Ridge Building Code, Zoning and other related land use and development laws of the City of Wheatridge, and may be occupied for the use specified. OWNER: SCL HEALTH ADDRESS: 500 ELDORADO BLVD SUITE 4300 BROOMFIELD, CO 80021 CONTRACTOR/ADDRESS: Richard Saunders 6950 S Jordan RD, Centennial, CO 80112-4211 PROPERTY ADDRESS: 3555 Lutheran PKWY STE 180, Wheat Ridge, CO 80033-6000 PARCEL #: 39-262-00-012 OCCUPANCY: B TYPE OF CONST: V -B OCC LOAD: N/A FOR THE FOLLOWING PURPOSE: Commercial Remodel Code Editions: No change shall be made in the Use of this building without 2012 ICC / 2014 NEC prior notice and a new CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION from the City of Wheat Ridge Chief Building Official Sprinklered• No 1 - 2. ) n CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division r40000p' (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office - (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: Job Address: P K K V. S TZ I �� Permit Number: Cpl 6 0 1 `�'f v -2- 0 ❑ No one available for inspection: Time AM/PM Re -Inspection requireLbeen , sNo ' �When corrections have mad call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: aInspector: ` "i ID`_b NOT REMOV NOTICE - SS L 4k*� h P 1t L"' y � Q P ao��d I �0 -� ELITE E g BALANCING O 2029 Kinnikinnick Dr. • Erie, CO 80516 • Phone: (720) 523-0209 • Fax: (720) 523-0225 • http://www.elitebalancing.com Certified Test, Adjust, and Balance Report SCL Diabetes Center Address: Date: Job Number: Mechanical Engineer: Mechanical Contractor Submitted & Certified By: Elite Balancing LLC Certification Number: 3502 3555 Lutheran Parkway Suite 180 Wheat Ridge, CO 4/18/2017 2017-714 Christophere Menges Engineering RK Mechanical Certification Exp Date: March 31, 2018 NEBB Qualified Certified Professional: Kevin Shaw i�r late i �IROXT N 3502 W.300s The data presented in this report is a record of system measurements and final adjustments that have been obtained in accordance with the current edition of the NEBB PROCEDURAL STANDARDS FOR TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING OF ENVIRONMEMTAL SYSTEMS. Any variances from design quantities, which exceed NEBB tolerances, are noted in the Test -Adjust -Balance Report Project Summary. Revision Number Date Description 1 4/18/17 Final Report Issued Elite Balancing, LLC 1/11 Table of Contents Instrument Calibration Report ............... 3 Abbreviations Page ....................... 3 Report Summary / Remarks ................ 4 Air Handling Reports ...................... 5 Fan Reports ............................. 9 Prints.................................. 10 Elite Balancing, LLC 2/11 ELITE E IBALANCINGt� 2029 Kinnikinnick Dr. • Erie, CO 80516 • Phone: (720) 523-0209 • Fax: (720) 523-0225 • http://www.elitebalancing.com Table of Contents Instrument Calibration Report ............... 3 Abbreviations Page ....................... 3 Report Summary / Remarks ................ 4 Air Handling Reports ...................... 5 Fan Reports ............................. 9 Prints.................................. 10 Elite Balancing, LLC 2/11 N€r� ELITE IBALANCING NECa 2029 Kinnikinnick Dr. • Erie, CO 80516 • Phone: (720) 523-0209 • Fax: (720) 523-0225 • http://www.elitebalancing.com Instrumentation Rotation Measurement Extech 461995 Temperature Measurement Extech HD500 Electrical Measurement Fluke 335 Air Pressure Measurement Alnor EBT731 Air Velocity Measurement Alnor EBT731 Air Volume Measurement Alnor EBT731 Humidity Measurement Extech HD500 Hydronic Pressure Measurement Alnor HM670 Abbreviations A Amperage FCU Fan Coil Unit NIC Not In Contract A/C Air Conditioning FG Floor Grille NO Normally Open AHU Air Handling Unit FILT Filter OBD Opposed Blade Damper B Boiler FLA Full Load Amps OSA Outside Air BD Backdraft Damper FPM Feet per Minute PH Phase BP Boiler Pump / Booster Pump FPVAV Fan Powered Variable Air Volume PSI Pounds per Square Inch BTUH British Thermal Unit FSD Fire Smoke Damper RA Return Air CAV Constant Air Volume ftH2O Feet of Water Column RF Return Fan CD Ceiling Diffuser FURN Furnace RG Return Grille CFM Cubic Feet per Minute GC General Contractor RH Relative Humidity CH Chiller GPM Gallons per Minute RPM Revolutions per Minute CP Condenser Pump HP Heat Pump RTU Roof Top Unit CRAC Computer Room Air Conditioner HP Horsepower SA Supply Air CT Cooling Tower HVAC Heating, Ventilating & Air Conditioning SF Supply Fan CUH Cabinet Unit Heater HW Heating Water SF Service Factor CW Chilled Water HWP Heating Water Pump SP Set Point CWP Chilled Water Pump HWR Heating Water Return SP Static Pressure CWR Chilled Water Return HWS Heating Water Supply SW Side Wall CWS Chilled Water Supply inH2O Inches of Water Column TA Transfer Air DB Dry Bulb LAT Leaving Air Temperature TDH Total Dynamic Head DDC Direct Digital Control LWT Leaving Water Temperature TEMP Temperature DIFF Differential MAU Make - Up Air Unit TF Transfer Fan DWDI Double Width, Double Inlet MBH 1000 BTU Per Hour THO Thermal Overload EAT Entering Air Temperature MC Mechinacal Contractor TSP Total Static Pressure EC Electrical Contractor MD Moterized Damper UH Unit Heater EF Exhaust Fan MOSA Minimum Outside Air UV Unit Ventilator EG Exhaust Grille MVD Manual Volume Damper V Voltage ESP External Static Pressure N/A Not Applicable VAV Variable Air Volume EWT Entering Water Temperature NAC No Access VEL Velocity FBO Furnished By Others NC Normally Closed WB Wet Bulb Elite Balancing, LLC 3/11 ELITE 440 ELITE �FCa 2029 Kinnikinnick Dr. • Erie, CO 80516 • Phone: (720) 523-0209 • Fax: (720) 523-0225 • http://www.elitebalancing.com Report Summary / Remarks 1. None Elite Balancing, LLC 4/11 ELITE NjEr BALANCING 0 Air Handling Unit PROJECT: SCL Diabetes Center DATE: 4/18/2017 LOCATION: Wheat Ridge, CO CONTACT: Kevin Shaw PROJECT M 2017-714 SYSTEM/UNIT: AHU-NIC Tested By: Joe Ward Date: 4/18/2017 Log: I AHU-NIC 4/18/2017 Joe Ward AHU is existing and not in contract. SYSTEM/UNIT: AHU-NIC/(E)FP-103 Unit Data K Factor 475 Terminal Type PARALLEL WHEAT AHU-NIC/(E)FP-103 Supply Outlet Summary Tested By: Joe Ward Date. 4/18/2017 Term Box Test Data Design Max Airflow 250 CFM Actual Max Airflow 240 CFM System/Unit Outlet Size AK Factor Design Final Design Prelim Final % Final Type Velocity Velocity Airflow Airflow Airflow Diff. Outlet -01 SD -1 10 250 190 240 96 Totals: - 250 190 240 96 SYSTEM/UNIT: AHU-NIC/(E)FP-104 Unit Data K Factor 1150 Terminal Type PARALLEL WHEAT AHU-NIC/(E)FP-104 Supply Outlet Summary Tested By: Joe Ward Date: 4/18/2017 Term Box Test Data Design Max Airflow 555 CFM Actual Max Airflow 555 CFM System/Unit Outlet Type Size AK Factor Design Final Velocity Velocity Design Airflow Prelim Airflow Final Airflow % Final Diff. Outlet -01 SD -1 8 120 60 110 92 Outlet -02 SD -1 8 150 145 145 97 Outlet -03 SD -1 8 140 170 145 104 Outlet -04 SD -1 8 145 170 155 107 Totals: 1 - - I - 1 - 1 555 1 545 555 1 100 Elite Balancing, LLC 5/11 ELITE I yi_ BALAN C I N G I� Air Handling Unit PROJECT: SCL Diabetes Center DATE: 4/18/2017 LOCATION: Wheat Ridge, CO CONTACT: Kevin Shaw PROJECT #: 2017-714 SYSTEM/UNIT: AHU-NIC/(E)FP-108 Unit Data K Factor 2000 Terminal Type PARALLEL W/HEAT AHU-NIC/(E)FP-108 Supply Outlet Summary Tested By: Joe Ward Date: 4/18/2017 Term Box Test Data Design Max Airflow 900 CFM Actual Max Airflow 865 CFM System/Unit Outlet Type Size AK Factor Design Final Velocity Velocity Design Airflow Prelim Airflow Final Airflow % Final Diff. Outlet -01 SD -1 8 140 145 130 93 Outlet -02 SD -1 8 145 160 140 97 Outlet -03 SD -1 8 125 140 120 96 Outlet -04 SD -1 8 130 85 120 92 Outlet -05 SD -1 8 110 195 120 109 Outlet -06 SD -1 8 120 190 115 96 Outlet -07 SD -1 8 130 205 120 92 Totals: - 900 1120 865 96 SYSTEM/UNIT: AHU-NIC/(E)FP-109 Unit Data K Factor 2100 Terminal Type PARALLEL W/HEAT AHU-NIC/(E)FP-109 Supply Outlet Summary Tested By: Joe Ward Date: 4/18/2017 Term Box Test Data Design Max Airflow 865 CFM Actual Max Airflow 880 CFM System/Unit Outlet Type Size AK Factor Design Final Design Velocit Velocity Airflow Prelim Airflow Final Airflow % Final Diff. Outlet -01 SD -1 10 240 45 255 106 Outlet -02 SD -1 8 160 50 175 109 Totals: - - 400 95 430 108 Elite Balancing, LLC 6/11 E LITE Nit-'qlB BALANCING ;� Air Handling Unit PROJECT: SCL Diabetes Center DATE: 4/18/2017 LOCATION: Wheat Ridge, CO CONTACT: Kevin Shaw PROJECT #: 2017-714 SYSTEM/UNIT: AHU-NIC/(E)VAV-107 Unit Data K Factor 1315 Terminal Type SHUT OFF W/O HEAT AHU-NIC/(E)VAV-107 Supply Outlet Summary Tested By: Joe Ward Date: 4/18/2017 Term Box Test Data Design Max Airflow 365 CFM Actual Max Airflow 345 CFM System/Unit Outlet Type Size AK Factor Design Final Velocity Velocity Design Airflow Prelim Airflow Final Airflow % Final Diff. Outlet -01 SD -1 8 135 40 125 93 Outlet -02 SD -1 6 90 0 85 94 Outlet -03 SD -1 6 50 25 50 100 Outlet -04 SD -1 8 90 40 85 94 Totals; i - - - - 365 105 1 345 95 SYSTEM/UNIT: AHU-NIC/(E)VAV-108 Unit Data K Factor 1225 Terminal Type SHUT OFF W/O HEAT AHU-NIC/(E)VAV-108 Supply Outlet Summary Tested By: Joe Ward Date: 4/18/2017 Term Box Test Data Design Max Airflow 300 CFM Actual Max Airflow 290 CFM System/Unit Outlet Type Size AK Factor Design Final Velocity Velocity Design Airflow Prelim Airflow Final Airflow % Final Diff. Outlet -01 SD -1 8 100 55 95 95 Outlet -02 SD -1 8 140 95 130 93 Outlet -03 SD -1 6 60 45 65 108 Totals: - 300 195 290 97 SYSTEM/UNIT: AHU-NIC/(E)VAV-109 Unit Data K Factor 771 Terminal Type SHUT OFF W/O HEAT AHU-NIC/(E)VAV-109 Supply Outlet Summary Tested By: Joe Ward Date: 4/18/2017 Term Box Test Data Design Max Airflow 270 CFM Actual Max Airflow 270 CFM System/Unit Outlet Type Size All Factor Design Final Design Velocity Velocity Airflow Prelim Airflow Final Airflow % Final Diff. Outlet -01 SD -1 8 135 95 130 96 Outlet -02 SD -1 8 135 125 140 104 Totals: - 270 220 270 100 Elite Balancing, LLC 7111 ELITE o�� IBALANCING p Air Handling Unit PROJECT: SCL Diabetes Center DATE: 4/18/2017 LOCATION: Wheat Ridge, CO CONTACT: Kevin Shaw PROJECT #: 2017-714 SYSTEM/UNIT: AHU-NIC/(E)VAV-110 Unit Data K Factor 800 Terminal Type SHUT OFF W/O HEAT AHU-NIC/(E)VAV-110 Supply Outlet Summary Tested By: Joe Ward Date: 4/18/2017 Term Box Test Data Design Max Airflow 270 CFM Actual Max Airflow 270 CFM System/Unit Outlet Type Size AK Factor Design Final Design Velocity Velocity Airflow Prelim Airflow Final Airflow % Final Diff. Outlet -01 SD -1 8 135 300 140 104 Outlet -02 SD -1 8 135 325 130 96 Totals: - - 270 625 270 100 SYSTEM/UNIT: AHU-NIC/(E)VAV-111 Unit Data K Factor 1600 Terminal Type SHUT OFF W/O HEAT AHU-NIC/(E)VAV-111 Supply Outlet Summary Tested By: Joe Ward Date. 4/18/2017 Term Box Test Data Design Max Airflow 700 CFM Actual Max Airflow 725 CFM System/Unit Outlet Type Size AK Factor Design Final Velocity Velocity Design Airflow Prelim Airflow Final Airflow % Final Diff. Outlet -01 SD -1 8 130 150 140 108 Outlet -02 SD -1 8 130 135 135 104 Outlet -03 SD -1 10 220 280 230 105 Outlet -04 SD -1 10 220 230 220 100 Totals: I - - 700 1 795 725 1104 SYSTEM/UNIT: AHU-NIC/(E)VAV-112 Unit Data K Factor 800 Terminal Type SHUT OFF W/O HEAT AHU-NIC/(E)VAV-112 Supply Outlet Summary Tested By: Joe Ward Date: 4/18/2017 Term Box Test Data Design Max Airflow 325 CFM Actual Max Airflow 305 CFM System/Unit Outlet Type Size AK Factor Design Final Velocit Velocity Design Airflow Prelim Airflow Final Airflow % Final Diff. Outlet -01 SD -1 8 60 20 55 92 Outlet -02 SD -1 8 140 45 135 96 Outlet -03 SD -1 8 125 40 115 92 Totals: - 325 105 305 94 Elite Balancing, LLC 8/11 ELITE IBALAN w- ra Fan Unit PROJECT: SCL Diabetes Center LOCATION: Wheat Ridge, CO PROJECT M 2017-714 EF -NIC Exhaust Inlet Summary CINGNE DATE: 4/18/2017 CONTACT: Kevin Shaw ystem/Unit Inlet Type Size AK Factor Design Final Design Prelim Final %Fin VelocitV Velocity Airflow Airflow Airflow Diff. Inlet -01` EG -2 6 80 0 70 88 Totals: - 80 0 70 88 Log: I EF-NIC/Inlet-01 4/18/2017 Kevin Shaw Damper is 100% open. Elite Balancing, LLC 9/11 bI J^� T, a 2x _ . o g HB t^=n " "' :' '^R =3'" 3 ? 3 oCo 3 EE £ 4 m ,S R3 n 21 o� ul on�� ��? �� �a ��'"� s��� sF� U, IgA m OHM "I qu ��� N! R�� ss H say �S o Ra, £ g a � �, INA S o s° a x� n s m e s s IGS g" 0 g as >a in 0� 0a , � s � §� g=£ � gP£" i gig s op : g a ; �_ � Baa I � n� n $a � am s �Q� R �8€ g'F � a� �� �s o §�€ �.€ e�i s� �� a��a� �E_ ��s ��s E�Ulm "gm��y$s�5�� F�� arc �� - �F BZ_v 9-1111 59 �5 `a" IF in JOR �R F rya s e 5Fn €A ss: m b� 4A h FoR em S"11 .-,� g" n [ 9 8." a¢ m.� $n " 5s xmts� !a! Of €Rn asF .�s s "e x des a R R €a a R s €a 90 9 fid$ o e� �e -R Raz b o a gR q � s l E� � F g� >wf N IN g � £ $3 Y Ag �� a a , a IN � I �� sQso s 'she' sQ gg if Pg ti 3=' RISTOPH ER MENGES F DIABETES CENTER ? y ENGINEERING, INC.q £ ` p € Q Q s LUTIHERAN MEDICAL OFFICE BUILDING IV ' 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY a io co ao,ze a s SUITE IBO - vn o�`ize�.3oie�&ivaai zeams3 a; F -F WHEAT mma COLORADO 19F MO D � W r � m m Z r PaH� Ry �®ts�®ci �gg a a R Pg ti 3=' RISTOPH ER MENGES F DIABETES CENTER ? y ENGINEERING, INC.q £ ` p € Q Q s LUTIHERAN MEDICAL OFFICE BUILDING IV ' 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY a io co ao,ze a s SUITE IBO - vn o�`ize�.3oie�&ivaai zeams3 a; F -F WHEAT mma COLORADO 19F |!(!§ $ /i $ / \ \\\ j } j -< /\ ` | « \ § ; _ ) § } ) § \ ) m 7 2 \ \ n p !! 3 ~ DIABETES CENTER �I OlHll ?X \{( __.�.L_. �»NG» K ®\> § ; §: _ _� __Y \ \ \) " _!m_,CO_ j{ ® 2 — \\ Client: Mr. Jason Pappas UIROUND Saunders Construction, Inc. 6950 South Jordan Road Centennial, CO 80112 ENGINEERING SCL Lutheran Diabetes - Fireproofing Project S- L„-4 13 P Insp. Type: Fireproofing Job No: 17-1040 Date: April 11, 2017 Third Party Cover Report As scheduled, a representative arrived to perform special inspection services. The following is a summary of the services provided on this date. We met with Eristo Roman with Saunders Construction and reviewed the Submittal for the one hour fire barrier (Hilti FS -One Max Sealant) required for the penetrations in the corridor wall. We observed the placement of the rock wool and Hilti sealant for proper thickness and size of opening in the corridor wall for Suite 180, Phase 3 of the renovation. It appears that the rock wool and sealant have been placed in general conformance with the product specifications and manufacturer's recommendations. Total number of pages included in this report: 1 Have outstanding discrepancies been reported this date? No Field Representative: John Wiegand www.groundeng.com Englewood, Commerce City, Loveland, Granby, Gypsum r CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE �/�� Building Inspection Division / (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: M r- ► .1 PV 0 / Job Address: 3 S S S P Kwy Permit Number: D, lia /(� 0 / I b ❑ No one available for inspection: Time I= 00 AM/PM Re -Inspection required: Yes No *When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at W3-234-5933 Date: Inspector: DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE, f 3� ❑ No one available for inspection: Time I= 00 AM/PM Re -Inspection required: Yes No *When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at W3-234-5933 Date: Inspector: DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE, i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: F Z Job Address: ;� Sr L fl w k� Permit Number: 0( (�D I CIO 4— 0 ❑ No one available for inspection: Time AM/PM Re -Inspection required: Yes No *When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: / .(.c ? inspector: i %i.., ,- ` DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE j� i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE -.A Building Inspection Division / (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: Job Address: S -"S Permit Number: -,� / 6(-) l 96 2_ //'). La/,. /ma k. /AC-, )"4,7 1 ;71 5 , >_.-z ) � / ) 7 . // ,S_�r ❑ No one available for inspection: Time4p %�U AM/PM Re -Inspection required: Ye No * When corrections have been mad , for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: Inspector:%�� •� r DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE 0 1* � 4 i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: Job Address: Permit Number: -0,0 -1 60 1 2— J_ !- i - I 1 ► -- . . . '�_ ❑ No one available for inspectio ime AM/PM Re -Inspection required: YesNo * When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: ;� Inspector: DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE 1 s` i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE �/�� Building Inspection Division / (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: Job Address: _ S; Permit Number: G I 6 O f !2o ❑ No one available for inspection: Time ,-2 AM/PM Re -Inspection required: Yes No *When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: 7 Inspector: DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE It, / 4 i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: tj W -5 Job Address: -3 S �" �- vo Permit Number: -�' G / � b �1 _ ❑ No one available for inspection: Time '7.' i_ AM/PM Re -Inspection required: Yes No When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: Inspector: DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office - (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: P U > - Job Address: 3S !r A a R K �� y Permit Number: a- b !f - b /171.), 6' (2 n U v e ❑ No one available for inspection: Time OAM/PM Re -Inspection required: Yes No f, When corrections have been made, call Vre-inse"c`tion at 303-234-5933 Date: 3 3� �-7 Inspector: DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE 5;*'1% i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: F R 1 I nl F e F; z P ll 6 - Job Address: -3 9-5 L v -4 i.� R m N P Kw y ) 0 Permit Number: "-'k 0 1 b 0/ D f)tj6"- . Na t'4v�"' � ❑ No one available for insp ction: Time AM/PM Re -Inspection require : Yes No * When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date:' `"' _ ! Inspector: ,. DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE 1' CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: Ulec f"\('G t ;' Job Address: 3556' L he �1 ►- %- ���• Permit Number: a)1o019 �� ❑ No one available for inspection: Time -oc &M Re -Inspection required: Yes No *When corrections have been made, call for re-inspetion at 303-234-5933 Date: Inspector:a-):�ne-T�Vx �) DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type:G3„�.0 Job Address: Permit Number: r?( -)(L f Ccs ❑ No one available for inspection: Time i.' M PM Re -Inspection required: Yes No When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date:`.`! Inspector: ,. DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE .4F r i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type:G3„�.0 Job Address: Permit Number: r?( -)(L f Ccs ❑ No one available for inspection: Time i.' M PM Re -Inspection required: Yes No When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date:`.`! Inspector: ,. DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE .4F r CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division / (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: E� CA_r*tcQ &Uc,�) Job Address: 3ESE UAV)cran , Stc.1 Permit Number: o�01(0019 Oa ElNo one available for inspection: Time�44 AA Re -Inspection required: YesNo *When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: 3-21-F7 Inspector: k 1 , 1 CSW e DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE e ®� CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE .319 Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: Job Address: t t i 51-6" 1 Permit Number: a, ❑ No one available for inspection: Time/ AMXPM Re -Inspection required: Yes No :I When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: Inspector: DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE Client: Mr. Jason Pappas maim B Saunders Construction, Inc. 6950 South Jordan Road Centennial, CO 80112 ENGINEERING SCL Lutheran Diabeters - Fireproofing Project Insp. Type: Fire Penetration Job No: 17-1040 Date: February 28, 2017 Third Party Cover Report As scheduled, a representative arrived to perform special inspection services. The following is a summary of the services provided on this date. We met with Matt Medina with Saunders Construction and reviewed the submittal for the one hour fire barrier (Hilti FS -One Max Sealant) required for the penetrations in the corridor wall. We observed the placement of the rock wool and Hilti sealant for proper thickness and size of opening. The rock wool and sealant appeared to have been placed in general conformance with the product specifications and general industry practices. Total number of pages included in this report: No Have outstanding discrepancies been reported this date? 1 Field Representative: John Wiegand www.groundeng.com Englewood, Commerce City, Loveland, Granby, Gypsum 4' CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office - (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: Job Address: Permit Numben. C: Fj (-yd b'e, 11-A, I N 0 No one available for inspection: Timeel - 'or:. LAK�/Pm Re -inspection required: (Yes No *When corrections have been made, call for r inspqction at 303-234-5933 Date: Inspector: DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division r4000or (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: Job Address: Sit /9z Permit Number: .2,0/ 4 0i j o Z ��, • �', cr I � �Pc �,� , cs l t--, e.y � . ❑ No one available for inspection: Timed/PM Re -Inspection required: Yes ,No * When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: ' ` Inspector:,�i1il�'�4�` DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE 1* � 4 e CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office - (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: M,6(,1 f_� ,i „(r Mi-. Job Address: S S , {l <=..,� , PVt,) y r (NII:) Permit Number: 'o,ofo P J' r� Ati� 41 rim`,: ❑ No one available for inspection: Time ' "t/AM/PM Re -Inspection required: Yes ( Nlbo When corrections have been made, ,call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: ��'` % / Inspector: DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE ®� CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE j Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: Job Address: ., e Permit Number: r C1,134— R _ ❑ No one available for inspection: Timeq" /PM Re-Inspection required: Yes No When corrections have been made, call for re-inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: Inspector: DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division / (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: E /- I� Job Address: ? :5'ss Luh'-°�` r✓� 1 Permit Number: L dv!` 4 % 61 1 lejl ' ^ jk.c c= � r � c ✓ e• C � , / • c� 4r- r%,n jj e ElNo one available for inspection: Time .' AM�� Re -Inspection require Yes No When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 1 Date: `3-177 Inspector: ' >'4 -1 (F, DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE G CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: D uJ S Job Address: :3 5 K<' Lo -f K P. o rJ P Kw y Permit Number: !4.() /G 1 i 9 0 �)— ❑ No one available for inspection: Time L.- q� 0 AM/PM Re -Inspection required: Yes No When corrections have been made, call for re-' spection at 303-234-5933 Date: D - / () V? Inspector: DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE -� CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE r4000or Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office - (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: i I i>i2 l" Job Address: 35SS l�17�+ry2�,v P�tv�� Permit Number: C) 6 d 0 2 ❑ No one available for inspection: Time Re -Inspection required: Yes f *When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 J Date: -� -i Inspector: DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE ]�;'rBuilding Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: Job Address: 5- s� Permit Number: r c 2. f ( Cis i ❑ No one available for inspection: Time /PM Re -Inspection required: Yes No When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 3 Date: Inspector: DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE s} A 41 CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE j Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: tk ( i 1, ?R, r `° Job Address: 355-5- Tl fz P Y Spf f To Permit Number: 7-0 / 9 0z VV r- emiE t I� CJ - •R6 f Y,�C? v �x •� F e. ElNo one available for inspection: Time`` AM/PM Re -Inspection required: Yes ON *When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: Inspector: DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: LR l t Job Address: 3555 LuTl+e2.*,V P9W11 5;-e 1.60 Permit Number:: Z o! 0/10;-7 b, FG Ir f cin ❑ No one available for inspection: Time .1AIR/PM Re -Inspection requiredr' Yes No When corrections have 14M made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: I- 7 Y -Z2 Inspector: DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE City of Wheat Ridge Commercial Remodel PERMIT - 201601902 PERMIT NO: 201601902 ISSUED: 01/04/2017 JOB ADDRESS: 3555 Lutheran PKWY STE 180 EXPIRES: 01/04/2018 JOB DESCRIPTION: Remodel 3695 sf of office space including electric , plumbing, and mechanical.Commercial Remodel *** CONTACTS *** OWNER 303-318-1905 SCL HEALTH GC (303)699-9000 Richard Saunders 018361 Saunders Construction, Inc. SUB (303)781-7400 Timothy Canady 020988 ADK Electric SUB (303)355-9696 Rick L. Kinning 020447 R.K. Mechanical, Inc. SUB (303)355-9696 Rick L. Kinning 020447 R.K. Mechanical, Inc. *** PARCEL INFO *** ZONE CODE: UA / Unassigned USE: / SUBDIVISION CODE: 1 / Commr Vacant BLOCK/LOT#: 0 / *** FEE SUMMARY *** ESTIMATED PROJECT VALUATION: 517,010.00 FEES Total Valuation 0.00 Plan Review Fee 2,477.18 Use Tax 9,306.187 Permit Fee 3,811.05���� ** TOTAL ** 15,594.41 *** COMMENTS *** *** CONDITIONS *** Approval from presiding fire department required prior to final building inspection sign -off. All roughs to be done at Framing Inspection. City of Wheat Ridge Commercial Remodel PERMIT - 201601902 PERMIT NO: 201601902 ISSUED: 01/04/2017 JOB ADDRESS: 3555 Lutheran PKWY STE 180 EXPIRES: 01/04/2018 JOB DESCRIPTION: Remodel 3695 sf of office space including electric , plumbing, and mechanical.Commercial Remodel I, by my signature, do hereby attest that the work to be performed shall comply with all accompanying approved plans and specifications, applicable building codes, and all applicable municipal codes, policies and procedures, and that I am the legal owner or have been authorized by the legal owner of the property and am authorized to obtain this permit and perform the work described and approved in conjunction with this permit. I further atte t at I am legally authorized to include all entities named within this document as parties to the work to be performed an c r ed is disclosed in this document and/or its' accompanying approved plans and specifications. Signat OWNER or CONTRACTOR (Circle one) Date I. This permit was issued based on the information provided in the permit application and accompanyingplans and specifications and is subject to the compliance with those documents, and all applicable statutes, ordinances, regulations, policies and procedures. 2. This permit shall expire 365 days after the date of issuance regardless of activity. Requests for extension must be made in writing and received prior to the date of expiration. An extension of no more than 180 days made be granted at the discretion of the Chief Building Official and may be subject to a fee equal to one-half of the originalpermit fee. 3. If this permit expires, a new permit may be required to be obtained. Issuance of a new permit shall be subject to the standard requirements, fees androcedures for approval of any new permit. Re -issuance or extension of expired permits is at the sole discretion of the Chief Building Offcial and is not guaranteed. 4. No work of any manner shall be performed that shall results in a change. of the natural flow of water without prior and specific approval. 5. The permit holder shall notify the Building and Inspection Services Division in accordance with established policy of all required inspections and shall not proceed or conceal work without written approval of such work from the Building and Inspection Services Division. 6. T e is ua a or granting of a p it s .all not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, an violation of any provision of any ap li bl ode or n ordian o o f this jurisdiction. Approval of work is subject to field inspection. Signature of Chief Building Official Date REQUESTS MUST BE MADE BY 11:59PM ANY BUSINESS DAY FOR INSPECTION THE FOLLOWING BUSINESS DAY. Inspection time requests will be accepted by email only. Please email requests to insptimerequestgci.wheatridge.co.us between 7:30am and 8:00am, the morning of the inspection. Please put the address of the inspection in the subject line. City of `J`I heat I�ge COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Building & Inspection Services Division C 6 IS O I `i- 0 0 7500 W. 29`h Ave., Wheat Ridge, CO 80033 Office: 303-235-2855 * Fax: 303-237-8929 Inspection Line: 303-234-5933 Email: permits(@ci.wheatridge.co.us FOR OFFICE USE ONLY Date: 12,I b' I f Plan/Permit # —Plan Review Fee• i rT 4 *77. IV Building Permit Application *** Please complete all highlighted areas on both sides of this form. Incomplete applications may not be processed. *** Property Address: S5.:r5 UITHWAAI W XkMY 121) '10 Property Owner (please print): ,SLL ��tr�N Phone: Property Owner Email: GLINI�S7i7d�Cj�' . I.dt�LYOCat �4 SG 1 ji1.S 1424 Mailing Address: (if different than property address)) Address. �(/ i_' 101OI/'Qal o 1,�' City, State, Zip: R'e&61-+t lNe th(, tl� M071 Architect/Engineer: Architect/Engineer E-mail: �U �� � uP• GDI`1 Phone: J05- /bq. 4W— Contractor: 5 /���5 -5 'WG' Contractors City License #: Contractor E-mail Address Sub Contractors: -C (�.O. Electrical: W.R. City License # Other City Licensed Sub: City License # 01181561 Phone: X3.3$6 9Z36 C • HAnnW � CO^ Plumbing: W.R. City License # Other City Licensed Sub: City License # Mechanical: W.R. City License # Complete all information on BOTH sides of this form ["(COMMERCIAL ❑ RESIDENTIAL Description of work: (Check all that apply) ❑ NEW COMMERCIAL STRUCTURE ❑ ELECTRICAL SERVICE UPGRADE ❑ NEW RESIDENTIAL STRUCTURE ❑ COMMERCIAL ROOFING ❑ COMMERCIAL ADDITION ❑ RESIDENTIAL ROOFING ❑ RESDENTIAL ADDITION ❑ WINDOW REPLACEMENT ❑ COMMERCIAL ACCESSORY STRUCTURE (Garage, shed, deck, etc.) ❑ ESIDENTIAL ACCESSORY STRUCTURE (Garage, shed, deck, etc.) [a MECHANICAL SYSTEM/APPLIANCE REPAIR or REPLACEMENT [Y� LUMBING SYSTEM/APPLIANCE REPAIR or REPLACMENT LECTRICAL SYSTEM/APPLIANCE REgAIR or REPLACEMENT OTHER (Describe) *re:t Attf (For ALL projects, please provide a detailed description of work to be performed, including current use of areas, proposed uses, square footage, existing condition and proposed new condition, appliance size and efficiency, type and amount of materials to be used, etc.) -�t''c.�'�1'i A/���r t—'C �x�'Ll�J� 1 MLZ L �rC.1/Lc•� , �'" I� ,, Sq. Ft./LF 69s s F Btu's Amps Squares Gallons Other Project Value: (Contract value or the cost of all materials and labor included in the entire project) $ .�sl�; olo--- OWNER/CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE OF UNDERSTANDING AND AGREEMENT I hereby certify that the setback distances proposed by this permit application are accurate and do not violate applicable ordinances, rules or regulations of the City of Wheat Ridge or covenants, easements or restrictions of record; that all measurements shown and allegations made are accurate; that I have read and agree to abide by all conditions printed on this application and that I assume full responsibility for compliance with applicable City of Wheat Ridge codes and ordinances for work under any permit issued based on this application; that I am the legal owner or have been authorized by the legal owner of the property to perform the described work and am also authorized by the legal owner of any entity included on this application to list that entity on this application. 1, the applicant for this building permit application, warrant the truthfulness of the information provided on the application. CIRCLE ONE: (OWNER) ONTRACTOR nr (AUTH REPRESENTATIVE) of (OWNER) (CONTRACTOR) Electronic Signature (first and last name): DATE: it DEPARTMENT USE ONLY ZONING COMMMENTS: Reviewer: BUILDINGARTMENT COMMENTS: Reviewer:—r—� , ) t I Q OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION: Building Division Valuation: $ J.1 0 .a i� Z O b1 H a� FO U 04 tm O 10 VFa 44 4j 0 Cd W m H m.y W O 43 /1 la a v m 41 00 0 A o w 41 r1 O .a a m 14 v x v W W O a ro ri M W m t10 m m CD I0 CV m 00 N v o u \ N b A m � N . m N m FI ^• Q Q rd Q a 0 R o N 'd m y A be v m � a O oo o m ' b m W M M om a p r �'4�h/1fJ1 V O O00 A b u m �V ua N 0 w 4- 4-4 O .q M 10 $ Uu CV i7 Q O H b o > m A L(1 m _ E1 y m �y R w m �° m v 01 .a i A O A A +7 b U S N 00CN b m u �—I p +� aA� m w A p O N p a M R m w m o 44 + •ri 0 H q d 4.moi b a rA A J.1 0 .a i� Z O b1 H a� FO U 04 tm O 10 VFa 44 4j 0 Cd W m H m.y W O 43 /1 la a v m 41 00 0 A o w 41 r1 O .a a m 14 v x v W W O a ro ri M W m 3G51_1s_'L1V__i4 . 9111 -Mi _iL :�?�/1� +f�✓ Lc'1" &SO� `tr ` INSPECTION RECORD Occupancy T`,Ze LD Comments I INSPECTION REQUEST LINE: (303) 234-5933 will not be performed unless this card is posted on the project site. ECaInspections 111 the inspection request line before 11:59 p.m. to receive an inspection the following business day. Inspector Must Sign ALL Spaces pertinent to this project Foundation Inspections Date Inspector Comments Initials Pier Concrete Encased Ground (CEG) Foundation / P.E. Letter Do Not Pour Concrete Prior To Approval Of The Above Inspections Underground/Slab Inspections Date Inspector Comments Initials Electrical Sewer Service Plumbing 3+i Do Not Cover Underground or Below/In-Slab Work Prior To Approval Of The Above Inspections Rough Inspections Date Inspector Initials Comments Wall Sheathing Inspections from these entities should be requested one week in advance. For landscaping and parking inspections call 303-235-2846. For ROW and drainage inspections call 303-235-2861. For fire inspections contact the Fire Protection District for your project. Mid -Roof Fire Inspection / Fire Protection Dist. Lath / Wall Tie Final Electrical Z `5 Rough Electric Final Plumbing '?-3 4 Rough Plumbing/Gas Line li'? /'l� u • 16. Rough Mechanical Roof Rough Framing Final Window/Doors Insulation Final Building iZ-23-t�� Drywall Screw/ Nail NOTE: All items must be completed and approved by Planning, Public Works, Fire and Building before a Certificate of Occupancy is issued. Approval of the Final Building inspection does not constitute authorization of occupancy. Final Inspections Date Inspector Initials Comments Landscaping & Parking / Planning Dept. Inspections from these entities should be requested one week in advance. For landscaping and parking inspections call 303-235-2846. For ROW and drainage inspections call 303-235-2861. For fire inspections contact the Fire Protection District for your project. ROW & Drainage / Public Works Dept. Fire Inspection / Fire Protection Dist. Final Electrical Z `5 Gi Final Plumbing '?-3 4 Final Mechanical2,-12; • 16. Roof Final Window/Doors Final Building iZ-23-t�� rpt NOTE: All items must be completed and approved by Planning, Public Works, Fire and Building before a Certificate of Occupancy is issued. Approval of the Final Building inspection does not constitute authorization of occupancy. *For low voltage permits — Please be sure that rough inspections are completed from the Fire District and electrical low voltage by the Building Division. "For Inspection Time Window Requests — Please email insptimerequest(o)ci.wheatridcie.co.us by 8:00 A.M. the day of the inspection with the property address in the subject line of the email. Occupancy Is Not Permitted Until A Certificate of Occupancy Is Issued Protect This Card From The Weather 41 CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: F / P F_r Job Address: '_'� � $ r F)y Permit Number: 0°1 C3/ I ` l P/401 h ❑ No one available for inspection: Time 2C)AKI/PM Re -Inspection required: Yes No t When corrections have been made, .call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 `�' A / Date: `` -` �' ' $ Inspector: Y l DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE I WeAl 3555 LUTHERAN PARK -WAY - SUITE 120 WHENFRIDGE, CO TESTING N*,Complete ADJUSTING N, Mechanical TABB CERTIFIED SYSTEM BALANCING DENVER, CO. 80227 FAX 303-972-7453 COMPLETE MECHANICAL JOB: LABCORJ" PAGE 12257-1 ZONE OR READ ACTL OF FUNCTION UNIT NO. MAIN CFM CFM REQ'D HEAT REMARKS PAGE SUPPLY FP13- 106 1-4 655 655 100 549 2 SUPPLY VAV- 113 51.0 540 534 99 2 SUPPLY VAV- 114 11-13 260 270 104 2 TOTAL 1455 1459 100 EXHAUST EXISTING El 80 83 104 3 TOTAL 80 83 104 COMPLETE MECHANICAL PROJECT LABCORP PAGE NO 12257-2 BALANCING LOCATION 3555 LUTHERAN BLVD BATE 12-15-16 FAN SYSTEM FPBS & VAS"S BALANCER J.C. & R.E. CONTRACTOR CUSTOM AIR. INC. SIZE REQUIRFD TEST 3 "PEST 2 TEST 3 FINAL OPENING PLAN A1C"1„I AREA VEL CTM VEL ',h VEL %.v L %F_, VEL CFM °la REMARKS FPB -106-1 24%24 1.10 114 125 2(30 220 115 127 101 2 24/24 1.10 114 125 115101' 115 127 101 3 24/24 1.10 177 195 180 102 180 198 102 MIN 325 4124/24.1,10 191 214 135 71 185 204 97 100`'b OPEN TOTAL 655 _ _ 655 _ KF 1:308 VAV-113-5 24/24 1.10 109 120 50 46 105 116 96 100% OPEN 6 24%24 _ _ _ 1.10 27 30 70 257 30 .......... 33 110 _ 7 24/24 1.10 82: 90 30 37 80. 88 98 8 24/24 1.10 100' 110 80' 80 144' 110'100 9 24/24 1.10. 82 90 45 55 80 88 ; 98 10 24/24 1.10 91 100 100 110 90 99 99 MIN 320 TOTAL 540 534 KF 1060 VAV-1 14-1 1 24/24 1.14 45 50 0 45 50 99 100% OPEN 12 24/24 1.10 100 110 105:105 105 116 105 13 24/24 1.10 91 100 140. 154 95 105'105 MIN 134 TOTAL 264 270 KF 480 REMARKS _ =1IRBAL COMPLETE MECHANICAL PROJECT 1-/-XBCORP PAGE NO 12257-3 BALANCING LOCATION 3555 LUTHERAN BLVD BATE 12-15-16 FAN SYSTEM EXISTING BLDG. EXHAUST BALANCER J.C. & R.E. CONTRACTOR CUSTOM AIR. INC. SIZE REQUIRED 'PEST I TEST 2 ' TEST 3 FINAL OPENING PLAN 'ACTiIAREA VEL ' CFM VEL ' 'Yo `=VEL % VEL 0,/, VELCFM Flo REMARKS El 24/24 1.10 73 80 50 69 75 83 103 TOTAL 80 83 .......... RENLARKS _ ...... AIRBJ�L � Aproject that does not appear toneed alterations and/or modifications tothe Life Safety 6ystem(s)must be attested to using this form. (A separate form shall heused for each Life Safety System.) *~ The System's compliance with the appropriately adopted code,'as amended, will need to be verified during a physical inspection of the project site by an appropriately trained and certified design contractor who will be responsible for the accurate completion ofthis form. The inspection shall occur after the construction is completed and before the final inspection by West Metro is scheduled |ncase changes were made tmthe original plans. The person doing the Inspection and signing this form must be the same person and be at least NICET Ki Provide ocopy ofthe most current System Record of Inspection and Testing for this building system. 1. Type ofSystem (Please check nne: [*]Fire Alarm I IFire Sprinkler 2. ProjuctName: "S CORP ^ N � D(�� 3. Project Address: 365Address Suite City Zip Code 4. General Contractor:— Company Name Contact Person Phone Number S. The applicable Code(s) and Standard(s) being used for assessment of compliance: |FC ��A?- NFPA72 NFPA13 2-010 Other 6. The age of the system: 5-t YCAA-5 7. All components are located per current code and standard requirements: 0gYeo [ ]Nm D. All components are non -damaged and functional: KMYms [ ]Nm 9. All components are appropriately unobstructed: K) Yes [ ]Nm 10. Date of|nspection [u�2(/ 11. Full name of|nspector(Pdnted|eglb|y): 12. Companynamoe Phone number: CLO� ) q" - e660 13.The inspector's certification type and number: 14. Signature ofthe inspector: Date: 07/11/2014 -- ------- - A CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office - (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: E F f, PF ! AA F- � 5 F f Job Address: 3 5_5_�5_ w1'1fi,21w r,)Kujy Permit Number: 2o16 6 1-72- 9 "4' 4/ �5'16, pj C Jz' F f tf f j 1e- 5 5 o r Pi it S n5 A 6. 7 0 No one available for inspection: Time /a AM%PM Re -inspection required: (9s. No When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: Inspector: DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE (303) 234-5933 inspection fine Building Inspection Division 03) 235-2855 Office - (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: Job Address: 35S3- &CITI ?K&4 (26 Permit Number: -72 (A efisc c e j V 0 No one available for inspection: Time g f AM/PM' Re -Inspection required: Yes No When corrections have been made, cafl for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: v.f 6 Inspector: DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division / (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: Job Address: 3555 LLtrKr,z,*,Q r111 -WY 57C( 26 Permit Number: 2614 06,q -7b �"�a<'C�i'art%C Cls — bkrrl� �(Grn C r�CPi✓P� ❑ No one available for inspection: Time �GM/PM Re -Inspection required: Yes V *When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: 12 `11'tc Inspector:. 6,1 DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE A i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division �(303) (303) 234-5933 Inspection line 235-2855 Office - (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: e i Job Address: 3555 L. vr", ., ey Q f1/1 -61Y 57,t7r 26 Permit Number: 2-o/G 00 9-76 f �'-i "'i - �14„lf- X4,1 c rPc'P:-le ❑ No one available for inspection: Time CMJPM Re -Inspection required: Yes to *When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: /1 -M-/G Inspector: �/ Z6” DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE a V 0 0 SECTION 011000 -SUMMARY 1.1 PROJECT INFORMATION A. Project Identification: 1. Project Location: 3555 Lutheran Parkway, Wheat Ridge, CO 80033 B. Building Manager: Lillibridge Healthcare Services C. Tenant: Pediatrics West D. Architect: PATH21 Architecture, 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100, Denver, Colorado 80205. E. Architect Consultants: The Architect has retained design professionals who have prepared designated portions of the Contract Documents. 1.2 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Project: This is a tenant improvement project in the Lutheran Medical Office Building. Work to be contained within the second level of the building. B. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract. C. Owner Furnished Products: Refer to Drawings. 1.3 PHASED CONSTRUCTION A. The Work shall be conducted in phases, with each phase substantially complete as indicated on Drawings. B. Before commencing Work of each phase, submit an updated copy of Contractor's construction schedule showing the sequence, commencement and completion dates for all phases of the Work. 1.4 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Owner will furnish products indicated. The Work includes receiving, unloading, handling, storing, protecting, and installing Owner -furnished products and making building services connections. C. Owner -Furnished Products: Refer to Drawings. 1.5 ACCESS TO SITE A. General: Contractor shall have limited use of Project site for construction operations as indicated on Drawings by the Contract limits and as indicated by requirements of this Section. B. Use of Site: Limit use of Project site to work in areas indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. 1. Limits: Confine construction operations to areas indicated. 2. Driveways, Walkways and Entrances: Keep driveways, loading areas, and entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances by construction operations. b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site. C. Condition of Existing Building: Maintain portions of existing building affected by construction operations in a weathertight condition throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. 1.6 COORDINATION WITH OCCUPANTS A. Full Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy site and existing building during entire construction period. Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner's day-to-day operations. Maintain existing exits unless otherwise indicated. 1. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from Owner and approval of authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Notify Owner not less than 72 hours in advance of activities that will affect Owner's operations. B. Owner Limited Occupancy of Completed Areas of Construction: Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place and install equipment in completed portions of the Work, prior to Substantial Completion of the Work, provided such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Such placement of equipment and limited occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work. 1. Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion for each specific portion of the Work to be occupied prior to Owner acceptance of the completed Work. 2. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from authorities having jurisdiction before limited Owner occupancy. 3. Before limited Owner occupancy, mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully operational, and required tests and inspections shall be successfully completed. On occupancy, Owner will operate and maintain mechanical and electrical systems serving occupied portions of Work. 4. On occupancy, Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance and custodial service for occupied portions of Work. 1.7 WORK RESTRICTIONS A. Work Restrictions, General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations. 1. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and with other requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. On -Site Work Hours: Limit work in the existing building to normal business working hours of 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Patient Areas of Medical Care Facilities: 24 hours per day, seven days a week. 2. Weekend Hours: 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. 3. Early Morning or Late Night Hours: Coordinate with Owner. 4. Hours for Utility Shutdowns: Coordinate with Owner. 5. Hours for Noisy Activities: Coordinate with Owner. C. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after providing temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner not less than three days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with utility interruptions. D. Noise, Vibration, and Odors: Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of noise and vibration odors or other disruption to Owner with Owner. 1 . p occupancy occu anc Notify Owner not less than three days in advance of proposed disruptive operations. 2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with disruptive operations. E. Nonsmoking Building: Smoking is not permitted within the building or within 25 feet (8 m) of entrances, operable windows, or outdoor -air intakes. F. Controlled Substances: Use of tobacco products and other controlled substances on Project site is not permitted. G. Employee Identification: Provide identification tags for Contractor personnel working on Project site. Require personnel to use identification tags at all times. H. Employee Screening: Comply with Owner's requirements for drug and background screening of Contractor personnel working on Project site. 1. Maintain list of approved screened personnel with Owner's representative. I. Refer to Owner's "Requirements for Contractors Performing Construction" attached to this section. 1.8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS A. Electronic Drawing Documents: 1. Electronic file copies of the Contract Drawings in AutoCAD format may be obtained from the Architect. ContactArchitectto determine availability of CAD documents and costs. 2. Liability release and transfer agreement shall be executed and submitted by Contractor prior to turn -over of electronic files. END OF SECTION SECTION 01 31 00 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following: 1. General project coordination procedures. 2. Administrative and supervisory personnel. 3. Coordination drawings. 4. Requests for Information (RFIs). 5. Project meetings. B. Each contractor shall participate in coordination requirements. Certain areas of responsibility are assigned to a specific contractor. 1.1 COORDINATION A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. 1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components. B. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. 1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Preparation of the schedule of values. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings. 6. Pre -Installation conferences. 7. Project closeout activities. 8. Startup and adjustment of systems. 9. Project closeout activities. 10. Structural Penetrations: Indicate penetrations and openings required for all disciplines. 1.2 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIs) A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI. All RFIs should be sent directly to the Architect via email. B. RFI Forms: Software -generated form acceptable to Architect. Sketches or other necessary documents should be attached to email in PDF format. C. Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow 7 business days for Architect's response for each RFI. D. On receipt of Architect's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. 1.3 PROJECT MEETINGS A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site, unless otherwise indicated. B. Pre -construction Conference: Schedule and conduct a pre -construction conference before starting construction but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement. C. Pre -Installation Conferences: Conduct a pre -installation conference at Project site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction. D. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at agreed upon intervals. E. Coordination Meetings: Conduct Project coordination meetings at regular intervals. Project coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as progress meetings and pre -installation conferences. END OF SECTION SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1.1 SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Architect's Digital Data Files: Electronic copies of CAD Drawings will be provided by Architect for Contractor's use in preparing coordination submittals. B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. C. Processing Time: Allowtime for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of the ContractTime will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals. Submittals received after 1:00 pm will be considered to have been received the following day. 1. Allow 10 business days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. D. Identification and Information: Identify and incorporate information in each electronic submittal file. 1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file with links enabling navigation to each item. 2. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier. E. Options: Identify options requiring selection by the Architect. F. Deviations: Identify deviations from the Contract Documents on submittals. G. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals that are marked with 'Reviewed', 'Furnish as Corrected' notation from Architect's action stamp, or with approval notation from alternate reviewer. 1.2 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. General Submittal Procedure Requirements: Prepare and submit submittals required by individual Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual Specification Sections. 1. Email or upload electronic submittals as PDF electronic files directly to Architect. H. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. I. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project -specific information, drawn accurately to scale. J. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. K. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required. L. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. M. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. 1.3. CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Action and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and checkfor coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect. N. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 1.4 ARCHITECT'S ACTION A. General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action. O. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action, as follows: 1. Reviewed 2. Revise and Resubmit 3. Rejected 4. Furnish As Corrected 5. No Action Taken. P. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party. Q. Partial submittals prepared for a portion of the Work will be reviewed when use of partial submittals has received prior approval from Architect. R. Incomplete submittals are not acceptable, will be considered non-responsive, and will be returned without review. S. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be discarded. H. Material Safety Data Sheets. Not a required submittal, nor subject to Architect's review or approval, since Contractor remains solely responsible for job site safety controls, procedures, and programs. Submit information directly to Owner as part of Closeout Submittals unless otherwise directed. If submitted to Architect, Architect will not review this information and will return it with no action taken. END OF SECTION SECTION 013513 - HOSPITAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 1.1 PUBLISHED REGULATIONS A. Abide by published hospital regulations and amendments, including those that may be issued during the Contract. Particular attention is called to regulations pertaining to circulation, noise, sanitation, safety, security, and behavior. 1.2 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE A. Abide by directions of Owner's Representative in matters affecting operation, safety, and security of Hospital, patients, and visitors. B. Abide by directions of Hospital Fire Marshal in matters pertaining to fire safety and preventative measures. C. Immediately implement oral instructions by local Fire Marshal. Confirmation or explanation of oral instructions will be made by Owner by written notice or at next scheduled progress meeting. D. Instruct personnel employed by Contractor, including sub -contractors and their employees, to abide by published regulations, and directives of Owner's Representative and Fire Marshal. 1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS A. Noise Control: Execute Work as quietly as practicable to avoid unnecessary disturbance of patients. B. Complaints duly registered b Owner of unacceptable noise levels is cause for p Y 9 Y p implementation of special precautions and methods of operation, as directed by Owner, to reduce noises to acceptable levels. C. Owner is sole judge of noise level tolerability. D. Submit "Noise Schedule" as soon as practicable indicating type of demolition and other noise inducing construction operations showing dates, times, and duration of such work. E. Temporary Partitions: Provide 1 hour fire rated temporary partitions and door openings. 1.4 PERIODIC OPERATIONS OUTSIDE LIMITS OF OPERATION A. Use of certain loading berths, passageways, elevators, and other areas, outside of defined limits of operation will be granted on intermittent basis as required and requested in advance. Owner will judge, and approve in advance, proper time, and extent of such use. B. Limit requests for use of berths, corridors, elevators, and other spaces to hour -by -hour basis and approved in advance by Owner. C. Comply with designated travel paths, staging areas, dumpster locations, and other restricted items indicated on Drawings. 1.5 SCHEDULING A. Schedule arrangements for work which will involve interference with normal Hospital functioning, particularly in occupied patient areas, or adjacent areas, three working days in advance with Owner to provide for minimum of disruption and inconvenience. B. Owner will schedule and approve interferences to minimize disruption to normal Hospital functioning. 1.6 WORKING HOURS AND OVERTIME NOTIFICATION A. Notify Owner and receive permission for work outside of normal daytime working hours either within or outside limits of operation. Refer to Section 01 10 00 "Summary" for normal working hours. B. If in Owner's judgment, any item of work is being unreasonably delayed and interfering with progress of other dependent work through no fault of Owner, overtime work may be ordered at Contractor's expense. C. Owner may direct Contractor to perform overtime work not originally required by Contract. When overtime work is requested for convenience, additional payment to Contractor will be made for premium time only. 1.7 TORCH -CUTTING AND WELDING PERMITS A. Welding: Neither welding nor arc -welding will be permitted without appropriate permit from Hospital Fire Marshal. B. Hospital has right to stop work at any time if it is determined that unsafe conditions exist. C. Correct unsafe conditions as directed by local Fire Marshal and obtain approval of such corrections prior to commencing further work. D. Provide electrical power directly from panel box for use by arc -welding equipment. Ascertain that electrical panel has capacity to support welding operations without negative impact on Hospital electrical loads. Do not use Hospital outlets for power sources. E. Use of single-phase transformer welding equipment is not permitted. F. No welding will be permitted when critical procedures are taking place in adjacent areas, coordinate with Owner. G. Fire Protection: Keep required exit corridors and passageways clear and unobstructed. H. Remove flammable materials to location not closer than 35 feet from welding operations. I. Instruct workmen to location of nearest fire alarm. J. Completely cover fixed flammable items with fire-resistant blankets. K. Existing smoke detectors and fire sprinkler systems shall remain operational throughout Project. If possible false alarms are anticipated during specific construction operations, detectors may be covered during that specific operation with proper notifications and concurrence of local jurisdiction, but must be cleared and operable at end of each working day. 1.8 BUILDING PERMIT A. Obtain building permit and be responsible for securing any necessary inspection fees. Include cost in Contract Sum. B. Conspicuously display permit at Project site. 1.9 EXISTING UNATTACHED EQUIPMENT A. Existing unattached equipment scheduled for salvage or reuse will be removed from work area by Owner prior to start of construction. 1.10 CHEMICALS A. Provide to Owner a list of chemicals stored on or used on the premises with Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each chemical. Update chemical list and MSDS on a weekly basis indicating addition or removal of chemicals. 1.11 EXISTING ATTACHED EQUIPMENT A. Disconnect and remove existing attached equipmentwhich has been tagged and marked for salvage and reuse by Owner. Remove such equipment in largest possible sections convenient for handling. B. Disconnect and cap services and utilities serving removed equipment and perform necessary patching. Refer to Section 02 41 19 "Selective Structure Demolition." C. Deliver Owner tagged and marked equipment to designated storage areas within Owner's property. D. In addition to existing attached equipment which has been tagged and marked for salvage and reuse, disconnect and remove following items affected by new construction and store at Owner designated locations. 1. Hi -temperature alarm thermostats. 2. Fire and smoke dampers. 3. Volume dampers. 4. Vacuum, air, and oxygen outlets. 5. Terminal reheat units. 6. Adjustable over -bed light fixtures. 7. Diffusers and registers. 8. Pneumatic thermostats. 9. Fire alarm systems. 10. Security and alarm systems. 11. Door and cabinet hardware. 12. Solid core wood doors (3 feet and wider, natural finish). 13. Nurse call and intercom systems. 14. Remove other equipment not tagged or specified and remove from site. Sale of Contractor salvaged items will not be permitted on-site. Comply with applicable regulations for disposal of hazardous materials. 1.12 CLEAN-UP A. Kee remises free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish. Remove trash daily. . Y B. Leave existingtoilet rooms in clean and sanitary conditions daily. Y Y END OF SECTION SECTION 013516 -ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 1.1 MATERIALS A. Type and Quality of Existing Products: Use products or types of construction that exist in structure, as needed to patch, extend, or match existing Work. 1. Generally, Contract Documents do not define products or standards of workmanship present in existing construction. 2. Determine by inspecting and testing products where necessary, referring to existing work as quality standard. B. New Materials: Comply with Specifications for each product involved. 1. Match existing products and work for patching existing work. C. Materials for Temporary Fire -Rated Partitions: Comply with provisions of Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls." D. Salvaged Materials: Salvage sufficient quantities of cut or removed material to replace damaged Work of existing construction, when material is not readily obtainable on current market. 1. Store salvaged items in dry, secure place on site. 1.2 EXAMINATION A. Verify that areas are ready for alteration and remodeling. B. Discrepancies: Verify dimensions and elevations indicated in layout of existing work. 1. Prior to commencing work, carefully compare and check Contract Documents for discrepancies in locations or elevations of work to be executed. 2. Refer discrepancies among Drawings and existing conditions to Architect for adjustment before work affected is performed. 1.3 PREPARATION A. Construct temporary fire -rated partitions to separate existing occupied areas from construction and alteration areas. Comply with provisions of Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls." B. Cut, move, or remove items as necessary for access to alteration and renovation Work. 1. Remove unsuitable material not marked for salvage, such as rotted wood, corroded metals deteriorated masonry and concrete and other deteriorated materials. Replace materials asspecified for finished Work. 2. Remove debris and abandoned items from area and from concealed spaces. C. Cutting and Removal: Perform cutting and removal work to remove minimum necessary, and in manner to avoid damage to adjacent work. Cut finish surfaces such as masonry, tile, plaster, or metals by methods to terminate surfaces in straight line at natural point of division. D. Prepare surface and remove surface finishes as necessary to provide for proper installation of new materials and finishes. E. Close openings in exterior surfaces to protect existing Work from weather and extremes of temperature and humidity. Insulate ductwork and piping to prevent condensation in exposed areas. 1.4 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate Work of alterations and renovations to expedite completion and to accommodate Owner occupancy. B. Remove, cut, and patch Work in manner to minimize damage and to provide means of restoring products and finishes to specified condition. 1. Refinish visible existing surfaces to remain in renovated rooms and spaces, to specified condition for each material, with neat transition to adjacent finishes. C. Install products as specified in individual Specification sections. D. Where new Work abuts or aligns with existing, perform smooth and even transition to match existing adjacent surface in texture and appearance. 1. When finished surfaces are cut so that smooth transition with new Work is not possible, terminate existing surface along straight line at natural line of division and request instructions from Architect as to method of making transition. 1.5 ADJUSTMENTS A. Where removal of partitions or walls results in adjacent spaces becoming one, rework floors, walls, and ceilings to provide smooth plane without breaks, steps, or soffits. B. Trim existing doors as necessary to clear new floor finish. Refinish trim as required. C. Patch or replace portions of existing surfaces which are damaged, lifted, discolored, or showing other imperfections. Repair substrate prior to application of finishes. 1.6 FINISHES A. Finish new surfaces as specified in individual Specification sections. B. Finish patches to produce uniform finish and texture over entire area. When finish cannot be matched, refinish entire surface to nearest intersections. 1. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage. 2. Faulty operation of the hardware. 3. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. END OF SECTION SECTION 013543 - ENVIRONMENTAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 1.1 SUMMARY A. Environmental goals for project. B. Waste management procedures. C. Indoor air quality procedures. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Waste Materials: Large and small pieces of materials indicated which are excess to contract requirements and generally include materials salvaged from existing construction and items of trimmings, cuttings, and damaged goods resulting from new installations which cannot be effectively used in Work. B. Type A Finishes: Material and finishes with potential for short-term levels of off gassing from chemicals inherent in their manufacturing process, or which are applied in form requiring vehicles or carriers for spreading which release high level of particulate matter in process of installation and/or curing. Type Afinishes include but are not limited to: 1. Composite wood products, specifically including particleboard from which millwork, wood paneling, doors, or furniture may be fabricated. 2. Adhesives, sealants, and glazing compounds, specifically those with petrochemical vehicles or carriers. 3. Wood preservatives, finishes, and paint. 4. Control and/or expansion joint fillers. 5. Hard finishes requiring adhesive installation. 6. Gypsum board and associated finish processes. C. Type B Finishes: Fuzzy material and finishes which are woven, fibrous, or porous in nature and tend to adsorb chemicals off -gassed by Type A finishes or may be adversely affected by particulates. These materials become "sink" for deleterious substances which may be released much later, or collectors of contaminants that may promote subsequent bacterial growth. Type B Finishes include but are not limited to: 1. Carpeting and padding. 2. Fabric wallcovering. 3. Insulation exposed to air stream. 4. Acoustic ceiling materials. 5. Fabric covered acoustic wall panels. 6. Upholstered furnishings. 7. Materials that can be categorized as both Type A and Type B. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Project Environmental Goals: Owner's Goal: Construct project using sustainable design principles, including following: 1. Pollution Prevention: Use recycled materials and materials from sustainably Y managed forests, minimize construction waste taken to landfill sites, and limit pollutants emitted into air, soil, and waterways. 2. Energy Conservation: Minimize use of energy to construct and operate project including construction of efficient enclosures and use of energy efficient equipment and fixtures. 3. Indoor Air Quality: Minimize air concentrations of certain pollutants in completed project at time of occupancy. B. Indoor Air Quality: Indoor occupied spaces of facility shall comply with following standards: 1. Carbon Monoxide: Not exceed 9 PPM. 2. Carbon Dioxide: Not exceed 800 PPM. 3. Airborne Mold and Mildew: Simultaneous indoor and outdoor readings. 4. Maximum Air Concentration Standards: Indoor room air concentration levels, emission rates, and qualities of contaminants shall not exceed following limits at time of substantial completion prior to occupancy of facility and installation of office furniture, occupants, and occupant activities: Indoor Contaminants Allowable Air Concentration Levels Formaldehyde <20 pg/m3 above outside air concentrations Total Volatile Organic Compounds (TVOC) >200 pg/m3 above outside air concentrations 4 Phenyl Cyclohexene (4 -PC) >3 pg/m3 Total Particulates (PM) >20 pg/m3 Regulated Pollutants >NAAQS 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Construction Waste Management Plan. Submit revisions to plan at time of revisions. B. Indoor Air Quality Plan. Submit revisions to plan at time of revisions. C. Passive Indoor Air Quality Test results. D. Based on results of passive indoor air quality testing, Owner reserves right to require active indoor air quality testing. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable codes, laws, rules, and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction concerning waste management and indoor air quality. 1. Disposal Sites, Recyclers, and Waste Materials Processors: Properly permitted by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Certifications: Contractor's certification that construction waste materials have been recycled and disposed of in accordance with Contractor's submitted waste management plan. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Comply with requirements of other sections as appropriate. 1.7 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. General: Sequence and schedule work in accordance with Section 01 11 00 and other sections as appropriate. 1.8 SYSTEM STARTUP A. Starting of Systems: Comply with Section 01 91 13 "General Commissioning Requirements." 1.9 INDOOR AIR QUALITY TESTING EQUIPMENT A. Passive Testing Equipment: Passive monitoring test kit to measure formaldehyde levels and total VOC levels, list three primary VOCs detected, and identify mold and other particulates collected. Include analysis and written report of tested air. 1. Acceptable Product: IAQ Test Kit, Air Quality Sciences, Atlanta, GA, 770- 933-0638. 1.10 PREPARATION A. Waste Management Plan: Before start of construction, prepare construction waste management plan on procedures to collect, segregate, and dispose of construction wastes and debris. 1. Identify materials by categories to be recycled and corresponding recycling facilities. 2. Include education and training procedures for construction personnel. 3. Include procedures to enforce conformance to plan. B. Indoor Air Quality Plan: Prepare indoor quality plan to ensure indoor air quality to comply with specified requirements. 1. Identify Type A and Type B finishes in project. 2. Schedule and sequence installation of Type A and Type B finishes. 3. Describe method, rate, and schedule of ventilation during construction operations. 1.11 WASTE MANAGEMENT A. General: Maximize salvage and recycling of waste materials from construction operations. 1. Implement waste management from start of construction through to final completion. 2. Comply with requirements of submitted waste management plan. B. Construction Waste Materials for Recycling: Include salvage and recycling of following: 1. Land clearing debris such as stumps and trees. 2. Concrete, Masonry, and Other Inert Fill Material: Concrete, brick, rock, clean soil not intended for other on-site use, broken up asphalt pavement containing no ABC stone, clay, concrete, or other contaminants, and other inert material. 3. Concrete and Masonry: Separate reinforcement and other metals. 4. Metals: Metal scrap including iron, steel, stainless steel, galvanized sheet steel, zinc, lead, copper, brass, bronze, and aluminum. 5. Separate metals by type. 6. Untreated Wood: Unpainted, untreated dimensional lumber, plywood, oriented strand board, hardboard, particleboard, and wood shipping pallets. 7. Gypsum Board Scrap: Excess drywall construction materials including cuttings, other scrap, and excess materials. 8. Roofing materials. 9. Salvaged Materials: Reusable lumber, fixtures, and building materials. 10. Cardboard: Clean, corrugated cardboard such as used for packaging, etc. 11. Paper: Discarded office refuse such as unwanted files, correspondence, etc. 12. Plastic Buckets: Containers for various liquid and semi-solid or viscous construction materials and compounds. 13. Beverage Containers: Aluminum, glass, and plastic containers. 14. Other Mixed Construction and Demolition Waste: Solid waste resulting solely from construction, remodeling, repair, or demolition operations on pavement, buildings, or other structures exclusive of waste materials listed in this section including roofing materials, insulation materials, floor finishes, wall finishes, ceiling finishes. C. Non -Recyclable Construction Waste Materials: Collect and segregate non -recyclable waste for delivery to permitted landfill site: 1. Mixed Solid Waste: Solid waste usually collected as municipal service, exclusive of waste materials listed above. 2. Hazardous Waste: Comply with applicable codes, laws, rules, and regulations. 1.12 INDOOR AIR QUALITY A. General: Schedule and sequence construction and provide ventilation during construction to maximize indoor air quality after occupancy. 1. Schedule and sequence application of finishes to: a. Install Type A Finishes that off -gas significant quantities of deleterious material during curing. b. Ensure dissipation of emissions from Type A Finishes before installation of Type B Finishes. C. Install Type B Finishes (adsorptive materials). d. Avoid adsorption of Type A Finish emissions by Type B Finishes. e. Avoid subsequent release of unwanted substances in indoor spaces and mechanical systems after facility occupancy. 2. Provide 100 percent fresh air ventilation at such rates and for such times during construction period as required to achieve indoor air quality standards specified at time of Substantial Completion. a. Temporary Heating and Ventilating: Comply with Section 01 50 00 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." 1.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Indoor Air Quality Testing Conditions: Facility has achieved Substantial Completion except for indoor air quality testing. 1. Final Cleaning: Completed. Comply with Division 1 requirements. 2. HVAC Systems: Started, tested, balanced, cleaned, and operating normally as specified. Comply with Section 01820 Demonstration and Training. 3. Facility: Not occupied and Owner provided furnishings and equipment not yet installed. B. Passive Indoor Air Quality Testing: Provide and install Passive Indoor Air Quality Testing Equipment in spaces to be occupied at one location per floor as directed by Owner and in accordance with testing equipment manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Conduct passive test for 7days with facility operating at specified HVAC rates and conditions. 2. Include analysis and written report of tested air by testing equipment provider. 3. If initial test results do not indicate compliance with specified indoor air quality standards, provide additional ventilation and take additional measures as required and accepted by Owner to achieve compliance. C. Cost of Subsequent Passive Testing Required Because of Failure to Comply with Specified Standards: By Contractor. END OF SECTION SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 1.1 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS A. Referenced Standards: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding. B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required, individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Afirm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. C. Fabricator Qualifications: Afirm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. D. Installer Qualifications: Afirm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. E. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329, and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections, and where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities. 1. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7. 2. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program. F. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved b manufacturer to observe and inspect pp Y p installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. 07 Z) 0 7_ 0 0 a Q 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnap4path2l arch.com www.path2l arch.com Consultant Team MEP M.E. Group 70717th Sheet, #3000 Denver, DO 80202 ph: 720398.6050 No. Description Date ��pf C( �Q N1EN, � , 7 �(1!.( 1729 ��,'� ARAN\ 06/03/2026 PEDIATRICS WEST 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY, SUITE 200 WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 Issue FOR CONSTRUCTION Date 03 JUNE 2016 Project Number 16-025 Drawn by SW Checked by ES Sheet Title PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS Sheet Number G0201 a G. Factory -Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. H. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of construction and finish indicated in the technical specifications. 1. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 2. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 3. Obtain Architects approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or construction. 4. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. 5. Demolish and remove mockups when directed, unless otherwise indicated. 1.3 QUALITY CONTROL A. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality -control activities required to verify that the Work complies with requirements, whether specified or not. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality -control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality -control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not. 2. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality -control services. a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner. 3. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed. 4. Where quality -control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality -control service. 5. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 6. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct. B. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect field -assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures." C. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's services include participation in pre -installation conferences, examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, observation of Installer activities, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports. D. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. 1. Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests are conducted. 3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality -control service through Contractor. 5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 6. Do not perform any duties of Contractor. E. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality - assurance and -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. 1.4 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Division 01 Section "Execution." B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality -control service activities. C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality -control services. END OF SECTION SECTION 017300- EXECUTION 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Installation of the Work. B. Cutting and patching. C. Progress cleaning. D. Protection of installed construction. 1.1 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other work. B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original conditions after installation of other work. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and patching of construction elements. 1. Structural Elements: When cuttingand patching structural elements notify p 9 Y Design Team of locations and details of cutting and await directions from 9 9 the Design Team before proceeding. Shore, brace, and support structural element during cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load -carrying capacity or increase deflection 2. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. 3. Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or components in a manner that could change their load -carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. 4. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on-site manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment. 1.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. E. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels. F. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements. G. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions. 1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect. 2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installinganchorages, including sleeves concrete inserts 9 9 , anchor bolts and items with integral anchors that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. � H. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not 0 0 indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. I. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous. 1.4 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. 1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut. C. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. D. Adjacent Occupied Areas: Where interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas is unavoidable, coordinate cutting and patching in accordance with requirements of Division 01 Section "Summary." E. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/ systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/ systems before cutting to prevent interruption to occupied areas. F. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer, comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond -core drill. 4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 31 Sections where required by cutting and patching operations. 5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. G. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections, where applicable. 1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate physical integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing. a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. 3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove in-place floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, prepare substrate and apply primer and intermediate paint coats appropriate for substrate over the patch, and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. 4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or re -hang in-place ceilings as necessary to provide an even -plane surface of uniform appearance. 5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weather -tight condition. H. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces. 1.5 PROGRESS CLEANING A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F. 3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations. 4. Utilize containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored. 5. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint -use areas where more than one installer has worked. B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom -clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate. D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 9 p G. Waste Disposal: Do not bur or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials p Y down sewers or into waterways. Comply with waste disposal requirements in Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls." Division 01 Section "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. 1.6 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity. 1.7 CORRECTION OF THE WORK A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes. 1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition. C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired without visible evidence of repair. D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. E. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces. SECTION 017700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 1.1 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Re -inspection: Request re -inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion. 1.1 FINAL COMPLETION A. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Re -inspection: Request re -inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. Include cost for re- inspection based on incomplete work of the Contractor. 1.2 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCHLIST) A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. Use CSI Form 14.1A attached or form provide by Contractor and approved by Architect. 1.3 WARRANTIES A. Submittal Time: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated. B. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual. 1.4 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste -removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION MXHINLEll W&YBII0]:1 =:ZtlNRI I_1ki III �4I_11LI11:4kir_1kiN011U_V_1 1.1 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Manual Content: Operations and maintenance manual content is specified in individual specification sections to be reviewed at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section. 1.1 MANUALS A. Emergency manuals. B. Operation Manuals. C. Product maintenance manuals. D. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals. END OF SECTION SECTION 017839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.1 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Record drawings. B. Record specifications. C. Record product data. D. Miscellaneous record submittals 1.1 SUBMITTALS A. Provide product record documents in electronic format. END OF SECTION SECTION 024129 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure. B. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled. 1.1 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor. 1.2 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted. B. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. 1. If suspected hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately Y notif Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed b Owner under a separate contract. Y p C. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 1. Maintain fire -protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.4 EXAMINATION A. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to Architect. B. Engage a professional engineer to perform an engineering survey of condition of building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or adjacent structures during selective building demolition operations. 1. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities. 2. Steel Tendons: Locate tensioned steel tendons and include recommendations for de -tensioning. C. Surveyof Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions b use of measured drawings and 9 9 Y 9 preconstruction photographs or preconstruction videos. 1. Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 32 33 "Photographic Documentation." 2. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and salvaged. Provide photographs or video of conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by salvage operations. 1.5 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICALSYSTEMS A. Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Maintain servicestsystems indicated to remain and protect them against damage. B. Existing Services/Systems to Be Removed, Relocated, or Abandoned: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished. 1. Owner will arrange to shut off indicated services/systems when requested by Contractor. C. Refrigerant: Remove refrigerant from mechanical equipment to be selectively demolished according to 40 CFR 82 and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.6 PREPARATION A. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris -removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. B. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. l Y p p 9 1 9 C. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as p Y 9 9, 9, pp required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished. 1.7 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations. B. Concrete: Demolish in sections. Cut concrete full depth at junctures with construction to remain and at regular intervals using power -driven saw, then remove concrete between saw cuts. C. Masonry: Demolish in small sections. Cut masonry at junctures with construction to remain, using power -driven saw, then remove masonry between saw cuts. D. Concrete Slabs -on -Grade: Saw -cut perimeter of area to be demolished, then break up and remove. E. Resilient Floor Coverings: Remove floor coverings and adhesive according to recommendations in RFCI's "Recommended Work Practices for the Removal of Resilient Floor Coverings." Do not use methods requiring solvent -based adhesive strippers. F. Roofing: Remove no more existing roofing than what can be covered in one day by new roofing and so that building interior remains watertight and weathertight. G. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete. 1.8 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. General: Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in an EPA -approved landfill. 1.9 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. END OF SECTION SECTION 055000 - METAL FABRICATIONS 1.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Design ladders and alternating tread devices, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. 1.1 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Showfabrication and installation details for metal fabrications. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: AWS D1.1/D1.1 M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." AWS D1.201.21M, "Structural Welding Code -Aluminum." 1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another. B. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. 1.5 METALS, GENERAL A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces unless otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes. 1.6 FERROUS METALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, standard weight (Schedule 40) unless otherwise indicated. C. Slotted Channel Framing: Cold -formed metal box channels (struts) complying with MFMA-4. 1. Size of Channels: 1-5/8 by 1-5/8 inches41 by 41 mm. 2. Material: Galvanized steel, ASTM A 653/A 653M, commercial steel, Type B, with G90 Z275 coating, 0.108-inch2.8-mm nominal thickness. 1.7 FASTENERS A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc -plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941CIass Fe/Zn 5, at exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required. 1.8 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded. B. Universal Shop Primer: Fast -curing, lead- and chromate -free, universal modified -alkyd primer complying with MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat. 1.9 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. B. Cut drill and punch metals clean) and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a p Y Y 9 radius of approximately 1/32 inch 1 mm unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough pp Y p 9 areas on exposed surfaces. C. Form bent -metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. D. Form exposed work with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges. E. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. F. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners or welds where possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips flat -head (countersunk) fasteners unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least conspicuous. G. Fabricate seams and other connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. H. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. I. Provide for anchorage of type indicated, coordinate with supporting structure. Space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads. 1. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded steel strap anchors, 1/8 by 1-1/2 inches, with a minimum 6 -inch embedment and 2 -inch hook, not less than 8 inches from ends and corners of units and 24 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated. 1.10 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the Work. B. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction. 1. Fabricate units from slotted channel framing where indicated. 1.11 STEELAND IRON FINISHES A. Shop prime iron and steel items not indicated to be galvanized unless they are to be embedded in concrete, sprayed -on fireproofing, or masonry, or unless otherwise indicated. 1. Shop prime with universal shop primer unless zinc -rich primer is indicated. 1.12 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation, with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack, and measured from established lines and levels. B. Fit exposed connections accurate) together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that p Y 9 1 are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size p 1 p pp 9 limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections. C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. D. Fastening to In -Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction. Provide threaded fasteners for use with concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through bolts, lag screws, wood screws, and other connectors. E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. 1.13 INSTALLING MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported, including manufacturers' written instructions and requirements indicated on Shop Drawings. 1.14 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint are specified in Division 09 painting Sections. B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION SECTION 061053 - MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 1.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated, provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules of any rules -writing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated. 1. Where nominal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for moisture content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are minimum dressed sizes for dry lumber. 2. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. 1.1 WOOD -PRESERVATIVE -TREATED MATERIALS A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA U1; Use Category UC2 for interior construction not in contact with the ground, Use Category UC3b for exterior construction not in contact with the ground. B. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board of Review. 1. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark end or back of each piece or omit marking and provide certificates of treatment compliance issued by inspection agency. C. Application: Treat miscellaneous carpentry unless otherwise indicated. 1.2 FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED MATERIALS A. General: Where fire -retardant -treated materials are indicated, use materials complying with requirements in this article, that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and with fire -test -response characteristics specified as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated by a qualified testing agency. B. Fire -Retardant -Treated Lumber and Plywood by Pressure Process: Products with a flame spread index of 25 or less when tested according to ASTM E 84, and with no evidence of significant progressive combustion when the test is extended an additional 20 minutes, and with the flame front not extending more than 10.5 feet (3.2 m) beyond the centerline of the burners at any time during the test. 1. Use treatment that does not promote corrosion of metal fasteners. 2. Exterior Type: Treated materials shall comply with requirements specified above for fire -retardant -treated lumber and plywood by pressure process after being subjected to accelerated weathering according to ASTM D 2898. Use for exterior locations and where indicated. 3. Interior Type A: Treated materials shall have a moisture content of 28 percent or less when tested according to ASTM D 3201 at 92 percent relative humidity. Use where exterior type is not indicated. C. Identify fire -retardant -treated wood with appropriate classification marking of testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark end or back of each piece or omit marking and provide certificates of treatment compliance issued by inspection agency. D. For exposed items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, use chemical formulations that do not bleed through, contain colorants, or otherwise adversely affect finishes. E. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following: 1. Framing for raised platforms. 2. Concealed blocking. 3. Roof framing and blocking. 4. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, and similar members in connection with roofing. 5. Plywood backing panels. 1.1 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER A. General: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following: 1. Blocking. 2. Nailers. 3. Rooftop equipment pp a ui ment bases and support curbs. B. For items of dimension lumber size, provide No. 2 grade lumber and any of the following species: 1. Spruce -pine -fir (south); NeLMA, WCLIB, or WWPA. C. For blockingnot used for attachment of other construction Utility, tY, Stud, or No. 2 grade lumber of any species may be used provided that it is cut and selected to eliminate defects that will interfere with its attachment and purpose. D. For blocking and nailers used for attachment of other construction, select and cut lumber to eliminate knots and other defects that will interfere with attachment of other work. 1.3 PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS A. Equipment Backing Panels: DOC PS 1, Exterior, AC, fire -retardant treated, in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than 3/4 -inch (19 -mm) nominal thickness. 1.4 INSTALLATION A. Set carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate furring,nailers blocking, rounds and similar supports to comply with 9, 9 pp p Y requirements for attaching other construction. B. Where wood -preservative -treated lumber is installed adjacent to metal decking, install continuous flexible flashing separator between wood and metal decking. C. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA's WCD 1, "Details for Conventional Wood Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated. D. Install plywood backing panels by fastening to studs; coordinate locations with utilities requiring backing panels. Install fire -retardant treated plywood backing panels with classification marking of testing agency exposed to view.] E. Provide blocking and framing as indicated and as required to support facing materials, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. F. Provide fire blocking in furred spaces, stud spaces, and other concealed cavities as indicated and as follows: 1. Fire block furred spaces of walls, at each floor level, at ceiling, and at not more than 96 inches o.c. with solid wood blocking or noncombustible materials accurately fitted to close furred spaces. 2. Fire block concealed spaces of wood -framed walls and partitions at each floor level, at ceiling line of top story, and at not more than 96 inches o.c. Where fire blocking is not inherent in framing system used, provide closely fitted solid wood blocks of same width as framing members and 2 -inch nominal thickness. 3. Fire block concealed spaces between floor sleepers with same material as sleepers to limit concealed spaces to not more than 100 sq. ft. and to solidly fills ace below partitions. G. Secure) attach carpentry work to substrate b anchorin and fastening Y p Y Y 9 9 END OF SECTION 07 Z) 11)0 7_ 0 0 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnap4path2l arch.com www.path2l arch.com Consultant Team MEP M.E. Group 70717th Street, #3000 Denver, DO 80202 ph: 720398.6050 No. Description Date 401729 �,'� �, 06/03/2026 PEDIATRICS WEST 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY, SUITE 200 WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 Issue FOR CONSTRUCTION Date 03 JUNE 2016 Project Number 16-025 Drawn by SW Checked by ES Sheet Title PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS Sheet Number G0202 a V 0 0 SECTION 064023 - INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Plastic -laminate cabinets. 2. Plastic -laminate countertops. 3. Shop finishing of interior woodwork. 4. Cabinet hardware. 5. Interior finish carpentry including standing and running trim. B. Interior architectural woodwork includes wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips for installing woodwork items unless concealed within other construction before woodwork installation. 1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Shop that employs skilled workers who custom -fabricate products similar to those required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in- service performance. Shop is a certified participant in AWI's Quality Certification Program. B. Installer Qualifications: Certified participant in AWI's Quality Certification Program. C. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with AWI's "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" for grades of interior architectural woodwork indicated for construction, finishes, installation, and other requirements. D. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1.2 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver woodwork until painting and similar operations that could damage woodwork have been completed in installation areas. If woodwork must be stored in other than installation areas, store only in areas where environmental conditions comply with requirements specified in "Project Conditions" Article. 1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wetwork is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. B. Field Measurements: Where woodwork is indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication, and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of framing, blocking, furring, reinforcements, and other related units of Work specified in other Sections to ensure that interior architectural woodwork can be supported and installed as indicated. 1.5 MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials that comply with requirements of AWI's quality standard for each type of woodwork and quality grade specified, unless otherwise indicated. B. Wood Products: Comply with the following: 1. Hardboard: Tempered, AHA A135.4. 2. Medium -Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2, Grade MD, made with binder containing no urea formaldehyde. a. Type A (standard): MDF, MR10 -ANSI A208.2, Grade 130. b. Type B (where additional moisture resistance is needed): MDF, MR30 - ANSI A208.2, Grade 155. C. Type C (near sinks, splashes, and other high humidity locations): MDF, MR50-ANSI A208.2, Grade 150 3. Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1, Medium Density Overlay. C. Thermoset Decorative Laminate (melamine): Particleboard or medium -density fiberboard finished with thermally fused, melamine -impregnated decorative paper complying with LMA SAT - 1. 1. Provide PVC or polyester edge banding complying with LMA EDG-1 on components with exposed or semi -exposed edges. Color to match face material. D. High -Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3, grades as indicated or, if not indicated, as required by woodwork quality standard. 1.6 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM A. Hardwood Lumber Trim for Transparent Finish (Stain or Clear Finish): 1. Species and Grade: As scheduled. 2. Maximum Moisture Content: 9 percent. 3. Finger Jointing: Not allowed. 4. Gluing for Width: Use for lumber trim wider than 6 inches 0. 5. Veneered Material: Not allowed. 6. Face Surface: Surfaced (smooth). 7. Matching: Selected for compatible grain and color. A. Reclaimed Wood: As indicated. 1.7 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES A. General: Provide cabinet hardware and accessory materials associated with architectural cabinets, except for items specified in Division 08 Section "Door Hardware (Scheduled by Describing Products)." B. Frameless Concealed Hinges (European Type): BHMAA156.9, B01602, 135 degrees of opening, self-closing. C. Back -Mounted Pulls: BHMAA156.9, B02011. 1. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "DP3 series, 3 -inch" by Doug Mockett & Company, Inc. D. Wire Pulls: Back mounted, solid metal, 5 inches 127 mm long, 2-1/2 inches 63.5 mm deep, and 5/16 inch 8 mm in diameter. E. Elbox Latches: BHMAA156.9, B02023. F. Adjustable Shelf Standards and Supports: BHMAA156.9, B04071, with shelf rests, B04081. G. Shelf Rests: BHMAA156.9, B04013, metal, equal to Hafele 282.04.711. H. Drawer Slides: BHMAA156.9, B05091. 1. Heavy Duty (Grade 1 HD -100 and Grade 1 HD -200): Side mounted, full -extension type, zinc -plated steel ball-bearing slides. 2. File Drawer Slides: Grade 1 HD -100; for drawers more than 6 inches 150 mm high or 24 inches 600 mm wide. 3. Pencil Drawer Slides: Grade 2' for drawers not more than 3 inches 75 mm high 9 and 24 inches 600 mm wide. I. Door Locks:BHMAA156.11 E07121. J. Drawer Locks: BHMAA156.11, E07041. K. Grommets for Cable Passage through Countertops: 2 -inch OD, black, molded -plastic grommets and matching plastic caps with slot for wire passage. 1. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "EDP series" by Doug Mockett & Company, Inc. L. Grommets for High Finish Areas: 2 inch OD, grommets and match caps with slot for wire passage. e. 9 1. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "MM3 series" by Doug Mockett & Company, Inc M. Exposed Hardware Finishes: For exposed hardware, provide finish that complies with BHMA A156.18 for BHMA finish number indicated, unless noted otherwise. 1. Satin Stainless Steel: BHMA 630. N. For concealed hardware, provide manufacturer's standard finish that complies with product class requirements in BHMAA156.9. 1.8 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Fire -retardant -treated softwood lumber, kiln dried to less than 15 percent moisture content. B. Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide nonferrous -metal or hot -dip galvanized anchors and inserts on inside face of exterior walls and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Provide toothed -steel or lead expansion sleeves for drilled -in-place anchors. C. Adhesives, General: Do not use adhesives that contain urea formaldehyde. D. VOC Limits for Installation Adhesives and Glues: Use installation adhesives that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): 1. Wood Glues: 30 g/L. 2. Contact Adhesive: 250 g/L. E. Adhesive for Bonding Plastic Laminate: Unpigmented contact cement. 1. Adhesive for Bonding Edges: Hot -melt adhesive or adhesive specified above for faces. 1.9 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Interior Woodwork Grade: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Custom -grade interior woodwork complying with referenced quality standard. B. Fabricate woodwork to dimensions, profiles, and details indicated. Ease edges to radius indicated for the following: 1. Corners of Cabinets and Edges of Solid -Wood (Lumber) Members 3/4 Inch 19 mm Thick or Less: 1/16 inch1.5 mm. 2. Edges of Rails and Similar Members More Than 3/4 Inch Thick: 1/8 inch. 3. Corners of Cabinets and Edges of Solid -Wood (Lumber) Members and Rails: 1/16 inch. C. Complete fabrication, including assembly, finishing, and hardware application, to maximum extent possible before shipment to Project site. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. 1. NotifyArchitect seven days in advance of the dates and times woodwork Y fabrication will be complete. 2. Trial fit assemblies at fabrication shop that cannot be shipped completely assembled. Install dowels, screws, bolted connectors, and other fastening devices that can be removed after trial fitting. Verify that various parts fit as intended and check measurements of assemblies against field measurements indicated on Shop Drawings before disassembling for shipment. D. Shop -cut openings to maximum extent possible to receive hardware, appliances, plumbing fixtures, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing -in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Sand edges of cutouts to remove splinters and burrs. 1. Seal edges of openings in countertops with a coat of varnish. 1.10 PLASTIC -LAMINATE CABINETS A. Grade: Custom. B. AWI Type of Cabinet Construction: Flush overlay. C. Exposed Surfaces: High-pressure decorative laminate complying with the following requirements: 1. Horizontal Surfaces Other Than Tops: Grade HGS. 2. Post -formed Surfaces: Grade HGP. 3. Vertical Surfaces: Grade VGS. 4. Edges: Grade HGS. D. Materials for Semi -exposed Surfaces: 1. Surfaces Other Than Drawer Bodies: High-pressure decorative laminate, Grade CLS. a. Edges of Plastic -Laminate Shelves: PVC tape, 0.018 -inch minimum thickness, matching laminate in color, pattern, and finish. b. For semi -exposed backs of panels with exposed plastic -laminate surfaces, provide surface of high-pressure decorative laminate, Grade CLS. 2. Drawer Sides and Backs: Solid -hardwood lumber. 3. Drawer Bottoms: Hardwood plywood, '/a inch thick. E. Concealed Backs of Panels with Exposed Plastic Laminate Surfaces: High-pressure decorative laminate, Grade BKL. F. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: As scheduled. G. Provide dust panels of 1/4 -inch 6.4 -mm plywood or tempered hardboard above compartments and drawers, unless located directly under tops. H. Edgebanding for Plastic Laminate Clad Cabinets: Rigid PVC extrusions, through color with satin finish, 3 mm thick at counter tops, doors, drawer fronts, and exposed shelving on front and back edges (front edge only for fixed shelving), and 1 mm thick elsewhere, including edges of shelving within cabinets 1.11 PLASTIC -LAMINATE COUNTERTOPS A. Grade: Custom. B. High -Pressure Decorative Laminate Grade: HGS. C. Grain Direction: Parallel to cabinet fronts. D. Edge Treatment: Same as laminate cladding on horizontal surfaces. E. Core Material: Medium density fiberboard. F. Backer Sheet: Provide plastic -laminate backer sheet, Grade BKL, on underside of countertop substrate. G. Paper Backing: Provide paper backing on underside of countertop substrate. 1.12 CLOSET AND UTILITY SHELVING A. Grade: Custom. B. Shelf Material: 1. For spans up to 30 inches: 3/ inch medium -density fiberboard with solid lumber edge. 2. For spans up to 42 inches: 1 inch medium -density fiberboard with solid - lumber edge. C. Cleats: 3/4 -inch solid lumber. 1.13 PREPARATION A. Before installation, condition woodworkto average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas. B. Before installing architectural woodwork, examine shop -fabricated work for completion and complete work as required, including removal of packing and backpriming. 1.14 INSTALLATION A. Grade: Install woodwork to comply with requirements for the same grade specified in Part 2 for fabrication of type of woodwork involved. B. Assemble woodwork and complete fabrication at Project site to comply with requirements for fabrication in Part 2, to extent that it was not completed in the shop. C. Install woodwork level, plumb, true, and straight. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install level and plumb (including tops) to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches. D. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces, and repair damaged finish at cuts. E. Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for complete installation. Use fine finishing nails or finishing screws for exposed fastening, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork and matching final finish if transparent finish is indicated. F. Standing and Running Trim: Install with minimum number of joints possible, using full-length pieces (from maximum length of lumber available) to greatest extent possible. Do not use pieces less than 60 inches long, except where shorter single -length pieces are necessary. Scarf running joints and stagger in adjacent and related members. 1. Fill gaps, if any, between top of base and wall with plastic wood filler, sand smooth, and finish same as wood base if finished. 2. Install wall railings on indicated metal brackets securely fastened to wall framing. 3. Install standing and running trim with no more variation from a straight line than 1/8 inch in 96 inches. G. Paneling: Anchor paneling to supporting substrate with splined connection strips. Do not use face fastening, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Install flush paneling with no more than 1/16 inch in 96 -inch vertical cup or bow and 1/8 inch in 96 -inch horizontal variation from a true plane. H. Cabinets: Install without distortion so doors and drawers fit openings properly and are accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation. Complete installation of hardware and accessory items as indicated. 1. Install cabinets with no more than 1/8 inch in 96 -inch sag, bow, or other variation from a straight line. 2. Maintain veneer sequence matching of cabinets with transparent finish. q 9 p 3. Fasten wall cabinets through back near top and bottom, at ends and not more than 16 inches o.c. with No. 10 wafer -head screws sized for 1 -inch penetration into wood framing, blocking, or hanging strips or No. 10 wafer - head sheet metal screws through metal backing or metal framing behind wall finish. I. Countertops: Anchor securely by screwing through corner blocks of base cabinets or other supports into underside of countertop. pp p 1. Align adjacent solid -surfacing -material countertops and form seams to comply with manufacturer's written recommendations using adhesive in color to match countertop. Carefully dress joints smooth, remove surface scratches, and clean entire surface. 2. Install countertops with no more than 1/8 inch in 96 -inch sag, bow, or other variation from a straight line. 3. Secure backsplashes to walls with adhesive. 4. Calk space between backsplash and wall with sealant specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." J. Touch up finishing work specified in this Section after installation of woodwork. Fill nail holes with matching filler where exposed. END OF SECTION SECTION 072500 - SHEET WEATHER BARRIERS 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Water Resistive Barriers: Materials to stop passage of air through exterior walls, joints between exterior walls and roof, and joints around frames of openings in exterior walls. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data on material characteristics. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate preparation. 1.3 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturer's standard 10 year water -tightness warranty covering material and installation. 1.4 WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER A. Air Barrier Sheet, Mechanically Fastened: 1. Air Penetration: 0.001 cfm/ft2 at 75 Pa, when tested in accordance with ASTM E2178. Type I perASTM E1677.:50.04 cfm/ft2 at 75 Pa, when tested in accordance with ASTM E2357. 2. Water Vapor Transmission: 28 perms, when tested in accordance with ASTM E96, Method B. 3. Water Penetration Resistance: Minimum 280 cm when tested in accordance with AATCC Test Method 127. 4. Basis Weight: Minimum 2.7 oz/yd2, when tested in accordance with TAPPI Test Method T-410. 5. Air Resistance: Air infiltration at >1500 seconds, when tested in accordance with TAPPI Test Method T-460. 6. Tensile Strength: Minimum 38/35 lbs/in., when tested in accordance with ASTM D882, Method A. 7. Tear Resistance: 12/10 lbs., when tested in accordance with ASTM D1117. 8. Surface Burning Characteristics: Class A, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. Flame Spread: 10, Smoke Developed: 10. 9. Manufacturers: a. DuPont Tyvek CommercialWrap; www.dupont.com. b. Pactiv Corporation, GreenGuard C2000 Building Wrap: greenguard.pactiv. com. C. VaproShield, LLC; WrapShield: www.vaproshield.com. 10. Acceptable Products: a. Behind masonry veneer and siding: 1) Tyvek Commerical Wrap, by E. 1. Dupont. b. Self -Adhering Flexible flashing tape, DuPont FlexWrap. and Self Adhering Straight flashing tape, DuPont StraightFlash. 1.5 SEALANTS A. Silicone Sealant: Type S -GP as specified in Section 079005. 1.6 ACCESSORIES A. Self -Adhesive Sheet Flashing: ASTM D 1970. B. Thinners and Cleaners: As recommended by material manufacturer. C. Attachment Devices: Galvanized steel nails with weather resistant plastic caps. 1.7 PREPARATION A. Remove projections, protruding fasteners, and loose or foreign matter that might interfere with proper installation. 1.8 INSTALLATION A. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Water-Resistive/Air Barriers: Install continuous barrier over surfaces indicated, with sheets lapped to shed water but with seams not sealed. C. Mechanically Fastened Sheets - On Exterior: 1. Install sheets shingle -fashion to shed water, with seams generally horizontal. 2. Overlap seams as recommended by manufacturer but at least 6 inches. 3. Overlap at outside and inside corners as recommended by manufacturer but at least 12 inches. 4. Attach to framed construction with fasteners extending through sheathing into framing. Space fasteners at 12 to 18 inches on center along each framing member supporting sheathing. 5. For applications specified to be air -tight, seal seams, laps, penetrations, tears, and cuts with self-adhesive tape, use only large -headed, gasketed fasteners recommended by the manufacturer. 6. Install air barrier UNDER jamb flashings. 7. Install head flashings under weather barrier. 8. At openings to be filled with frames having nailing flanges, wrap excess sheet into opening; at head, seal sheet over flange and flashing. D. Openings and Penetrations in Exterior Weather Barriers: 1. Install self-adhesive flashing over sills, covering entire sill frame member, extending at least 5 inches onto weather barrier and at least 6 inches upjambs, mechanically fasten stretched edges. 2. At openings to be filled with frames having nailing flanges, seal head and jamb flanges using a continuous bead of sealant compressed by flange and cover flanges with self-adhesive flashing at least 4 inches wide, do not seal sill flange. 3. At openings to be filled with non -flanged frames, seal weather barrier to all sides of opening framing, using self-adhesive flashing at least 9 inches wide, covering entire depth of framing. 4. At head of openings, install self-adhesive flashing under weather barrier extending at least 2 inches beyond face of jambs; seal weather barrier to flashing. 5. At interior face of openings, seal gap between window/door frame and rough framing, using joint sealant over backer rod. 6. Service and Other Penetrations: Form self-adhesive flashing around penetrating item and seal to weather barrier surface. 1.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Do not cover installed weather barriers until required inspections have been completed. B. Obtain approval of installation procedures by the weather barrier manufacturer based on a mock-up installed in place, prior to proceeding with remainder of installation. C. Provide inspections as required by weather barrier manufacturer as required to secure warranty indicated. END OF SECTION SECTION 078413 - PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Afirm experienced in installing penetration firestopping similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful performance. . B. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Penetration firestopping is identical to those tested per testing standard referenced in "Penetration Firestopping" Article. Provide rated systems complying with the following requirements: a. Penetration firestopping products bear classification marking of qualified testing and inspecting agency. b. Classification markings on penetration firestopping correspond to designations listed by the following: C. UL in its "Fire Resistance Directory." d. Intertek ETL SEMKO in its "Directory of Listed Building Products." C. Products shall be provided by one manufacturer only. 1.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subjectto compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 9 1. Grace Construction Products. 2. Hilti Inc. 3. Nelson Firestop Products. 4. RectorSeal Corporation. 5. Specified Technologies Inc. 6. 3M Fire Protection Products. 1.2 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING A. Provide penetration firestopping that is produced and installed to resist spread of fire accordingto requirements indicated resist passage of smoke and othergases, and maintain q p 9 original fire -resistance rating of construction penetrated. Penetration firestopping systems shall be compatible with one another, with the substrates forming openings, and with penetrating items if any. B. Penetrations in Fire -Resistance -Rated Walls: Provide penetration firestopping with ratings determined per ASTM E 814 or UL 1479, based on testing at a positive pressure differential of 0.01 -inch wg. 1. Fire -resistance -rated walls include fire walls smoke -barrier walls and fire partitions. 2. F -Rating: Not less than the fire -resistance rating of constructions penetrated. C. Penetrations in Horizontal Assemblies: Provide penetration firestopping with ratings determined per ASTM E 814 or UL 1479, based on testing at a positive pressure differential of 0.01 -inch wg. 1. Horizontal assemblies include floors floor/ceiling assemblies and ceiling membranes of roof/ceiling assemblies. 2. F -Rating: At least 1 hour, but not less than the fire -resistance rating of constructions penetrated. 3. T -Rating: At least 1 hour, but not less than the fire -resistance rating of constructions penetrated except for floor penetrations within the cavity of a wall. D. Penetrations in Smoke Barriers: Provide penetration firestopping with ratings determined per UL 1479. 1. L -Rating: Not exceeding 5.0 cfm/sq. ft. of penetration opening at 0.30 - inch wg at both ambient and elevated temperatures. E. Exposed Penetration Firestopping: Provide products with flame -spread and smoke -developed indexes of less than 25 and 450, respectively, as determined per ASTM E 84. F. VOC Content: Provide penetration firestopping that complies with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): 1. Architectural Sealants: 250 g/L. 2. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. 3. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. G. Accessories: Provide components for each penetration firestopping system that are needed to install fill materials and to maintain ratings required. Use only those components specified by penetration firestopping manufacturer and approved by qualified testing and inspecting agency for firestopping indicated. 1.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install penetration firestopping to comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions and published drawings for products and applications indicated. 1.4 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING SCHEDULE A. Where UL -classified systems are indicated, they refer to system numbers in UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" under product Category XHEZ. B. Where Intertek ETL SEMKO-listed systems are indicated, they refer to design numbers in Intertek ETL SEMKO's "Directory of Listed Building Products" under "Firestop Systems." C. Where FM Global -approved systems are indicated, they refer to design numbers listed in FM Global's "Building Materials Approval Guide" under "Wall and Floor Penetration Fire Stops." D. Firestop Systems with No Penetrating Items (FS -1): Comply with the following: 1. Pipes, plastic or metal, conduit in vertical runs, installed through cast -in-place Firestop devices. a. Acceptable UL -Classified Systems with FA 1000 Series Systems equivalent to, but not limited to, the following: b. FA1016, FA1017, FA2053, FA2054 by Hilti. C. CP 680 Cast -in Firestop Device by Hilti. d. CP653 Speed Sleeve by Hilti. E. Firestop Systems with No Penetrating Items (FS -2): Comply with the following: 1. Acceptable UL -Classified Systems with CAJ 0000 Series Systems equivalent to, but not limited to, the following: CAJ0055, CAJO070 by Hilti or CAJO012, CAJO102 by Grace. 2. Type of Fill Materials: One or more of the following: a. Latex sealant. b. Silicone sealant. C. Acrylic sealant. d. Intumescent putty. e. Mortar. f. Preformed intumescent blocks. g. Pillows/Bags F. Firestop Systems for Metallic Pipes, Conduit, or Tubing (FS -3): Comply with the following: 1. Acceptable UL -Classified Systems with CAJ, WL, or FC 1000 Series Systems, equivalent to, but not limited to, the following: CAJ1184, CAJ1291, CAJ1277, CAJ1382, CAJ1388, WL1054, WL1249, FC1009 by Hilti or CAJ1403, CAJ1235, CAJ1406, WL1152, WL1207, FC1020 by Grace. 2. Type of Fill Materials: One or more of the following: a. Latex sealant. b. Silicone sealant. C. Acrylic sealant. d. Intumescent putty. e. Mortar. f. Polyurethane Firestop foam. G. Firestop Systems for Nonmetallic Pipe, Conduit, or Tubing (FS -4): Comply with the following: 1. Acceptable UL -Classified Systems with CAJ, FA, or WL 2000 Series Systems, equivalent to, but not limited to, the following: CAJ2109, FA2053, WL2078, WL2128 by Hilti or CAJ2212, CAJ2171, CAJ2210, WL2167, WL2185, WL2170, WL2259 by Grace. 2. Type of Fill Materials: One or more of the following: a. I ntumescent sealant. b. Intumescent putty. C. Intumescent wrap strips. d. Firestop device. e. Firestop sleeve device. f. Latex sealant. H. Firestop Systems for Electrical Cables (FS -5): Comply with the following: 1. Acceptable UL -Classified Systems with CAJ, FC, or WL 3000 Series Systems, equivalent to, but not limited to, the following: CAJ3095, FC3012, WL3065, WL3112 by Hilti or CAJ3185, CAJ3199, CAJ3234, FC3018, FC3060, WL3179 by Grace. 2. Type of Fill Materials: One or more of the following: a. I ntumescent sealant. b. Latex Sealant C. Pillows/bags d. Intumescent putty. e. Silicone foam. I. Firestop Systems for Cable Trays (FS -6): Comply with the following: 1. Acceptable UL -Classified Systems with CAJ or WL 4000 Series Systems equivalent to, but not limited to, the following: CAJ4035, CAJ4054, WL4011, WL4034 by Hilti or CAJ4035, CBJ4023, WL4025, WL4030 by Grace. 2. Type of Fill Materials: One or more of the following: a. I ntumescent sealant. b. Intumescent putty. C. Silicone foam. d. Pillows/bags. e. Foam blocks. f. Firestop mortar. g. Polyurethane Firestop foam. J. Firestop Systems for Insulated Pipes (FS -7): Comply with the following: 1. Acceptable UL -Classified Systems with CAJ or WL 5000 Series Systems, equivalent to, but not limited to, the following: CAJ5091, WL5029 by Hilti or CAJ5222, WL5171 by Grace. 2. Type of Fill Materials: One or more of the following: a. I ntumescent sealant. b. Silicone foam. C. Intumescent wrap strips. d. Pre -formed intumescent blocks. e. Latex sealant. K. Firestop Systems for Miscellaneous Electrical Penetrants (FS -8): Comply with the following: 1. Acceptable UL -Classified Systems with CAJ 6000 Series Systems equivalent to, but not limited to, the following: CAJ6006, CAJ 6017 by Hilti or CAJ6012, CAJ6013, CAJ6027 by Grace. 2. Type of Fill Materials: One or more of the following: a. I ntumescent sealant. b. Latex sealant C. Intumescent putty. d. Mortar. L. Firestop Systems for Miscellaneous Mechanical Penetrations (FS -9): Comply with the following: 1. Acceptable UL -Classified Systems with CAJ 7000 Series Systems equivalent p Y Y q to but not limited to the following: CAJ7046 CAJ7051 CAJ7040 CAJ7021 9 , by Hilti or CAJ7067, CAJ7075, CAJ7082 by Grace. 2. Type of Fill Materials: One or both of the following: a. I ntumescent sealant. b. Latex sealant. C. Mortar. d. Acrylic sealant. e. Silicone sealant. M. Firestop Systems for Groupings of Penetrations (FS -10): Comply with the following: 1. Acceptable UL -Classified Systems with CAJ or WL 8000 Series Systems, equivalent to, but not limited to, the following: CAJ8056, CAJ8096, WJ8007, WL8014, WL8019 by Hilti or CAJ8042, CAJ8101, CAJ8133, WL8007 by Grace. 2. Type of Fill Materials: One or more of the following: a. Latex sealant. b. Mortar. C. Intumescent wrap strips. d. Firestop device. e. Intumescent composite sheet. f. Pre -formed intumescent blocks. END OF SECTION SECTION 079210- INTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS 1.1 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Submit to joint -sealant manufacturers, for testing indicated below, samples of materials that will contact or affect joint sealants. 1. Use ASTM C 1087 to determine whether priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of joint sealants to joint substrates. 2. Testing will not be required ifjoint-sealantmanufacturers submit joint preparation data that are based on previous testing, not older than 24 months, of sealant products for adhesion to, and compatibility with, joint substrates and other materials matching those submitted. 1.1 WARRANTY A. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which joint -sealant manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion for silicone sealants. 1.2 MATERIALS GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide 1 joint sealants backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by joint -sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. B. VOC Content of Interior Sealants: Provide sealants and sealant primers for use inside the weatherproofing system that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Part 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): 1. Architectural Sealants: 250 g/L. 2. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. 3. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. C. Liquid -Applied Joint Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid -applied joint sealant specified, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and joint substrates. 1. Suitability for Immersion in Liquids. Where sealants are indicated for Use I forjoints that will be continuously immersed in liquids, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1247. Liquid used for testing sealants is deionized water, unless otherwise indicated. D. Suitability for Contact with Food: Where sealants are indicated for joints that will come in repeated contact with food, provide products that comply with 21 CFR 177.2600. E. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 1.3 SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS A. Mildew -Resistant, Single -Component, Acid -Curing Silicone Joint Sealant(S-S:) ASTM C 92 Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, for Use NT. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. BASF Building Systems; Omniplus. b. Dow Corning Corporation; 786 Mildew Resistant. C. GE Advanced Materials - Silicones; Sanitary SCS1700. d. Tremco Incorporated, Tremsil 200 Sanitary. 1.4 URETHANE JOINT SEALANTS A. Multicomponent, Self -Levelling, Traffic -Grade, Urethane Joint Sealant (U -TB): ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade SL, Class 50, for Use T. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Polymeric Systems, Inc.; PSI -270. b. Tremco Incorporated, Dymeric 240 FC. C. Pecora; Dynatread. 1.5 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS A. Latex Joint Sealant (AL): Acrylic latex or siliconized acrylic latex, ASTM C 834, Type OP, Grade NF. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. BASF Building Systems; Sonolac. b. Bostik, Inc., Chem -Calk 600. C. May National Associates, Inc. d. Pecora Corporation, AC -20+. e. Tremco Incorporated, Tremflex 834. 1.6 ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS (AC) A. Acoustical Joint Sealant: Manufacturer's standard non -sag, paintable, non -staining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834. Product effectively reduces airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrate by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Pecora Corporation, AC -20 FTR . b. USG Corporation, SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant. 1.7 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written instructions. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended byjoint-sealantmanufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint -sealant -substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint -sealant bond, do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 1.8 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. D. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. E. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated, to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Provide flush joint profile where indicated per Figure 8B in ASTM C 1193. 1 p p 9 F. Acoustical Sealant Installation: At sound -rated assemblies and elsewhere as indicated seal construction at perimeters, behind control joints, and at openings and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant. Install acoustical sealant at both faces of partitions at perimeters and through penetrations. Comply with ASTM C 919 and with manufacturer's written recommendations. 1.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field -Adhesion Testing: Field test joint -sealant adhesion tojoint substrates as follows: 1. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field -Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C 1521. a. Forjoints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate separately, extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side. Repeat procedure for opposite side. 2. Repair sealants pulled from test area by applying new sealants following same procedures used originally to seal joints. Ensure that original sealant surfaces are clean and that new sealant contacts original sealant. B. Evaluation of Field -Adhesion Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered satisfactory. Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements. 1.10 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 1.11 JOINT -SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Sealant Schedule: 1. Interior Joints: a. Wall and ceiling joints subject to movement: Designation U -MC. b. Wall and ceiling joints not subject to movement: Designation AL. C. Interior side of exterior openings: U -MC. d. Floor joints: Designation U -TB. e. Wall and ceiling joints between frames and their rough opening: Designation AL. f. Wall and ceiling joints between frames and adjoining surfaces: Designation AL. g. Interior Sanitary Joints; Joints Between Plumbing Fixtures and Adjoining Floor Wall and Ceiling Surfaces' Joints Between Shower 1 9 9 Door Enclosure Components and Adjacent Finish Surfaces; Joints in Dietary and Food Preparation Areas, Kitchens, Food Storage Areas, and Areas Subject to Frequent Wet Cleaning, including joints between walls and floors, Joints Between Back Splashes and Wall Substrates: Designation S -S. END OF SECTION 07 Z) 0 0 0 0 a Q 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnap4path2l arch.com www.path2l arch.com Consultant Team MEP M.E. Group 70717th Sheet, #3000 Denver, DO 80202 ph: 720398.6050 No. Description Date 1729 e��, AR �i` `\� 06/03/2026 PEDIATRICS WEST 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY, SUITE 200 WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 Issue FOR CONSTRUCTION Date 03 JUNE 2016 Project Number 16-025 Drawn by SW Checked by ES Sheet Title PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS Sheet Number G0203 a V 0 0 SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes standard hollow metal doors and frames. 1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain hollow frames from single source manufacturer. B. Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency, for fire -protection ratings indicated, based on testing at positive pressure according to NFPA 252 and UL10C, embossed labels are acceptable on standard 3 sided door frames. 1. Temperature -Rise Limit At vertical exit enclosures and exit passageways, provide doors that have a maximum transmitted temperature end point of not more than 450 deg F above ambient after 30 minutes of standard fire -test exposure. C. Fire -Rated, Borrowed -Light Frame Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire -protection ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 257 or UL 9. Label each individual glazed lite. D. Smoke -Control Door Assemblies: Comply with NFPA 105. 1.2 STANDARD HOLLOW METAL FRAMES A. General: Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8 and with details indicated for type and profile. B. Exterior Frames: Fabricated from metallic -coated steel sheet. 1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped corners. 2. Fabricate frames as face welded joints and back weld joints continuously, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Frames for Level 3 Steel Doors: (14 gage) thick steel sheet. C. Interior Frames: Fabricated from cold -rolled steel sheet unless metallic -coated sheet is indicated. 1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped corners. 2. Fabricate frames as full profile and face welded unless otherwise indicated. 3. Frames for Level 3 Steel Doors: (16 gage) - thick steel sheet. 4. Frames 48 -inches and wider in opening width are required to me min. 14 gage thick steel sheet. 5. Frames for Wood Doors: (16 gage) thick steel sheet. 6. Frames for Borrowed Lights: (16 gage) thick steel sheet. D. Hardware Reinforcement: Fabricate according to ANSI/SDI A250.6 with reinforcement plates from same material as frames. E. Knock down frames are acceptable only where indicated or scheduled. 1.3 FRAMEANCHORS A. Jamb Anchors: 1. Stud Anchors: Welded frames for installation in stud partitions shall be provided with welded in steel anchors of suitable design, not less than 18 gage thickness, secured inside each jamb as follows: a. Frames up to 60 -inch height: 2 anchors. b. Frames greater than 60 inches up to 90 inches 4 anchors. C. Frames greater than 90 inches up to 96 inches: 5 anchors. d. Frames greater than 96 inches: 5 anchors plus one for each 24 inches or fraction thereof over 96 inches spaced at 24 inches maximum between anchors. B. Floor Anchors: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.067 inch thick, and as follows: 1. Monolithic Concrete Slabs: Floor anchors shall be provided with two holes for fasteners and shall be fastened inside jambs with at least four spot welds per anchor. 1.4 STOPS AND MOLDINGS A. Moldings for Glazed Lites in Doors: Minimum 0.032 inch thick, fabricated from same material as door face sheet in which they are installed. B. Fixed Frame Moldings: Formed integral with hollow metal frames, a minimum of 5/8 inch high unless otherwise indicated. C. Loose Stops for Glazed Lites in Frames: Minimum 0.032 inch thick, fabricated from same material as frames in which they are installed. Field cuts are not acceptable. D. Cut-off (Sanitary) Stops (for healthcare environments only): Where indicated on door schedule/frame type, terminate stops 6 inches above finish floor with a 45 degree angle cut, and close open end of stop with steel sheet closure. Cover opening in extension of frame with welded -steel filler plate, with welds ground smooth and flush with frame. 1.5 FABRICATION A. Fabricate hollow metal work to be rigid and free of defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles, with minimum radius for thickness of metal. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. To ensure proper assembly at Project site, clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment. B. Tolerances: Fabricate hollow metal work to tolerances indicated in SDI 117. C. Hollow Metal Doors: 1. Exterior Doors: Provide weep -hole openings in bottom of exterior doors to permit moisture to escape. Seal joints in top edges of doors against water penetration. 2. Glazed Lites: Factory cut openings in doors. 3. Astragals: Provide overlapping astragal on one leaf of pairs of doors where required by NFPA 80 for fire -performance rating or where indicated. Extend minimum 3/4 inch (beyond edge of door on which astragal is mounted. 4. Continuous Hinge Reinforcement: Provide continuous 12 gage strap tack welded to door edge for continuous hinges specified in hardware sets in Div. 8 Door hardware, unless door has continuous steel channel for hinge reinforcement. 5. Electrical Raceways: Provide raceways to accommodate up to twelve (1 2) wires as required for electrified door hardware specified in hardware sets in Div. 8 Door Hardware. 6. Seamless Edge (Model 2): Provide seamless edge on hollow metal doors by intermittently tack welding seam, grinding smooth and finishing edge free from defects and blemishes. D. Hollow Metal Frames: Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling limitations provide alignment plates or angles at each joint fabricated of same thickness .p 9 p 9 joint, metal as frames. 1. Welded Frames: Weld flush face joints continuously, grind, fill, dress, and make smooth, flush, and invisible. 2. Sidelight and Transom Bar Frames: Provide closed tubular members with no visible face seams or joints, fabricated from same material as door frame. Fasten members at crossings and to jambs by butt welding. 3. Equal Rabbet Frames: Provide frames with equal rabbet dimensions unless glazing and removable stops require wider dimension on glass side of frame. 4. Hinge Reinforcement: Provide high frequency hinge reinforcements at door openings 42 -inch and wider with mortise/butt type hinges at top hinge location to deter against hinge reinforcement sag, required at all openings with automatic openers. 5. Continuous Hinge Reinforcement: Provide continuous 12 gage strap tack welded to frame stop for continuous hinges specified in hardware sets in Div. 8 Door hardware. 6. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval -head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated. 7. Provide A60 Galvannealed coating at frames in restrooms with showers/ Jacuzzi, clean areas such as surgery rooms and surgical suites, clean rooms, and soil rooms. 8. Electrical Knock Out Boxes: Factory weld 18 gage electrical knock out boxes to frame for electrical hardware preps, included to electrical thru wire hinges, electrical raceways, door position switches, electric strikes, jamb mount card readers, and magnet locks as noted in door hardware sets in Division 8 Door Hardware and security prints. 9. Electrical knock out boxes are required at door position switches, electric strikes, card readers, and middle hinge locations for all exterior locations regardless of electrical hardware specified in Division 8 Door Hardware and security prints. a. Provide electrical knock out boxes with a dual 1/2 -inch and 3/4 -inch knockouts. b. Conduit to be factory installed for electric hardware preps. Frames with factory installed conduit to have weld in place anchors. C. Electrical knock out boxes to comply with NFPA requirements and fit electrical door hardware as specified in hardware sets in Division 8 Door Hardware and security prints. d. Electrical knock out boxes for continuous hinges should be located in the center of the vertical dimension on the hinge jamb, coordinate with hardware supplier e. Provide conduit for standardized plug connectors to accommodate up to (1 2) wires for electrified door hardware specified in hardware sets in Division 8 Door Hardware and security prints. 10. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped or gasketed doors, drill stops to receive door silencers as follows. Keep holes clear during construction. Silencers to be supplied by frame manufacturer regardless if specified in Div. 8 Door Hardware. a. Single -Door Frames: Drill stop in strike jamb to receive three door silencers. b. Double -Door Frames: Drill stop in head jamb to receive two door silencers. E. Fabricate concealed stiffeners, edge channels, and hardware reinforcement from either cold- or hot -rolled steel sheet. F. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow metal work to receive templated mortised hardware, include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping according to the Door Hardware Schedule and templates furnished as specified in Division 08 Section "Door Hardware." 1. Locate hardware as indicated, or if not indicated, according to ANSI/SDI A250.8. 2. Reinforce doors and frames to receive non-templated, mortised and surface - mounted door hardware. 3. Comply with applicable requirements in ANSI/SDI A250.6 and ANSI/DHI A115 Series specifications for preparation of hollow metal work for hardware. 4. Coordinate locations of conduit and wiring boxes for electrical connections with Division 26 Sections. G. Stops and Moldings: Provide stops and moldings around glazed lites where indicated. Form corners of stops and moldings with butted or mitered hairline joints. 1. Single Glazed Lites: Provide fixed stops and moldings welded on secure side of hollow metal work. 2. Multiple Glazed Lites: Provide fixed and removable stops and moldings so that each glazed lite is capable of being removed independently. 3. Provide fixed frame moldings on outside of exterior and on secure side of interior doors and frames. 4. Provide loose stops and moldings on inside of hollow metal work. 5. Coordinate rabbet width between fixed and removable stops with type of glazing and type of installation indicated. 6. Gap for butted or mitered joints in glass stop should not exceed .0625 -inch. 1.6 STEEL FINISHES A. Prime Finish: Apply manufacturer's standard primer immediately after cleaning and pretreating. 1. Shop Primer: Manufacturer's standard, fast -curing, lead- and chromate -free primer complying with ANSI/SDI A250.10 acceptance criteria, recommended by primer manufacturer for substrate, compatible with substrate and field - applied coatings despite prolonged exposure. 1.7 INSTALLATION A. General: Install hollow metal work plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely fastened in place, comply with manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION SECTION 081416 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Solid -core doors with wood -veneer and plastic -laminate faces. B. Factory finishing flush wood doors. C. Factory fitting flush wood doors to frames and factory machining for hardware. 1.1 QUALITYASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain flush wood doors and wood paneling from single manufacturer. B. Quality Standard: In addition to requirements specified, comply with AWI's "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated" for veneers faces and WDMA I.S.1-A, "Architectural Wood Flush Doors" for performance of the door. along with "WI's "Manual of Millwork." C. Fire -Rated Wood Doors: Doors complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency, for fire -protection ratings indicated, based on testing at positive pressure according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C. 1. Temperature -Rise Limit: At vertical exit enclosures and exit passageways, provide doors that have a maximum transmitted temperature end point of not more than 450 deg F above ambient after 30 minutes of standard fire -test exposure. 2. Indicate rating and listing agent with permanently attached label on edge of door, if continuous hinge is used adhere label on top of door. 1.2 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace doors that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Warping (bow, cup, or twist) more than 1/4 inch in a 42 -by -84 -inch section. b. Telegraphing of core construction in face veneers exceeding 0.01 inch in a 3 -inch span. C. Telegraphing of core construction and delamination of face in decorative laminated faced doors. 2. Warranty shall also include installation and finishing that may be required due to repair or replacement of defective doors. 3. Warranty Period for Solid -Core Interior Doors: Life of installation. 1.3 DOOR CONSTRUCTION, GENERAL A. WDMA I.S.1-A Performance Grade: Extra Heavy Duty. B. Fire -Protection -Rated Doors: Provide core specified or mineral core as needed to provide fire -protection rating indicated. 1. Edge Construction: Provide edge construction with intumescent seals concealed by outer stile. Comply with specified requirements for exposed edges. 2. Pairs: Provide fire -retardant stiles that are listed and labeled for applications indicated without formed -steel edges and astragals. Provide stiles with concealed intumescent seals. Comply with specified requirements for exposed edges. 1.4 VENEERED -FACED DOORS FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH A. Interior Solid -Core Doors: 1. Grade: Custom (Grade A faces). 2. Species and Cut: As scheduled. 3. Match between Veneer Leaves: Book match. 4. Assembly of Veneer Leaves on Door Faces: Center -balance match. 5. Pair and Set Match: Provide for doors hung in same opening or separated only by mullions. 6. Room Match: Match door faces within each separate room or area of building. Corridor -door faces do not need to match where they are separated by 10 feet or more. 7. Room Match: Provide door faces of compatible color and grain within each separate room or area of building. 8. Exposed Vertical Edges: Applied wood -veneer edges of same species as faces and covering edges of faces 9. Core: Particleboard and comply with section 2.2. 10. Construction: Five plies. Stiles and rails are bonded to core, then entire unit abrasive planed before veneering. 11. WDMA I.S.1-A Performance Grade: Extra Heavy Duty. 1.5 LOUVERS AND LIGHT FRAMES A. Metal Louvers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Air Louvers Inc. b. Anemostat; a Mestek company. C. Hiawatha Incorporated. d. McGill Architectural Products. e. Pemko Manufacturing Company, Inc. 2. Blade Type: Vision -proof, inverted V or inverted Y. 3. Metal and Finish: Galvanized steel, 0.040 inch thick, factory primed for paint finish with baked -enamel- or powder -coated finish. B. Metal Frames for Light Openings in Fire -Rated Doors over 20 -minute rating: Manufacturer's standard frame formed of 0.048 -inch- thick, cold -rolled steel sheet, with factory baked - enamel or powder -coated finish, and approved for use in doors of fire -protection rating indicated. 1.6 FABRICATION A. Factory fit doors to suit frame -opening sizes indicated. Comply with clearance requirements of referenced quality standard for fitting unless otherwise indicated. 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 80 for fire -rated doors. B. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Locate hardware to comply with DHI-WDHS-3. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame Shop Drawings, DHI A115 -W series standards, and hardware templates. C. Openings: Cut and trim openings through doors in factory. 1.7 FACTORY FINISHING A. General: Comply with referenced quality standard for factory finishing. Complete fabrication, including fitting doors for openings and machining for hardware that is not surface applied, before finishing. 1. Finish faces, all four edges, edges of cutouts, and mortises. Stains and fillers may be omitted on bottom edges, edges of cutouts, and mortises. B. Finish doors at factory. C. Transparent Finish: 1. Grade: Premium. 2. Finish: Meets or exceeds TR6 finish performance requirements as per WDMA I.S. 1A 3. Staining: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of custom colors. 4. Effect: Semi -filled finish, produced by applying an additional finish coat to partially fill the wood pores. 5. Sheen: Satin 1.8 INSTALLATION A. Hardware: For installation, see Division 08 Section "Door Hardware." B. Installation Instructions: Install doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and the referenced quality standard, and as indicated. 1. Install fire -rated doors in corresponding fire -rated frames according to NFPA 80. C. Factory -Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge. D. Factory -Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation if fitting or machining is required at Project site. 1.9 ADJUSTING A. Operation: Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely. B. Finished Doors: Replace doors that are damaged or that do not comply with requirements. Doors may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing. END OF SECTION SECTION 087100 - DOOR HARDWARE 1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Door Hardware Installer Qualifications: An experienced and factory trained Installer who has completed both standard and electrified builders hardware and integrated access control installations similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Door Hardware Supplier Qualifications: Door hardware supplier with warehousing facilities in Project's vicinity which is not more then a half day of travel from the jobsite and who employs a qualified Architectural Hardware Consultant or equivalent experience available during the course of the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and Owner about door hardware and keying. 1. Scheduling Responsibility: Preparation of door hardware and keying schedules. C. Architectural Hardware Consultant Qualifications: A person who is currently certified by the Door and Hardware Institute as an Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) and who is experienced in providing consulting services for door hardware installations that are comparable in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project. D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type and variety of aluminum, steel and wood door hardware from the same single source manufacturer and supplier, unless otherwise indicated. E. Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: Furnish door hardware for assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 252 (neutral pressure at 40" above sill) or UL -10C. 1. Test Pressure: Positive pressure labeling. 1.1 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Special Warranty: Written warranty, executed by manufacturer agreeing to repair or replace components of standard, electrified hardware and access control hardware that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage. 2. Faulty operation of the hardware. 3. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. C. Warranty Period: Two year from date of Substantial Completion, unless otherwise indicated. D. Special Warranty Periods: 1. Five years for mortise locksets. 2. Five years for exit devices. 3. Ten years for manual door closers. 4. One year for electromechanical door hardware. 5. Five years for Thresholds, Door Sweeps, Gasketing, Perimeter Weatherstripping. E. Extended Warranty: As requested by either the Owner furnish a separate optional extended warranty and maintenance contract for access control system and power assist operated openings. Version upgrades and "fix" releases to the software, beyond the general warranty time period, are available at no extra charge only if the end user is under a valid extended warranty and maintenance contract. 1.2 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools to Owner and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of door hardware. B. Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, furnish six months' full maintenance by skilled employees of door hardware suppliers and installers. Include quarterly preventive maintenance, repair or replacement of worn or defective components, lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting as required for proper door opening operation. Furnish parts and supplies as used in the manufacture and installation of original products. 1.3 HINGES AND PIVOTS A. Standards: BHMA Certified products complying with the following: 1. Butts and Hinges: BHMAA156.1. 2. Continuous Geared Hinges: BHMA A156.26. 3. Pivots: BHMAA156.4. 4. Template Hinge Dimensions: BHMAA156.7. p 9 5. Self -Closing Hinges: BHMAA156.17. 6. Floor Hinges: BHMA A156.4. B. Quantity: Furnish the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Two Hinges: For doors with heights up to 60 inches 2. Three Hinges: For doors with heights 61 to 90 inches 3. Four Hinges: For doors with heights 91 to 120 inches 4. For doors with heights more than 120 inches, furnish 4 hinges, plus 1 hinge for every 30 inches of door height greater than 120 inches. C. Hinge Size: Furnish the following, unless otherwise indicated, with hinge widths sized for door thickness and clearances required: D. Hinge Weight and Base Material: Unless otherwise indicated, furnish the following: 1. Exterior Doors: Heavy weight, non-ferrous, ball bearing hinges. 2. Interior Doors: Heavy weight, ball bearing hinges unless Hardware Sets indicate standard weight. a. Standard weight hinges can be used at Mechanical, Electrical, IDF, Data, and Offices with out closers openings, regardless of specified hinge weight in hardware sets. E. Hinge Height Clarifications: Where uneven door leafs occur, the widest door leaf in the pair determines the height and weight of the hinges on the inactive and active door leafs, to ensure equal size hinges on opening. F. Hinge Weight Clarification: If heavy weight hinges are specified in hardware sets for interior aluminum frames then standard weight hinges can be used. If aluminum frame opening has a door 42 inches or greater then provide an additional hinge in lieu of heavy weight or 5 inch hinges. G. Hinge Options: Comply with the following where indicated in the Door Hardware Schedule or on Drawings: 1. Non -removable Pins: Furnish set screw in hinge barrel that, when tightened into a groove in hinge pin, prevents removal of pin while door is closed, for the following applications: a. Out -swinging exterior doors. b. Out -swinging access controlled doors. 2. Electric Hinges: Furnish electric transfer hinges with standardized plug connectors to accommodate up to twelve (1 2) wires. Connectors plug directly to through -door wiring harnesses for connection to electric locking devices and power supplies. Furnish sufficient number of concealed wires to accommodate electric function of specified hardware. 1.4 DOOR BOLTS A. Standards: Comply with the following: 1. Surface Bolts: BHMAA156.16. 2. Automatic and Self -Latching Flush Bolts: BHMAA156.3. 3. Manual Flush Bolts: BHMAA156.16. B. Surface Bolts and Flush Bolts: BHMA Certified Grade 1. C. Furnish bolts with top rod of sufficient length to allow bolt location approximately six feet from the floor regardless if detailed as such in hardware sets. Furnish dust proof strikes for bottom bolts. Surface bolts to be 8" in length, unless otherwise noted and U.L. listed for labeled fire doors. D. Furnish Self -Latching flush bolts as follows: 1. Access control inactive door leaf. 2. Uneven inactive door leaf. E. Bolt Throw: Comply with testing requirements for length of bolts to comply with labeled fire door requirements, and as follows: 1. Mortise Flush Bolts: Minimum 3/4 -inch throw. 1.5 LOCKS AND LATCHES A. Standards: Comply with the following 1. Mortise Locks and Latches: BHMAA156.13. 2. Bored Locks and Latches: BHMAA156.2. 3. Interconnected Locks and Latches: BHMAA156.12. 4. Auxiliary Locks: BHMA A156.5. B. Mortise Locks: BHMA Certified Grade 1, Series 1000. C. Bored Locks: BHMA Certified Grade 1, Series 4000. D. Interconnected Locks: BHMA Certified Grade 2, Series 5000. E. Auxiliary Locks: BHMA Certified Grade 1. F. Lock Trim: Match the following design style: 1. Levers: a. Corbin Russwin Hardware (CR) - NSA/NZD G. Lock Functions: Function numbers and descriptions indicated in the Door Hardware Schedule comply with the following: 1. Mortise Locks: BHMAA156.13. 2. Bored Locks: BHMAA156.2. 3. Interconnected Locks: BHMAA156.12. H. Lock Throw: Comply with testing requirements for length of bolts to comply with labeled fire door requirements, and as follows: 1. Mortise Locks: Minimum 3/4 -inch latch bolt throw, with stainless steel bolt. 2. Bored Locks: Minimum 1/2 -inch latch bolt throw, 3/4" latchbolt throw at fire rated pairs. 3. Deadbolts: Minimum 1 -inch bolt throw. I. Backset: 2-3/4 inchesunless otherwise indicated. 1.6 CYLINDERS AND KEYING A. Furnish Patented, High, Security cylinders utilizing a unique factory code pattern that is both geographically and time zoned protected. A letter of authorization under the letterhead of the End User must accompany purchases of any products which involve patented cylinders, keys and accessories. Manufacturers of patented security cylinders to allow the ability for both security and conventional cylinders to be used together under the same facility master or grandmaster key system. The End User is required to have the ability for on-site cylinder pinning and original key cutting. B. Standards: Comply with the following: 1. Cylinders: BHMAA156.5. 2. Key Control System: BHMAA156.5. C. Cylinder Grade: BHMA Certified Grade 1. D. Permanent Cores: Manufacturer's standard, finish face to match lockset, complying with the following: 1. Removable Cores: Core insert, removable by use of a special key, and for use with only the core manufacturer's cylinder and door hardware. E. Construction Keying: Comply with the following: 1. Construction Master keying: Furnish temporary construction master keyed cores that are replaceable by permanent cores. Furnish construction master keys in quantity as required by project Contractor. F. Keying System: Unless otherwise indicated, furnish for a keying system complying with the following requirements: 1. New Grand Master Key System: Cylinders are factory keyed operated by a change key, master key, and a grand master key. Conduct keying meeting with End User to define and document keying system instructions and requirements. G. Keys: Furnish nickel -silver keys complying with the following: 1. Stamping: Permanently inscribe each key with a visual key control number and as directed by Owner. 2. Quantity: Furnish the following: a. Cylinder Change Keys (Per Key Set): Four. b. Master Keys (Per Level): Five. C. Grand Master Keys: Two. d. Construction Control Keys: Two. e. Permanent Control Keys: Two. f. Extra Keyed Permanent Cores: Ten. g. Extra Blank Keys: Fifty. H. Key Registration List: Furnish keying transcript list to Owner's representative for lock cylinders. I. Key Control System: Furnish one lockable cabinet for key control and storage for up to 150 percent capacity, type and model to be determined in the keying meeting with the owner. Furnish End User with one copy of "Key Wizard" key management software program. 1.7 STRIKES A. Standards: Comply with the following: 1. Strikes for Bored Locks and Latches: BHMA A156.2. 2. Strikes for Mortise Locks and Latches: BHMA A156.13. 3. Strikes for Interconnected Locks and Latches: BHMAA156.12. 4. Strikes for Auxiliary Deadlocks BHMAA156.5. 5. DustproofStrikes: BHMA A156.16. 6. Electric Strikes BHMAA156.5. B. Strikes: Furnish manufacturer's standard strike with strike box for each latch or lock bolt, with curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match door hardware set, unless otherwise indicated, and as follows: 1. Flat -Lip Strikes: For locks with three-piece antifriction latchbolts, as recommended by manufacturer. 2. Extra -Long -Lip Strikes: For locks used on frames with applied wood casing trim. 3. Aluminum -Frame Strike Box: Furnish manufacturer's special strike box fabricated for aluminum framing. C. Furnish electrified products with an in-line power controller that enables the hardware to operate from 12 to 32 volts. On board safety features shall include an in-line fuse to protect p Y the hardware and host system from any possible reverse current surges. The controller shall regulate current to furnish continuous duty operation without the typical head build up. Adding the in-line ower controller with electrified products furnishes unlimited lifetime p 9 p warranty of electrified products. 1.8 MULTI -POINT DEVICES A. Standard: BHMAA156.3. B. Multi -Point (Exit) Devices: BHMA Certified Grade 1. 1.9 CLOSERS and POWER OPERATORS A. Standards: Comply with the following: 1. Closers: BHMAA156.4. 2. Power Operators: BHMA A156.19. B. Size of Units: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for sizing of door closers depending on size of door, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Furnish non -handed, factory -sized closers adjustable to meet field conditions and requirements for opening force. C. Closer Options: As indicated in hardware sets, furnish door closer options including: delayed action, hold open arms, extra duty parallel arms, positive stop/hold open arms, compression stop/hold open arms, special mounting brackets, spacers and drop plates. Through bolt type mounting is required as indicated in the door hardware sets. Where through bolts are used, coordinate the color of bolt on opposite of device with BHMA finish color similar to the color of door finish surface. 1. Furnish Delayed Action (DA) feature in closers at Laboratories, Shipping and Receiving doors and where cart traffic is active. 2. Furnish shock absorbing arm such as Spring or Rubber Cushion at exterior outswing openings. 1.10 OPERATING and PROTECTIVE TRIM UNITS A. Standard: Comply with BHMAA156.6. B. Materials: Fabricate protection plates from the following: 1. Brass/Bronze and Stainless Steel .050 inchesthick, beveled four sides (134E) with countersunk screw holes. C. Push -Pull Design: 1" Round with 10" Centers. Furnish 90 degree offset pulls at exterior openings. D. Fasteners: Furnish manufacturer's designated fastener type as indicated in door hardware sets. E. Furnish protection plates sized 2 inchesless than door width (LDW) on push side and 1 inch less door width on pull side by height specified in door hardware sets. F. Coordinate stainless steel hinges, door edges, kickplates and armor plates with less then .09375 inches between meeting edges, regardless of specified sizes in hardware sets. 1.11 STOPS AND HOLDERS A. Standards: Comply with the following: 1. Stops and Bumpers: BHMAA156.16. 2. Electromagnetic Door Holders: BHMA A156.15. 3. Combination Overhead Holders and Stops: BHMAA156.8. 4. Door Silencers: BHMAA156.16. B. Stops and Bumpers: BHMA Certified Grade 1. C. Combination Overhead Stops and Holders: Certified BHMA Grade 1. 1. Glynn -Johnson (GJ) -100 Concealed and 90 Surface Series 2. Rixson Hardware (RX) - 1 Concealed and 9 Surface Series. 3. Sargent Hardware (SA) - 600 Concealed and 500 Surface Series. D. Provide Overhead Concealed stops at public spaces such as conference, corridors, and office spaces where wall or floor stops are not applicable condition. E. Provide Overhead Surface stops at non-public spaces such as mechanical, electrical, storage spaces. F. Floor Stops: For doors, unless wall or other type stops are scheduled or indicated. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic. 1. Where floor or wall stops are not appropriate, furnish overhead stops. G. Silencers for Metal Door Frames: BHMA Grade 1' neoprene or rubber, minimum diameter 1/2 inchfabricated for drilled -in application to frame. Furnish (3) per single door and (2) per paired door frame if applied gasketing is not specified in Hardware Sets. 1.12 DOOR, GASKETING A. Standard: Comply with BHMA A156.22. B. General: Furnish continuous weatherstrip seal on exterior doors and smoke, light, or sound gasketing on interior doors where specified. Furnish non -corrosive fasteners for exterior applications. 1. Perimeter Gasketing: Apply to head and jamb, forming seal between door and frame. Install header seal before mounting door closer arms. 2. Meeting Stile Astragals: Fasten to meeting stiles, forming seal when doors are closed. 3. Door Sweep: Apply to bottom of door, forming seal with threshold when door is closed. C. Basic Sound Seal Requirement: Whether indicated on the drawings or not, furnish gasketing MCKS88BL at sound rated wall types and at the following areas for limiting of sound transmission: private offices, exams, conference, private toilets, corridor openings, rooms and similar sound sensitive area. D. Smoke Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 105 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for smoke control ratings indicated, based on testing according to UL 1784. 1. Furnish smoke labeled perimeter gasketing at all smoke labeled openings. E. Fire Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing according to UL -10C. 1. Intumescent Seals and Gasketing: Furnish concealed, Category Atype gasketing systems on assemblies where an intumescent seal is required to meet IBC and UL -10C positive pressure labeling. F. Provide Meeting Edges and Astragals at Pairs of Doors: 1. Meeting Edge Astragal Pair (Set) with Exit Devices and Cross Corridor Doors, and fire rated pairs: a. McKinney Weatherstripping Products (MW):MCK18041CNB b. NGP Manufacturing (NG): 600A C. Pemko Manufacturing (PE): 18041CNB 2. Meeting Edge Overlapping Astragal at with Doors with Bolts: a. McKinney Weatherstripping Products (MW): MCK355CPK b. NGP Manufacturing (NG): 158NA C. Pemko Manufacturing (PE): 355CPK 1.13 FABRICATION A. Fasteners: Furnish door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates generally prepared for machine, wood, and sheet metal screws. Furnish screws according to manufacturers recognized installation standards for application intended. 1. Furnish manufactures templated and approved stainless steel screws and fasteners for stainless steel hardware specified in the hardware sets. B. Mounting Accessories: Furnish drop plates, filler brackets, extended length screws, through bolts, and accessories for complete mounting with door, frame, light kits, applied molding and special applications as part of the base bid with complete installation per manufactures recommendations. 1. In healthcare facilities install surface mount magnetic locks on the pull side of the doors when specified in hardware sets and located on openings in corridors. Furnish all mounting brackets with finish and beauty covers. 1.14 FINISHES A. Standard: Comply with BHMA A156.18. B. Furnish quality of finish, including thickness of plating or coating (if any), composition, hardness, and other qualities complying with manufacturer's standards, but in no case less than specified by referenced standards for the applicable units of hardware. C. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable and temporary protective covering before shipping to jobsite. D. Finishes on locksets, latchsets and exit devices to incorporate an FDA recognized antimicrobial coating (MicroShieldTM) listed for use on medical and food preparation equipment that will suppress the growth and spread of a broad range of bacteria, algae, fungus, mold and mildew. E. Furnish clear powder coat finish at exit devices located on exterior openings such as gates and at pool exit doors. 1.15 EXAMINATION A. Examine doors and frames, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance. B. Examine roughing -in for electrical source power to verify actual locations of wiring connections before electrified door hardware installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. D. Notify architect of any discrepancies or conflicts between the door schedule, door types, drawings and scheduled hardware. Proceed only after such discrepancies or conflicts have been resolved in writing. 1.16 INSTALLATION A. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights indicated in following applicable publications, unless specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations: 1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." 2. Custom Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Builders' Hardware for Custom Steel Doors and Frames." 3. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3 "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Wood Flush Doors." B. Install each door hardware item to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing work specified in Division 9 Sections. Do not install surface -mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved. C. Furnish and coordinate concealed wood blocking for wall mount stops as detailed in Door Hardware Schedule. D. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of sealant complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." 1.17 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The Contractor shall comply with AIA A201 1997 section 3.3.1 which reads as follows: "The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract, unless the contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning these matters." B. Field Inspection: Supplier and Door Hardware Manufacturer will perform a final inspection of installed door hardware and state in report whether work complies with or deviates from requirements, including whether door hardware is properly installed, operating and adjusted. END OF SECTION 07 Z) 11)0 7_ 0 0 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnap4path2l arch.com www.path2l arch.com Consultant Team MEP M.E. Group 70717th Sheet, #3000 Denver, DO 80202 ph: 720398.6050 No. Description Date 1729 �,'� ��� AR �i 06/03/2026 PEDIATRICS WEST 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY, SUITE 200 WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 Issue FOR CONSTRUCTION Date 03 JUNE 2016 Project Number 16-025 Drawn by SW Checked by ES Sheet Title PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS Sheet Number G0204 V 0 0 SECTION 092216 - NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 1.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: For fire -resistance -rated assemblies that incorporate non -load-bearing steel framing, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated, according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing agency. B. STC -Rated Assemblies: For STC -rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated, according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by an independent testing agency. 1.1 FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Framing Members, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. 1. Steel Sheet Components: Comply with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal unless otherwise indicated. 2. Protective Coating: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G40 (Z120), hot -dip galvanized unless otherwise indicated. B. Studs and Runners: Comply with ASTM C 645. 1. Steel Studs and Runners: Minimum base -metal thickness: a. 25 gage unless indicated otherwise on Drawings or below. b. Interior Metal Stud/Gypsum Board Assemblies, Typical Locations: Withstand lateral loading (air pressure) of 5 psf with deflection limit not more than L/240 of partition height. C. Interior Metal Stud/Gypsum Board Assemblies at Atriums, Lobbies, Service Corridors, Exit Corridors, Elevator Lobbies, Vertical Shafts, and walls receiving plaster veneer: Withstand lateral loading (air pressure) of 7.5 psf with deflection limit not more than L/360 of partition height d. Interior Metal Stud/Gypsum Board Assemblies at Locations with Ceramic Tile or Other Hard Surface Finishes: Withstand typical lateral loading (air pressure) with deflection limit not more than L/360 of partition height e. Where wall mounted equipment, woodwork, and casework items are indicated or elsewhere as shown on Drawings, provide minimum 16 gage studs f. At partitions scheduled to receive tile backing panels or ceramic tile finish, provide minimum 22 gage studs g. At jambs of openings provide two minimum 20 gage studs h. Refer to Division 5 for stud framing for studs carrying heavy vertical loads (manufactured stone masonry, stone tile thicker than 3/ inch, etc) i. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. C. Head Joints: Provide one of the following at all partitions that extend to underside of structure: 1. Deflection Track: Steel sheet top runner manufactured to prevent cracking of finishes applied to interior partition framing resulting from deflection of structure above, in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: b. Manufacturer's standard deep leg track for non fire rated partitions. C. Dietrich Metal Framing, SLP -TRK Slotted Deflection Track (for non- rated partitions) d. Fas Track, CEMCO (for fire rated partitions only). D. Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in length and width indicated. 1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.012 inch. E. Cold -Rolled Channel Bridging: Steel, 0.053 -inch minimum base -metal thickness, with minimum 1/2 -inch- wide flanges. 1. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Clip Angle: Not less than 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 inches, 0.068 -inch- thick, galvanized steel. F. Hat -Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645. 1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.018 inch. 2. Depth: 7/8 inch G. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2 -inch- deep, steel sheet members designed to reduce sound transmission. 1. Configuration: Asymmetrical. H. Cold -Rolled Furring Channels: 0.053 -inch uncoated -steel thickness, with minimum 1/2 -inch - wide flanges. 1. Depth: 3/4 inch 2. Furring Brackets: Adjustable, corrugated -edge type of steel sheet with minimum uncoated -steel thickness of 0.0312 inch 3. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641 M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.062 -inch - diameter wire, or double strand of 0.048 -inch- diameter wire. 1.2 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.062 -inch- diameter wire, or double strand of 0.048 -inch- diameter wire. B. Hanger Attachments to Concrete: 1. Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion -resistant materials with holes or loops for attaching wire hangers and capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to 5 times that imposed by construction as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488 by an independent testing agency. a. Type: Post -installed, expansion anchor. 2. Powder -Actuated Fasteners: Suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion -resistant materials with clips or other devices for attaching hangers of type indicated, and capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to 10 times that imposed by construction as determined by testing according to ASTM E 1190 by an independent testing agency. C. Wire Hangers: ASTM A 641/A 641 M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.1055 inch in diameter. D. Carrying Channels: Cold -rolled, commercial -steel sheet with a base -metal thickness of 0.053 inch and minimum 1/2 -inch- wide flanges, ASTM A653 -A (653M), G40 hot dipped galvanized coating. 1. Depth: 2-1/2 inches E. Furring Channels (Furring Members): 1. Cold -Rolled Channels: 0.053 -inch uncoated -steel thickness with minimum 1/2 -inch- wide flanges, 3/4 inch deep. 2. Hat -Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C645, 7/8 inch deep. a. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.018 inch 3. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2 -inch- deep members designed to reduce sound transmission. a. Configuration: Asymmetrical. F. Grid Suspension System for Gypsum Board Ceilings: ASTM C645, direct -hung system composed of main beams and cross -furring members that interlock. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc., Drywall Grid Systems. b. Chicago Metallic Corporation, Drywall Grid System. C. USG Corporation, Drywall Suspension System. 1.3 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates. B. Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls: Provide the following: 1. Foam Gasket: Adhesive -backed, closed -cell vinyl foam strips that allow fastener penetration without foam displacement, 1/8 inch thick, in width to suit steel stud size. 1.4 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Installation Standard: ASTM -C754. 1. Gypsum Board Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM -C840 that apply to framing installation. B. Install supplementary framing, and blocking to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction. C. Install bracing at terminations in assemblies. D. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with non -load-bearing steel framing members. Frame both sides of joints independently. 1.5 INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES A. Install framing system components according to spacings indicated, but not greater than spacings required by referenced installation standards for assembly types. 1. Unless indicated otherwise by assembly type, framing spacing shall be 16" 0. C. 2. Where studs are installed directly against exterior masonry walls or dissimilar metals at exterior walls, install isolation strip between studs and exterior wall. 1.6 INSTALLING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Install suspension system components according to spacing indicated, but not greater than spacing required by referenced installation standards for assembly types. 1. Hangers: 48 inches o.c. 2. Carrying Channels (Main Runners): 48 inches o.c. 3. Furring Channels (Furring Members): 16 inches o.c. B. Fire -Resistance -Rated Assemblies: Wire tie furring channels to supports. C. Grid Suspension Systems: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension systems meet vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross -furring members to each other and butt -cut to fit into wall track. D. Installation Tolerances: Install suspension systems that are level to within 1/8 inch in 12 feet (3 mm in 3.6 m) measured lengthwise on each member that will receive finishes and transversely between parallel members that will receive finishes. END OF SECTION SECTION 092900 - GYPSUM BOARD 1.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire -Resistance -Rated Assemblies: For fire -resistance -rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119, UL, or by an independent testing agency as indicated on Drawings. B. STC -Rated Assemblies: For STC -rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by an independent testing agency as indicated on Drawings. 1.1 GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL A. Size: Provide maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and that correspond with support system indicated. 1.2 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. American Gypsum. 2. CertainTeed Corp. 3. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC. 4. National Gypsum Company. 5. Temple-Inland. 6. USG Corporation. B. Gypsum Board, Type X: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. 1. Thickness: 5/8 inch. 2. Long Edges: Tapered. C. Flexible Gypsum Board: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. Manufactured to bend to fit radii and to be more flexible than standard regular -type gypsum board of same thickness. 1. Thickness: 1/4 inch. 2. Long Edges: Tapered. D. Moisture- and Mold -Resistant Gypsum Board: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. With moisture- and mold -resistant core and paper surfaces 1. Core: 5/8 inch, Type X or as otherwise indicated on partition type Drawings. 2. Long edges tapered. 3. Mold Resistance: ASTM D 3273, score of 10 as rated according to ASTM D 3274 E. Ceiling Board: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M 1. Core: 1/2 2. Long edges tapered 1.3 TILE BACKING PANELS A. Glass -Mat, Water -Resistant Backing Board: ASTM C 1178/C 1178M, with manufacturer's standard edges. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. CertainTeed Corp., GlasRoc Tile Backer. b. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC; DensShield Tile Backer. C. USG FiberrockAqua-ToughTile Backer Board. 2. Core: 5/8 inch, Type X. 3. Mold Resistance: ASTM D 3273, score of 10. 1.4 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047. 1. Material: Galvanized or aluminum -coated steel sheet or rolled zinc. B. Specialty Aluminum Trim: Extruded accessories of profiles and dimensions indicated. 1. Aluminum: Alloy and temper with not less than the strength and durability properties of ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T5. 1.5 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475/C 475M. 1.6 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. Laminating Adhesive: Adhesive or joint compound recommended for directly adhering gypsum panels to continuous substrate. 1. Laminating adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). B. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inchthick. 2. For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended by panel manufacturer. C. Sound Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing) produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool. 1. Fire -Resistance -Rated Assemblies: Comply with mineral -fiber requirements of assembly. D. Acoustical Joint Sealant: Manufacturer's standard non -sag, paintable, non -staining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834. Product effectively reduces airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Accumetric LLC; BOSS 824 Acoustical Sound Sealant. b. Pecora Corporation, AC -20 FTR AIS -919. C. Specified Technologies, Inc.; Smoke N Sound Acoustical Sealant. d. USG Corporation; SHEETROCKAcoustical Sealant. 2. Acoustical joint sealant shall have a VOC content of 250 /L or less when 1 9 calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 1.7 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL A. Comply with ASTM C840, GA -216-2007 1.8 APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. Install interior gypsum board in the following locations (unless noted otherwise): 1. Type X: Vertical surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 2. Flexible Type: Apply in double layer as required by project conditions at curved assemblies. 3. Abuse -Resistant Type: As indicated on Drawings. 4. Moisture- and Mold -Resistant Type: At damp locations where tile backer board is not used. 5. Glass -Mat Interior Type: at damp locations such as tub, individual shower, kitchens and utility rooms. Cement Backer Board: At critical areas of high humidity, including hot tubs, steam rooms, indoor pools, saunas, and gang showers. 1.9 APPLYING TILE BACKING PANELS A. Glass -Mat, Water -Resistant Backing Panels: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions. Install with 1/4 -inch gap where panels abut other construction or penetrations. 1.10 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Control Joints: Install control joints at locations indicated on Drawings, and according to ASTM C 840 and in specific locations approved by Architect for visual effect, and as follows: B. Wall: Control joints shall be installed where a wall or partition runs in an uninterrupted straight plane exceeding 30 linear feet, or 900 ft2 C. Ceiling with Perimeter relief: Control joints in interior ceilings with perimeter relief shall be installed so that linear dimensions between control joints do not exceed 50 ft or 2500 sq. ft D. Ceiling, without perimeter relief: Control joints in interior ceilings without perimeter relief shall be installed so that linear dimensions between control joints do not exceed 30 ft E. At acoustical or fire rated walls: Where a control joint occurs in an acoustical or fire rated system, blocking shall be provided behind the control joint by using a backing material such as 5/8 in. type X gypsum panel products, mineral fiber, or other tested equivalent F. Interior Trim: Install in the following locations: 1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners. 2. LC -Bead: Use at exposed panel edges. 3. L -Bead: Use where indicated. 4. Curved -Edge Cornerbead: Use at curved openings. G. Aluminum Trim: Install in locations indicated on Drawings. 1.11 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD A. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged surface areas. B. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except for trim products specifically indicated as not intended to receive tape. C. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to ASTM C 840: 1. Level 1: Ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated. 2. Level 2: Warehouse storage areas. 3. Level 3: Beneath wall covering. 4. Level 4: At panel surfaces that will be exposed to view unless otherwise indicated. a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in other Division 09 Sections. 5. Level 5: Where indicated on Drawings. a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in other Division 09 Sections. END OF SECTION SECTION 095113 -ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: 1. Acoustical Ceiling Panel: Obtain each type through one source from a single manufacturer. 2. Suspension System: Obtain each type through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of acoustical ceiling panel and supporting suspension system through one source from a single manufacturer. C. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Provide acoustical panel ceilings that comply with the following requirements: 1. Surface -Burning Characteristics: Provide acoustical panels with the following surface -burning characteristics complying with ASTM E 1264 for Class A materials as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84: a. Smoke -Developed Index: 450 or less. 1.1 ACOUSTICAL PANELS, GENERAL A. Acoustical Panel Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard panels of configuration indicated that comply with ASTM E 1264 classifications as designated by types, patterns, acoustical ratings, and light reflectances, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Mounting Method for Measuring NRC: Type E-400; plenum mounting in which face of test specimen is 15-3/4 inches away from test surface per ASTM E 795. B. Acoustical Panel Colors and Patterns: Match appearance characteristics indicated for each product type. 1. Where appearance characteristics of acoustical panels are indicated by referencing pattern designations in ASTM E 1264 and not manufacturers' proprietary product designations, provide products selected by Architect from each manufacturer's full range that comply with requirements indicated for type, pattern, color, light reflectance, acoustical performance, edge detail, and size. C. Broad Spectrum Antimicrobial Fungicide and Bactericide Treatment: Provide acoustical panels treated with manufacturer's standard antimicrobial formulation that inhibits fungus, mold, mildew, and gram -positive and gram-negative bacteria and showing no mold, mildew, or bacterial growth when tested according to ASTM D 3273 and evaluated according to ASTM D 3274 or ASTM G 21. 1.2 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS, GENERAL A. Metal Suspension System Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard direct -hung metal suspension systems of types, structural classifications, and finishes indicated that comply with applicable requirements in ASTM C 635. B. Finishes and Colors, General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. Provide manufacturer's standard factory -applied finish for type of system indicated. C. Attachment Devices: Size for five times the design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, "Direct Hung," unless otherwise indicated. Comply with seismic design requirements. 1. Power -Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion -resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices for attaching hangers of type indicated, and with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 10 times that imposed by ceiling construction, as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190, conducted by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. D. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Provide wires complying with the following requirements: 1. Zinc -Coated, Carbon -Steel Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641 M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. 2. Size: Select wire diameter so its stress at 3 times hanger design load (ASTM C 635, Table 1, "Direct Hung") will be less than yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 0.106 -inch- diameter wire. E. Hold -Down Clips: Where indicated, and at exterior locations, and with 10 feet of an exterior door, provide manufacturer's standard hold-down clips spaced 24 inches o.c. on all cross tees. F. Clean -Room Gasket System: Where indicated in schedule, provide manufacturer's standard system, including manufacturer's standard gasket and related adhesives, tapes, seals, and retention clips, designed to seal out foreign material from and maintain positive pressure in clean room. 1.3 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM FOR ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2. Certainteed. 3. Chicago Metallic Corporation. 4. USG Interiors, Inc. B. Unless noted otherwise in schedule, provide Wide -Face, Double -Web, Steel Suspension System: Main and cross runners roll formed from cold -rolled steel sheet, prepainted, electrolytically zinc coated, or hot -dip galvanized according to ASTM A 653/A 653M, not less than G30 coating designation, with prefinished 15/16 -inch- wide metal caps on flanges. 1. Structural Classification: Intermediate -duty system. 2. End Condition of Cross Runners: Override (stepped) or butt -edge type. 3. Face Design: Flat, flush. C. Aluminum Grid: For use in MRI rooms. 1.4 ACOUSTICAL SEALANT A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: a. Pecora Corporation; AC -20 FTR Acoustical and Insulation Sealant. b. USG Corporation; SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant. B. Acoustical Sealantfor Exposed and Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard non -sag, 9, paintable, non -staining latex sealant, with a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), complying with ASTM C 834 and effective in reducing airborne sound transmission through perimeterjoints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90. C. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard nondrying, non - hardening, non -skinning, non -staining, gunnable, synthetic -rubber sealant, with a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), recommended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce airborne sound transmission. 1.5 INSTALLATION A. General: Install acoustical panel ceilings to comply with ASTM C 636 and seismic design requirements indicated, per manufacturer's written instructions and CISCA's "Ceiling Systems Handbook." END OF SECTION SECTION 096513 - RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 1.1 RESILIENT BASE A. Resilient Base Standard: ASTM F 1861. 1. Material Requirement: Type TS (rubber, vulcanized thermoset). 2. Manufacturing Method: Group I (solid, homogeneous). 3. Style: Cove (base with toe) at hard surfaces, straight (flat or toeless) at carpet. B. Minimum Thickness: 0.125 inch. C. Lengths: Coils in manufacturer's standard length. D. Outside Corners: Job formed. E. Inside Corners: Job formed. F. Finish: Satin. 1.1 RESILIENT MOLDING ACCESSORY A. Description: Cap for cove resilient floor covering, Carpet edge for glue -down applications, Reducer strip for resilient floor covering, Joiner for tile and carpet, Transition strips. B. Material: Rubber. 1.2 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex -modified, portland cement based or blended hydraulic -cement -based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer for applications indicated. B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient products and substrate conditions indicated. 1. Use adhesives that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): a. Cove Base Adhesives: Not more than 50 g/L. b. Rubber Floor Adhesives: Not more than 60 g/L. C. Floor Polish: Provide protective liquid floor polish products as recommended by resilient stair tread manufacturer. 1.3 RESILIENT BASE INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient base. B. Apply resilient base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required. 1.4 RESILIENT ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient accessories. 1.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protection of resilient products. B. Perform the following operations immediately after completing resilient product installation: 1. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaces. 2. Sweep and vacuum surfaces thoroughly. 3. Damp -mop surfaces to remove marks and soil. C. Protect resilient products from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. D. Floor Polish: Remove soil, visible adhesive, and surface blemishes from resilient stair treads before applying liquid floor polish. 1. Apply two coat(s). E. Cover resilient products until Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION SECTION 096516 - RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs workers for this Project who are competent in techniques required by manufacturer for floor covering installation and seaming method indicated. 1. Engage an installer who employs workers for this Project who are trained or certified by floor covering manufacturer for installation techniques required. 1.1 VINYL SHEET FLOOR COVERING A. Unbacked Vinyl Sheet Floor Covering: ASTM F 1913, 0.080 inchthick, as indicated by product designations. B. Vinyl Sheet Floor Covering with Backing: ASTM F 1303, as indicated by product designations. 1. Type (Binder Content): Type I, minimum binder content of 90 percent. 2. Wear -Layer Thickness: Grade 1. 3. Overall Thickness: As standard with manufacturer. C. Wearing Surface: Smooth. D. Sheet Width: As standard with manufacturer. E. Seaming Method: Heat welded. 1.2 RUBBER SHEET FLOOR COVERING A. Unbacked Rubber Sheet Floor Covering: ASTM F 1859, as indicated by product designations. 1. Type: Type I (homogeneous rubber sheet). 2. Thickness: As standard with manufacturer. B. Rubber Sheet Floor Covering with Backing: ASTM F 1860, as indicated by product designations. 1. Type: Type I, homogeneous rubber sheet with backing. 2. Wear -Layer Thickness: As standard with manufacturer. 3. Overall Thickness: As standard with manufacturer. 4. Interlayer Material: As standard with manufacturer. C. Hardness: Manufacturer's standard hardness, measured using Shore, Type A durometer per ASTM D 2240. D. Wearing Surface: Smooth. 1. Molded -Pattern Figure: As scheduled. E. Sheet Width: As standard with manufacturer. F. Seaming Method: Heat welded. 1.3 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex -modified, portland cement based or blended hydraulic -cement -based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer for applications indicated. B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit floor covering and substrate conditions indicated. 1. Use adhesives that have a VOC content of not more than 50 g/L when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). C. Seamless -Installation Accessories: 1. Heat -Welding Bead: Manufacturer's solid -strand product for heat welding seams. 1) Color: Match floor covering. D. Integral -Flash -Cove -Base Accessories: As indicated in Master Schedule. 1. Cove Strip: 1 -inch radius provided or approved by manufacturer. 2. Cap Strip: Square metal, vinyl, or rubber cap provided or approved by manufacturer. 3. Corners: Metal inside and outside corners and end stops provided or approved by manufacturer. E. Floor Polish: Provide protective liquid floor polish products as recommended by manufacturer. 1.4 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of floor coverings. B. Concrete Substrates: Prepare according to ASTM F 710. 1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners. 2. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents. 3. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. 4. Moisture Testing: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer and as follows. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. a. Perform anhydrous calcium chloride test, ASTM F 1869. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture - vapor -emission rate of 3 l of water/1000 sq. ft.in 24 hours. b. Perform relative humidity test using in situ probes, ASTM F 2170. Proceed with installation only after substrates have a maximum 75 percent relative humidity level measurement. C. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound and remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate. D. Do not install floor coverings until they are same temperature as space where they are to be installed. 1. Move floor coverings and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours in advance of installation. E. Sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by floor coverings immediately before installation. 1.5 FLOOR COVERING INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing floor coverings. B. Extend floor coverings into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings. C. Install floor coverings on covers for telephone and electrical ducts and similar items in installation areas. Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern between pieces of floor coverings installed on covers and adjoining floor covering. Tightly adhere floor covering edges to substrates that abut covers and to cover perimeters. D. Adhere floor 9 a coverings to substrates using fullspread of adhesive applied to substrate 9 p pp to produce a completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections. E. Seamless Installation: 1. Heat -Welded Seams: Comply with ASTM F 1516. Rout joints and use welding bead to permanently fuse sections into a seamless floor covering. Prepare, weld, and finish seams to produce surfaces flush with adjoining floor covering surfaces. F. Integral -Flash -Cove Base: Cove floor coverings up vertical surfaces a dimension as indicated. Support floor coverings at horizontal and vertical junction by cove strip. Butt at top against cap strip. 1. Install metal corners at inside and outside corners. 1.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protection of floor coverings. B. Perform the following operations immediately after completing floor covering installation: 1. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from floor covering surfaces. 2. Sweep and vacuum floor coverings thoroughly. 3. Damp -mop floor coverings to remove marks and soil. C. Protect floor coverings from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. D. Floor Polish: Remove soil, visible adhesive, and surface blemishes from floor covering before applying liquid floor polish. Apply two coats. END OF SECTION 2245 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnap4path2l arch.com www.path2l arch.com Consultant Team MEP M.E. Group 70717th Street, #3000 Denver, DO 80202 ph: 720398.6050 No. Description Date 401729 �D ARS 06/03/2026 PEDIATRICS WEST 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY, SUITE 200 WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 Issue FOR CONSTRUCTION Date 03 JUNE 2016 Project Number 16-025 Drawn by SW Checked by ES Sheet Title PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS Sheet Number G0205 V 0 0 SECTION 096519 - RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 1.1 A. 1.1 A. B. C. D. E. F. 1.2 A. B. C. D. 1.3 A. 1.4 A. C. 1.5 A. B. C D E 1.6 A. B. C. D. 1.7 A. B. C. D. E. SOLID VINYL FLOOR TILE Tile Standard: ASTM F 1700. 1. Class: As indicated by product designations. 2. Type: Type A, smooth surface. Thickness: 0.080 inch minimum. Size: As scheduled. Seaming Method: Standard. RUBBER FLOOR TILE Tile Standard: ASTM F 1344, Class I -A, homogeneous rubber tile, solid color. Hardness: Not less than 85 as required by ASTM F 1344, measured using Shore, Type A durometer per ASTM D 2240. Wearing Surface: Smooth. 1. Molded -Pattern Figure: As scheduled. Thickness: 0.125 inch Size: As scheduled. Seaming Method: Standard. VINYL COMPOSITION FLOOR TILE Tile Standard: ASTM F 1066, Class 2, through -pattern tile. Wearing Surface: Smooth. Thickness: 0.125 inch. Size: 12 by 12 inches. VINYL PLANKS Vinyl Plank Flooring: Meeting ASTM F 1700. 1. Class: As indicated by product designations. 2. Type: Type B, embossed surface. 3. Thickness: 0.080 inch minimum. 4. Size: 3 by 36 inches. INSTALLATION MATERIALS Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex -modified, portland cement based or blended hydraulic -cement -based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer for applications indicated. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit floor tile and substrate conditions indicated. 1. Use adhesives that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): a. VCT and Asphalt Tile Adhesives: Not more than 50 g/L. b. Rubber Floor Adhesives: Not more than 60 g/L. Floor Polish: Provide protective liquid floor polish products as recommended by manufacturer. PREPARATION Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of resilient products. Concrete Substrates: Prepare according to ASTM F 710. 1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners. 2. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents. 3. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. 4. Moisture Testing: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer and as follows. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. a. Perform anhydrous calcium chloride test, ASTM F 1869. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture -vapor - emission rate of 3 l of water/1000 sq. ft.in 24 hours. b. Perform relative humidity test using in situ probes, ASTM F 2170. Proceed with installation only after substrates have a maximum 75% relative humidity level measurement. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound and remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate. Do not install floor tiles until they are same temperature as space where they are to be installed. 1. Move resilient products and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours in advance of installation. Sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient products immediately before installation. FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing floor tile. Lay out floor tiles from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid using cut widths that equal less than one-half tile at perimeter. 1. Lay tiles in pattern indicated on Drawings.. Extend floor tiles into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings. Extend floor tiles to center of door openings. Adhere floor tiles to flooring substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate to produce a completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections. CLEANING AND PROTECTION Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protection of floor tile. Perform the following operations immediately after completing floor tile installation: 1. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaces. 2. Sweep and vacuum surfaces thoroughly. 3. Damp -mop surfaces to remove marks and soil. Protect floor tile products from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. Floor Polish: Remove soil, visible adhesive, and surface blemishes from floor tile surfaces before applying liquid floor polish. 1. Apply per manufacturer's recommendation. Cover floor tile until Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 1.5 MATERIALS A. Coatings: Ready mixed. Process pigments to a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating with good flow and brushing properties; capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. B. Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, paint thinners and other materials not specifically indicated but required to achieve the finishes specified, of commercial quality. C. Patching Materials: Latex filler. 1.6 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Drywall (Gypsum): 1. Acrylic Latex: Glidden: 1 coat Glidden Professional PVA Wall 1030 primer, 2 coats Glidden Professional Ultra -Hide 250 2. Latex: Glidden: 1 coat Glidden Professional PVA Wall 1030 primer, 2 coats Glidden Professional Ultra -Hide 150. B. Shop Primed Ferrous Metal: 1. High Performance Coating, Water -Based Acrylic: Glidden: Eggshell: 2 topcoats Devoe Coatings DEVFLEX High Performance WB Acrylic 4212 over prepared substrate. 2. Acrylic Latex: Glidden: 1 coat Devoe Coatings DEVFLEX Direct -to -Metal 4020 primer, 2 coats Glidden Professional Ultra -Hide 250. 1.7 PREPARATION A. Remove electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, and fittings prior to preparing surfaces or finishing. B. Correct minor defects and clean surfaces which affect work of this Section. Remove existing coatings which exhibit loose surface defects. C. Shellac and seal marks which may bleed through surface finishes. D. Impervious Surfaces: Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tri -sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. E. Aluminum Surfaces Scheduled for Paint Finish: Remove surface contamination by steam or high pressure water. Remove oxidation with acid etch and solvent washing. Apply etching primer immediately following cleaning. F. Insulated Coverings: Remove dirt, grease, and oil from canvas and cotton. G. Concrete Floors: Remove contamination, acid etch, and rinse floors with clear water. Verify required acid- alkali balance is achieved. Allow to dry. H. Gypsum Board Surfaces: Latex fill minor defects. Spot prime defects after repair. I. Galvanized Surfaces: Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent. Apply coat of etching primer. J. Concrete and Unit Masonry Surfaces Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Remove dirt, loose mortar, scale, salt or alkali powder, and other foreign matter. Remove oil and grease with a solution of tri -sodium phosphate, rinse well and allow to dry. Remove stains caused by weathering of corroding metals with a solution of sodium metasilicate after thoroughly wetting with water. Allow to dry. K. Plaster Surfaces: Fill hairline cracks, small holes, and imperfections with latex patching plaster. Make smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Wash and neutralize high alkali surfaces. L. Uncoated Steel and Iron Surfaces: Remove grease, scale, dirt, and rust. Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by wire brushing or sandblasting, clean by washing with solvent. Apply a treatment of phosphoric acid solution, ensuring weld joints, bolts, and nuts are similarly cleaned. Spot prime paint after repairs. M. Shop Primed Steel Surfaces: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces. N. Aluminum with Alodine Finish: Clean by lightly scuff with sandpaper. Remove all dust. O. Interior Wood Items Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Wipe off dust and grit prior to priming. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes and cracks after primer has dried, sand between coats. P. Interior Wood Items Schedule to Receive Transparent Finish: Wipe off dust and grit prior to 2245 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnap4path2l arch.com www.path2l arch.com Consultant Team MEP M.E. Group 70717th Sheet, #3000 Denver, DO 80202 ph: 720398.6050 No. Description Date /SOF C( �N1EN, 1729 06/03/2026 PEDIATRICS WEST 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY, SUITE 200 WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 Issue FOR CONSTRUCTION Date 03 JUNE 2016 Project Number 16-025 Drawn by SW Checked by ES Sheet Title PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS Sheet Number G0206 SECTION 102800 - TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES SECTION 096813 - TILE CARPETING SECTION 098116 -ACOUSTICAL BLANKET INSULATION sealing, seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes and cracks after sealer has dried, sand lightly between coats. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES 1.1 QUALITYASSURANCE 1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE Q. Shop Finished Items: Finish in accordance with AWI standards and guide lines. A. Accessories for toilet rooms, bathrooms, and utility rooms. A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who is certified by the International Certified A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of building insulation through one source. R. Wood and Metal Doors Scheduled for Painting: Seal top and bottom edges with primer. Floorcovering Installers Association at the Commercial II certification level. B. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the fire- 1.2 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS B. Fire -Test -Response Ratings: Where indicated, provide carpet tile identical to those of test -response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per 1.8 SURFACE PREPARATION OF PREVIOUSLY COATED SURFACES A. Coordinate the work with the placement of internal wall reinforcement, concealed assemblies tested for fire response according to NFPA 253 by a qualified testing agency. test method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable Jurisdiction. A. General: ceiling supports, and reinforcement of toilet partitions to receive anchor attachments. C. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to to authorities having Identify materials with appropriate markin s of applicable g 1 yg pp 1. Remove cracked and deteriorated sealants and calking. g demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for fabrication and installation. testing and inspecting agency. g p gp 2. Remove chalk deposits and loose blistered peeling, scaling, or crazed finish � � p 9, 9, 1.3 SUBMITTALS 1. Build mockups at locations and in sizes shown on Drawings. 1. Surface -Burning Characteristics: ASTM E 84. to bare base material or sound substrate by scraping and sanding. A. Product Data: Provide data on accessories describing size, finish, details of function, 2. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become 2. Fire -Resistance Ratings: ASTM E 119. 3. Wash surfaces with solution of TSP to remove wax, oil, grease, and other attachment methods. part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 3. Combustion Characteristics: ASTM E 136. foreign material, rinse, and allow to dry. Exercise caution that TSP solution does not soften existing coating. 1.1 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES 1.1 ACOUSTICAL INSULATION 4. Abrade glossy surfaces by sanding or wiping with liquid de-glosser. A. A. MATERIALS Accessories - General: Shop assembled, free of dents and scratches and packaged A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex -modified, hydraulic -cement -based A. Unfaced Mineral -Fiber Blanket Insulation (in walls): ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without 5. Remove mildew as specified above. complete with anchors and fittings, steel anchor plates, adapters, and anchor formulation provided or recommended by carpet tile manufacturer. membrane facing); consisting of fibers manufactured from slag or rock wool; with maximum 6. Test compatibility of existing coatings b applying new coating to small, p Y 9 9 Y pp Y 9 9 components for installation. B. Adhesives: Water-resistant, mildew -resistant, non -staining, pressure -sensitive type to suit flame -spread and smoke -developed indices of 25 and 50, respectively; passing ASTM E inconspicuous area. If new coatings lift or blister existing coatings, request p 9 9 9 q 1. Grind welded joints smooth. products and subfloor conditions indicated, that complies with flammability requirements 136 for combustion characteristics. recommendation from Architect. 2. Fabricate units made of metal sheet of seamless sheets, with flat for installed carpet tile and is recommended by carpet tile manufacturer for releasable B. Unfaced, Flexible Glass -Fiber Board Insulation (above ceilings): ASTM C 612, Type IA; 7. A specified rimer to surfaces scheduled to receive coatings. Apply p p 9 surfaces. installation. ASTM C 553, Types I, II, and III; or ASTM C 665, Type I; with maximum flame -spread and B. Gypsum Wallboard: B. Keys: Provide 2 keys for each accessory to Owner, master key all lockable 1. Adhesives shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated smoke -developed indices of 25 and 50, respectively, and of the following properties: 1. Fill cracks and voids with spackling compound. according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 1. Nominal density of 1.0 Ib/cu. ft., thermal resistivity of 3.7 deg F x h x sq. ft./ 2. Apply primer over bare surfaces and newly applied texture coatings. C. accessories. Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM A666, Type 304. C. Metal Edge/Transition Strips: Extruded aluminum with mill finish of profile and width shown, Btu x in. at 75 deg F. C. Metal: "Power D. Stainless Steel Tubing: ASTM A269, Type 304 or 316. of height required to protect exposed edge of carpet, and of maximum lengths to minimize 2. Nominal density of not less than 1.5 Ib/cu. ft. nor more than 1.7 Ib/cu. ft., 1. Remove rust from surfaces to bare metal in accordance with SP3 Tool E. Mirror Glass: Float glass, ASTM C1036 Type I, Class 1, Quality Q2, with silvering, running joints. thermal resistivity of 4 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu x in. at 75 deg F. Cleaning". protective and physical characteristics complying with ASTM C1503. 3. Combustion Characteristics: Passes ASTM E 136. 2. Exercise care not to remove galvanizing. F. Adhesive: Two component epoxy type, waterproof. 1.2 EXAMINATION 3. Complete preparation as specified for new work. G. Fasteners, Screws, and Bolts: Hot dip galvanized, tamper -proof security type. A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer resent, for compliance with p 1.2 INSTALLATION D. Wood: H. , Expansion Shields: Fiber, lead, or rubber as recommended by accessory requirements for maximum moisture content, alkalinity range, installation tolerances, A. Install mineral -fiber blankets in cavities formed by framing members according to the 1. Fill cracks, crevices and nail holes with putty or wood filler. manufacturer for component and substrate. and other conditions affecting carpet tile performance. Examine carpet t for type, color, following requirements: pp Y primer over bare surfaces and filler material. 2. Apply pattern, and potential defects. 1. Use blanket widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing FINISHES B. Concrete Subfloors: Verifythat concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 710 and the following: p Y 9 members. If more than one length is required to fill cavity, provide lengths that 9 q Y p 9 1.9 APPLICATION A. A. Stainless Steel: No. 4 satin brushed finish, unless otherwise noted. 1. Slab substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, hardeners, will produce a snug fit between ends. A. The intent of these Specifications is to produce the highest quality appearance of paint and other materials that may interfere with adhesive bond. Determine 2. Place blankets in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit and finish surfaces. Employ skilled mechanics only. The proper preparation of all surfaces adhesion and dryness characteristics by performing bond and moisture tests between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. will be strictly enforced and wherever finished surfaces show any defects due to improper 1.6 SINK STATION ACCESSORIES recommended by carpet tile manufacturer. 3. For metal -framed wall cavities where cavity heights exceed 96 inches, preparation, workmanship, etc., the defects shall be removed and the work refinished at the A. Paper Towel Dispenser, OFCI. 2. Subfloor finishes comply with requirements specified in Division 03 Section support unlaced blankets mechanically and support faced blankets by taping expense of the Contractor. B. Soap Dispenser, OFCI. "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for slabs receiving carpet tile. stapling flanges to flanges of metal studs. B. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Final finish coats shall have 3. Subfloors are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits. visual evidence of solid hiding and uniform appearance, and shall be free and smooth of 1.7 INSTALLATION C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.] brush marks, streaks, sags, runs, laps, or skipped areas. A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. END OF SECTION B. Install plumb and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate. 1.3 INSTALLATION 1.10 FINISHING MECHANICALAND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT C. Mounting Heights and Locations: As required by accessibility regulations and as A. General: Comply with CRI 104, Section 14, "Carpet Modules," and with carpet tile A. Paint shop primed equipment. Paint shop prefinished items where exposed to view in indicated on drawings manufacturer's written installation instructions. finished spaces. In mechanical rooms, repair shop pre -finished coatings which have been END OF SECTION B. Installation Method: Glue down, install every tile with full -spread, releasable, pressure- scratched or otherwise damaged with identical touch-up paint. Sand prior to touching up as sensitive adhesive. SECTION 099100 - PAINTING required. C. Maintain dye lot integrity. Do not mix dye lots in same area. B. Remove unfinished louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels on mechanical and electrical 1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE components and paint separately. END OF SECTION A. Product Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing quality paint and finish C. Paint grilles, registers, diffusers, and speaker grilles to match adjacent wall and ceiling products with 3 years experience. surfaces, except that factory pre -finished items need not be painted if installed in a B. Applicator: Company specializing in commercial painting and finishing with 2 years suspended acoustical ceiling system where the acoustical panels match the mechanical or experience. electrical item color. C. Product Labels: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, stock number, color and label D. In finished spaces, prime and paint exposed pipes, conduit, boxes, ducts, hangers, analysis on label of containers. brackets, collars and supports. Paint to match adjacent surfaces. E. Repair or replace identification markings on mechanical or electrical equipment when 1.1 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS painted accidentally. A. Conform to applicable building code for flame spread/fuel contribution/smoke development F. Paint interior surfaces of air ducts and convectors that are visible through grilles and louvers rating requirements for finishes. with one coat of flat black paint, to limit of sight line. Paint dampers exposed behind louvers, B. Comply with applicable city, county, state, and federal requirements and ordinances grilles, and convector to match face panels. regarding maximum VOC (Volatile Organic Compound) content of all coatings. G. Paint surfaces of plywood backboards for electrical and telephone equipment before installing equipment. 1.2 TESTS H. Replace electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, and fittings removed prior to finishing. A. Provide periodic testing with Wet Film Thickness gage to verify that proper thickness of finish I. Paint exposed air handlers, roof ventilators, goose necks, exhaust fans and other items on coatings are being applied. the roof with 2 coats exterior enamel. Prepare surfaces in accordance with the base metal or primer as specified herein. 1.3 FIELD SAMPLES J. Paint concrete support bases with gray floor deck enamel. A. Provide field sample panel, 96 inches long by 96 inches wide, illustrating each coating color, K. Pipe hangers and other supports need not be painted except where installed in crawl texture, and finish intended for use. spaces, where they shall be painted with a thick coat of asphaltic paint. B. Locate where directed. C. Accepted sample may remain as part of the Work. END OF SECTION 1.4 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements indicated, provide products of one of the following: 1. Sherwin-Williams. 2. P.P.G. Industries. 3. Glidden Professional. B. Materials selected for coating systems for each type surface shall be product of a single manufacturer unless otherwise specified. Secondary products such as linseed oil, turpentine and shellacs shall be first quality products of a reputable manufacturer. 1.5 MATERIALS A. Coatings: Ready mixed. Process pigments to a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating with good flow and brushing properties; capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. B. Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, paint thinners and other materials not specifically indicated but required to achieve the finishes specified, of commercial quality. C. Patching Materials: Latex filler. 1.6 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Drywall (Gypsum): 1. Acrylic Latex: Glidden: 1 coat Glidden Professional PVA Wall 1030 primer, 2 coats Glidden Professional Ultra -Hide 250 2. Latex: Glidden: 1 coat Glidden Professional PVA Wall 1030 primer, 2 coats Glidden Professional Ultra -Hide 150. B. Shop Primed Ferrous Metal: 1. High Performance Coating, Water -Based Acrylic: Glidden: Eggshell: 2 topcoats Devoe Coatings DEVFLEX High Performance WB Acrylic 4212 over prepared substrate. 2. Acrylic Latex: Glidden: 1 coat Devoe Coatings DEVFLEX Direct -to -Metal 4020 primer, 2 coats Glidden Professional Ultra -Hide 250. 1.7 PREPARATION A. Remove electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, and fittings prior to preparing surfaces or finishing. B. Correct minor defects and clean surfaces which affect work of this Section. Remove existing coatings which exhibit loose surface defects. C. Shellac and seal marks which may bleed through surface finishes. D. Impervious Surfaces: Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tri -sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. E. Aluminum Surfaces Scheduled for Paint Finish: Remove surface contamination by steam or high pressure water. Remove oxidation with acid etch and solvent washing. Apply etching primer immediately following cleaning. F. Insulated Coverings: Remove dirt, grease, and oil from canvas and cotton. G. Concrete Floors: Remove contamination, acid etch, and rinse floors with clear water. Verify required acid- alkali balance is achieved. Allow to dry. H. Gypsum Board Surfaces: Latex fill minor defects. Spot prime defects after repair. I. Galvanized Surfaces: Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent. Apply coat of etching primer. J. Concrete and Unit Masonry Surfaces Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Remove dirt, loose mortar, scale, salt or alkali powder, and other foreign matter. Remove oil and grease with a solution of tri -sodium phosphate, rinse well and allow to dry. Remove stains caused by weathering of corroding metals with a solution of sodium metasilicate after thoroughly wetting with water. Allow to dry. K. Plaster Surfaces: Fill hairline cracks, small holes, and imperfections with latex patching plaster. Make smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Wash and neutralize high alkali surfaces. L. Uncoated Steel and Iron Surfaces: Remove grease, scale, dirt, and rust. Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by wire brushing or sandblasting, clean by washing with solvent. Apply a treatment of phosphoric acid solution, ensuring weld joints, bolts, and nuts are similarly cleaned. Spot prime paint after repairs. M. Shop Primed Steel Surfaces: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces. N. Aluminum with Alodine Finish: Clean by lightly scuff with sandpaper. Remove all dust. O. Interior Wood Items Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Wipe off dust and grit prior to priming. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes and cracks after primer has dried, sand between coats. P. Interior Wood Items Schedule to Receive Transparent Finish: Wipe off dust and grit prior to 2245 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnap4path2l arch.com www.path2l arch.com Consultant Team MEP M.E. Group 70717th Sheet, #3000 Denver, DO 80202 ph: 720398.6050 No. Description Date /SOF C( �N1EN, 1729 06/03/2026 PEDIATRICS WEST 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY, SUITE 200 WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 Issue FOR CONSTRUCTION Date 03 JUNE 2016 Project Number 16-025 Drawn by SW Checked by ES Sheet Title PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS Sheet Number G0206 I I I 01 -CODE COMPLIANCE PLAN - LEVEL 02 \ 1/8'' = 1'-0'' 02 -SEMI -RECESSED CABINETS IN WALL 1 1/2'' = 1'-0'' i REQUIRED 31L ELEL_IRIL,/1L F/11VEL, FHC, FEC, OTHER RECESSED CABINET OR BOX OVER 16 SQ IN IN FACE SIZE. MAINTAIN FIRE RESISTANT RATING OF THE PARTITION ON ALL SIDES, TOP AND BOTTOM OF THE CABINET. CODE COMPLIANCE LEGEND --x1SBMx1SBM EXISTING SMOKE BARRIER FOR COMPARTMENTATION. 1 -HOUR FIRE RATING UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON PLANS. --x1 FB--X1FB-- EXISTING 1 -HOUR FIRE BARRIER NEW PARTITION EXISTING PARTITION ® EXIT SIGN W/ DIRECTION FIRE EXTINGUISHER & CABINET RECESSED (SCREENED IF EXISTING) FEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER SURFACE MOUNTED (SCREENED IF EXISTING) FEC 36" EXIT LOCATION AND WIDTH (IN INCHES)(SCREENED IF EXISTING) OUT OF SCOPE ♦ LONGEST ROUTE TO AN EXIT ♦ COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL CODE COMPLIANCE PLAN GENERAL NOTES 1. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION AND QUANTITY OF SMOKE DETECTORS. 2. DOORS IN CORRIDOR PARTITIONS SHALL BE INSTALLED TO RESIST THE PASSAGE OF SMOKE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 3. REFER TO SHEET G.401 FOR FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET DETAIL. 4. VERIFY THAT ALL EXISTING DOORS IN RATED WALLS ARE LABELED WITH THE APPROPRIATE MARK WITHIN THE SMOKE COMPARTMENTS THAT ARE IN THE SCOPE OF THIS WORK. 5. VERIFY THAT ALL EXISTING WALLS WITHIN MODIFIED SMOKE COMPARTMENTS THAT ARE LABELED AS FIRE RATED OR SMOKE TIGHT MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LABELING. OCCUPANT LOAD CALCULATIONS FOR SUITE 200 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE FLOOR SPACE PER OCCUPANT 2012 1 BC -TABLE 1004.1.2 BUSINESS AREAS = 100 GROSS 8,715 S.F. / 100 S.F. = 87.15 OCCUPANT LOAD = 88 EXIT NUMBER & ARRANGEMENT FOR LEVEL 02 IBC TABLE 1014.3: 75-0" ALLOWED 69'-1" SHOWN COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL IBC TABLE 1016.2: 200'-0'' ALLOWED 91'-10'' SHOWN EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE IBC 1021: 2 REQUIRED 2 PROVIDED NUMBER OF EXITS REQUIRED IBC SECTION 1018.4: 20'-0'' MAXIMUM 18'-7" SHOWN MAXIMUM DEAD END LENGTH 4 5 / 6 7 8 El PROC.1 r \ NURSE/MA STATION EXAM 15 EXAM 14� EXAM 13 NURSE/MA STATION EXA144 17 EXAM 16 121 130 129 128 126 12 13� 131 i � WEIGH-IN r — ®� ® ®� 162 � L - - - In 9 J 141 x U X \ FEC �/ / 144 \ L -1 CORRIDOR ______________ ? / EXAM6 p LONGEST ROUTE TO AN EXIT = 86' - 9" _ 148 e lel LONGEST ROUTE TO AN EXIT = 91' - 10" 1 P ♦ � � 1 1 4 n Xl FB X1 FB I m 11 X X I® SHARED PA OFFICEfl LL ! CALL CENTER + BREAK I x x MEDICAL RECORDS -Xl FB • - - - •Xl FB' - STORAGE s 150 STORAGE DEAD END LENGTH = 18' - 7" 1ef - FEC HALL � 166 \ s � 1 CONFERENCE OFFICE DR. OFFICE SHARED DR. OFFICE OFNCE TRIAGE OFFICE 158 155 154 152 149 107/ 106 I WAITING ® 102 1e RECEPTION Ll I 101 USINESS OFFICE 104 EXAM 1 EXAM 2 108 1 10 EXAM 3 I 111 I D \ 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnap@path2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team MEP M.E. Group 707 17th Street, #3000 Denver, CO 80202 ph: 720.398.6050 No. Description Date oG C04EN 0 0\ 01729 06/03/201.6 PEDIATRICS WEST 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY, SUITE 200 WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 Issue FOR CONSTRUCTION Date 03 JUNE 2016 Project Number 16-025 Drawn by SW Checked by JMN Sheet Title CODE COMPLIANCE PLANS Sheet Number G6401 156 I 105 I I I I I I I I I 01 - PHASING PLAN - LEVEL 02 1/8'' = 1'-0'' PHASING GENERAL NOTES 1. CONSTRUCT TEMPORARY PARTITIONS AS REQUIRED BY PHASING TO MINIMIZE THE SPREAD OF DUST AND NOISE. 2. THESE DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN DEVELOPED FROM EXISTING DRAWINGS WHICH MAY NOT REFLECT ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS. VERIFY THESE DRAWINGS WITH EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS AND NOTIFY THE ARCHI- IMMEDIATELY OF INCONSISTENCIES BETWEEN THEM AND ACTUAL CONDITIONS BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH CONSTRUCTION. PHASING LEGEND EXISTING PARTITION TO REMAIN EXISTING PARTITION TO BE REMOVED AREA OUT OF SCOPE 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnap@path2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team MEP M.E. Group 707 17th Street, #3000 Denver, CO 80202 ph: 720.398.6050 No. Description Date E1117NO 1 0 1729/,- 06/03/201.6 PEDIATRICS WEST 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY, SUITE 200 WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 Issue FOR CONSTRUCTION Date 03 JUNE 2016 Project Number 16-025 Drawn by SW Checked by ES Sheet Title PHASING PLANS Sheet Number G*501 PHASE - Ol PHASE - 02 PHASE - 03 PHASE -04 (TWO EXAM ROOMS COMPLETED AT A TIME) PHASE -05 (COMPLETED DURING NIGHTS AND WEEKENDS CONCURRENT WITH PHASE - 04) 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnap@path2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team MEP M.E. Group 707 17th Street, #3000 Denver, CO 80202 ph: 720.398.6050 No. Description Date E1117NO 1 0 1729/,- 06/03/201.6 PEDIATRICS WEST 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY, SUITE 200 WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 Issue FOR CONSTRUCTION Date 03 JUNE 2016 Project Number 16-025 Drawn by SW Checked by ES Sheet Title PHASING PLANS Sheet Number G*501 01 - DEMOLITION PLAN - LEVEL 02 1/8'' = 1'-0'' DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES 1. CONSTRUCT TEMPORARY PARTITIONS AS REQUIRED BY PHASING TO MINIMIZE THE SPREAD OF DUST AND NOISE. 2. THESE DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN DEVELOPED FROM EXISTING DRAWINGS WHICH MAY NOT REFLECT ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS. VERIFY THESE DRAWINGS WITH EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS AND NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF INCONSISTENCIES BETWEEN THEM AND ACTUAL CONDITIONS BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH CONSTRUCTION. 3. REMOVE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AS INDICATED. TYPICAL WALL REMOVAL INCLUDES FINISHES AND MECHANICAL PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS CONTAINED THEREIN. REMOVE DOORS, CASEWORK, WINDOWS, FRAMES, AND OTHER FIXTURES AS REQUIRED. AFTER REMOVAL OF PIPE CHASES, PATCH HOLES IN EXISTING FLOORS OR WALLS TO REMAIN TO MEET ORIGINAL FIRE PROTECTION AND STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS. PATCH ADJOINING WALLS, 4. WHERE NEW FINISHES ARE TO BE INSTALLED ON EXISTING SURFACES, REMOVE THE EXISTING FINISH AND PREPARE SURFACE TO RECEIVE THE NEW FINISH. 5. COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER ANY ITEMS TO BE STORED AND/OR RELOCATED. 6. SEE MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR DEMOLITION OF UTILITIES. 7. VERIFY THAT EXIT EGRESS IS MAINTAINED FOR ALL OCCUPIED AREAS OF THE BUILDING THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION. 8. DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE EXECUTED IN CONFORMANCE WITH ALL CODES AND AS SET FORTH BY ALL GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. 9. BRACE ALL EXISTING STRUCTURES OR STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS AS NECESSARY DURING DEMOLITION. 10. DO NOT CUT ANY STRUCTURAL WORK WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE DESIGN TEAM. 11. THE EXISTING BUILDING ENVELOPE SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN A WATER TIGHT CONDITION AT ALL TIMES. 12. REPLACE OR REPAIR ANY EXISTING TO REMAIN FINISHES WHICH ARE DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION (I.E. - CEILING GRID, CEILING TILE, WALL COVERING, FLOOR COVERING, ETC. 13. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY IF THE REMOVAL OF MECHANICAL EXISTING TO REMAIN ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING SYSTEMS OR COMPONENTS WILL ADVERSELY AFFECT THE OPERATION OF MEP SYSTEM OUTSIDE THE LIMIT OF EXISTING TO BE REMOVED - RE: NOTE 5 OF DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES. 14. SCHEDULE ALL DEMOLITION WITH THE OWNER. DEMOLITION LEGEND EXISTING PARTITION TO REMAIN EXISTING PARTITION TO BE REMOVED AREA OUT OF SCOPE DEMOLITION KEYNOTES 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnap@path2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team MEP M.E. Group 707 17th Street, #3000 Denver, CO 80202 ph: 720.398.6050 No. Description Date EF1N� 110 0 1729 06/03/2026 OREMOVE WALL COVERING AND EXISTING CHAIR RAIL. OREMOVE DOOR SLAB, FRAME AND HARDWARE, SALVAGE FOR REUSE OREMOVE PLASTIC LAMINATE DOORS AND HARDWARE, SALVAGE HARDWARE FOR REUSE 44) REMOVE OVERHEAD CABINETS, PREPARE FOR NEW. ODEMOLISH SECTION OF RECEPTION DESK AND TRANSACTION TOP FOR NEW OPENING. OREMOVE EXISTING COUNTER TOP FOR REPLACEMENT. 07 DEMOLISH EXISTING PORTION OF WALL AND PREPARE FOR NEW FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET. ODEMOLISH SLAB FOR NEW FLOOR OUTLETS. 99) REMOVE FLOORING AND BASE THROUGHOUT. 10 DEMOLISH PORTIONS OF WALL FOR NEW IN -WALL COUNTER TOP SUPPORTS. PREPARE FOR NEW SUPPORTS. 1 1 DEMOLISH FORM HOLDERS THROUGOUT, PREPARE WALL FOR NEW FINISH. 12 DEMOLISH X-RAY VIEW BOX, PATCH AND REPAIR WALL AS NECESSARY TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISHES. PEDIATRICS WEST 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY, SUITE 200 WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 Issue FOR CONSTRUCTION Date 03 JUNE 2016 Project Number 16-025 Drawn by SW Checked by JMN Sheet Title DEMOLITION PLANS Sheet Number D6201 01 - DEMOLITION REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - LEVEL 02 1/8'' = 1'-0'' DEMOLITION REFLECTED CEILING PLAN NOTES 1. THESE DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN DEVELOPED FROM EXISTING DRAWINGS WHICH MAY NOT REFLECT ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS. VERIFY THESE DRAWINGS WITH EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS AND NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF INCONSISTENCIES BETWEEN THEM AND ACTUAL CONDITIONS BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH CONSTRUCTION. 2. REPLACE OR REPAIR ANY EXISTING TO REMAIN FINISHES WHICH ARE DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION, SUCH AS CEILING GRID, CEILING TILE, WALL COVERING, FLOOR COVERING, ETC. 3. REMOVE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AS INDICATED. TYPICAL WALL CEILING INCLUDES FINISHES, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS CONTAINED THEREIN. REMOVE CEILING TILES, GRID, AND OTHER FIXTURES AS REQUIRED. AFTER REMOVAL OF PIPE CHASES, PATCH HOLES IN EXISTING FLOORS, WALLS, AND CEILINGS TO REMAIN TO MEET ORIGINAL FIRE PROTECTION AND STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS. 4. WHERE NEW FINISHES ARE TO BE INSTALLED ON EXISTING CEILING SURFACES, REMOVE THE EXISTING FINISH AND PREPARE SURFACE TO RECEIVE THE NEW FINISH. 5. COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER ANY ITEMS TO BE STORED AND/OR RELOCATED. 6. SEE MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR DEMOLITION OF APPLICABLE UTILITIES. 7. VERIFY THAT EXIT EGRESS IS MAINTAINED FOR ALL OCCUPIED AREAS OF THE BUILDING THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION. 8. DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE EXECUTED IN CONFORMANCE WITH ALL CODES AND AS SET FORTH BY ALL GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. 9. BRACE ALL EXISTING STRUCTURES OR STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS AS NECESSARY DURING DEMOLITION. 10. DO NOT CUT ANY STRUCTURAL WORK WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE DESIGN TEAM. DEMOLITION REFLECTED A CEILING PLAN LEGEND EXISTING PARTITION TO REMAIN EXISTING PARTITION TO BE REMOVED AREA OUT OF SCOPE F—� EXISTING SUPPLY DIFFUSER TO BE REMOVED L=J EXISTING RETURN DIFFUSER TO BE REMOVED L=J EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REMOVED IL it BFr--____- 11 R 11 EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE RELOCATED IL = J n DEMOLITION REFLECTED CEILING PLAN NOTES O ADD ALTERNATE #1: REMOVE EXISTING CEILING TILES. EXISTING GRID TO REMAIN. 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnap@path2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team MEP M.E. Group 707 17th Street, #3000 Denver, CO 80202 ph: 720.398.6050 No. Description Date E1117NO 1 0 1729/,- 06/03/201.6 PEDIATRICS WEST 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY, SUITE 200 WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 Issue FOR CONSTRUCTION Date 03 JUNE 2016 Project Number 16-025 Drawn by SW Checked by ES Sheet Title DEMOLITION REFLECTED CEILING PLANS Sheet Number D6221 01 - CONSTRUCTION PLAN - LEVEL 02 1/8'' = 1'-0" FLOOR PLAN GENERAL NOTES 1. PARTITION TYPES ARE SCHEDULED IN THE A.500 SERIES. RE: G.400 SERIES ''CODE COMPLIANCE PLANS'' FOR GRAPHIC EXTENT OF FIRE RATED PARTITIONS. REFER TO PARTITION TYPE SCHEDULE FOR LOCATION OF SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKETS. 2. REFER TO SHEET G.101 FOR ADDITIONAL GENERAL NOTES. 3. ALL PARTITIONS ARE TYPE 'A42" UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 4. DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THE FLOOR PLANS FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION ARE TO THE FACE OF FINISH OF INTERIOR WALLS, TO CENTER LINE OF COLUMNS AND TO THE FACE OF CONCRETE OR MANSONRY WALLS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. DIMENSIONS IN RENOVATED AREAS ARE FROM FINISH FACE OF EXISTING WALLS TO FINISH FACE OF NEW STUD WALL, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 5. WHERE NEW GYPSUM BOARD PARTITIONS ARE A CONTINUATION OF AN EXISTING PARTITION OR COLUMN ENCASEMENT, THE FACE OF THE NEW GYPSUM BOARD SHALL BE ALIGNED WITH THE FACE OF THE EXISTING SURFACE. WHERE A ONE HOUR PARTITION IS SHOWN AS A CONTINUATION OF A TWO-HOUR PARTITION OR COLUMN ENCASEMENT, THE FACE OF THE GYPSUM BOARD SHALL BE ALIGNED. STUDS SHALL BE OFFSET AND ADDITIONAL LAYERS OF GYPSUM BOARD SHALL BE PROVIDED AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE FACE ALIGNMENT OF GYPSUM BOARD. 6. SEE ARCHITECTURAL ENLARGED PLANS FOR TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TOILET ACCESSORIES. 7. PROVIDE MINIMUM Y-0" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE AT THE PUSH SIDE OF EVERY DOOR WITH A CLOSER. PROVIDE MINIMUM Y-6" CLEAR AT THE PULL SIDE OF EVERY DOOR (EXCLUDING PATIENT BEDROOMS), UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DIMENSIONED, NOTED OR SHOWN OTHERWISE. 8. ALL SINKS SHALL BE MOUNTED A MINIMUM OF 1'- 3'' FROM THE CENTERLINE OF THE FIXTURE TO THE FINISHED FACE OF THE ADJACENT PARTITION. 9. REFER TO THE A.210 SERIES,''EQUIPMENT PLANS'' FOR WALL PROTECTION LOCATIONS. FLOOR PLAN LEGEND NEW CONSTRUCTION EXISTING TO REMAIN A41 PARTITION TAG REF. A.501 FOR TYPE CHARTS OUT OF SCOPE FLOOR PLAN KEYNOTES O ALIGN NEW WALL WITH EXISTING. NEW WALL TYPE TO MATCH EXISTING, U.N.O. 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnap@path2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team MEP M.E. Group 707 17th Street, #3000 Denver, CO 80202 ph: 720.398.6050 No. Description Date EF1N� 110 0 1729/,- 06/03/201.6 PEDIATRICS WEST 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY, SUITE 200 WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 Issue FOR CONSTRUCTION Date 03 JUNE 2016 Project Number 16-025 Drawn by MD Checked by ES Sheet Title CONSTRUCTION PLAN Sheet Number A6201 Maintain 18" on all pull side of frames 01 - FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 02 1/8'' = 1'-0" FLOOR PLAN GENERAL NOTES 1. PARTITION TYPES ARE SCHEDULED IN THE A.500 SERIES. RE: G.400 SERIES ''CODE COMPLIANCE PLANS'' FOR GRAPHIC EXTENT OF FIRE RATED PARTITIONS. REFER TO PARTITION TYPE SCHEDULE FOR LOCATION OF SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKETS. 2. REFER TO SHEET G.101 FOR ADDITIONAL GENERAL NOTES. 3. WHERE NEW GYPSUM BOARD PARTITIONS ARE A CONTINUATION OF AN EXISTING PARTITION OR COLUMN ENCASEMENT, THE FACE OF THE NEW GYPSUM BOARD SHALL BE ALIGNED WITH THE FACE OF THE EXISTING SURFACE. WHERE A ONE HOUR PARTITION IS SHOWN AS A CONTINUATION OF A TWO-HOUR PARTITION OR COLUMN ENCASEMENT, THE FACE OF THE GYPSUM BOARD SHALL BE ALIGNED. STUDS SHALL BE OFFSET AND ADDITIONAL LAYERS OF GYPSUM BOARD SHALL BE PROVIDED AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE FACE ALIGNMENT OF GYPSUM BOARD. 4. SEE ARCHITECTURAL ENLARGED PLANS FOR TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TOILET ACCESSORIES. 5. ALL SINKS SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY A PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER AND SOAP DISPENSER, OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED. 6. PROVIDE MINIMUM 1'-0'' CLEAR FLOOR SPACE AT THE PUSH SIDE OF EVERY DOOR WITH A CLOSER. PROVIDE MINIMUM Y-6" CLEAR AT THE PULL SIDE OF EVERY DOOR (EXCLUDING PATIENT BEDROOMS), UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DIMENSIONED, NOTED OR SHOWN OTHERWISE. 7. ALL SINKS SHALL BE MOUNTED A MINIMUM OF Y- 3'' FROM THE CENTERLINE OF THE FIXTURE TO THE FINISHED FACE OF THE ADJACENT PARTITION. 8. REFER TO THE A.210 SERIES,''EQUIPMENT PLANS'' FOR WALL PROTECTION LOCATIONS. FLOOR PLAN LEGEND NEW CONSTRUCTION EXISTING TO REMAIN XXX DOOR TAG REF. A.541 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE 1 1 A.1001 1 INTERIOR ELEVATION TAG 1 cr _ CURTAIN TRACK A OUT OF SCOPE 1:3 C 0] FLOOR PLAN KEYNOTES O PATCH AND SKIM COAT WALLS FOR NEW PAINT FINISH WHERE WALL COVERING AND CHAIR RAIL WERE DEMOLISHED. MATCH WALLS IN REMAINDER OF SUITE. OREPLACE EXISTING CABINET WITH NEW CABINET IN PL1 FINISH, LIKE FOR LIKE STYLE, HARDWARE AND SIZE. O REPLACE EXISTING COUNTER TOP WITH NEW COUNTER IN PL2 FINISH, LIKE FOR LIKE SIZE AND SHAPE. OPROVIDE WATER LINE FOR NEW REFRIGERATOR. OPROVIDE 30'' DEEP BY 7 -HIGH ADJUSTABLE SHELVES ON STANDARDS. OPROVIDE NEW SINK WITH EXISTING FAUCET. RE: PLUMBING FOR SPECIFICATIONS OPROVIDE NEW SINK AND NEW FAUCET. RE: PLUMBING FOR SPECIFICATIONS OPROVIDE NEW SINK, FAUCET AND EYE -WASH. RE: PLUMBING FOR SPECIFICATIONS OPROVIDE NEW SINK. EXISTING FAUCET AND EXISTING EYE -WASH. RE: PLUMBING FOR SPECIFICATIONS 10 PROVIDE NEW SINK, FAUCET AND GARBAGE DISPOSAL. RE: PLUMBING FOR SPECIFICATIONS 1 1 NEW PLASTIC LAMINATE (PL1) DOORS TO REPLACE EXISTING SIZE. HARDWARE TO BE REUSED ON NEW DOORS. 12 NEW WALL TYPE TO MATCH BUILDING STANDARD. 13 NEW SEMI -RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET. 14 PROVIDE 18''D X 7H ADJUSTABLE SHELVES ON STANDARDS. 15 PROVIDE BUILDING STANDARD WINDOW BLINDS TO FIT NEW WALL CONFIGURATION. 16 OUTLET FLOOR DATA AND DUPLEX 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: inao@r)ath2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team MEP M.E. Group 707 17th Street, #3000 Denver, CO 80202 ph: 720.398.6050 No. Description Date oF C04 "(170 0 �0172J is 06/03/201.6 PEDIATRICS WEST 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY, SUITE 200 WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 Issue FOR CONSTRUCTION Date 03 JUNE 2016 Project Number 16-025 Drawn by SW Checked by ES Sheet Title FLOOR PLAN Sheet Number A6202 01 - EQUIPMENT PLAN - LEVEL 02 1/8'' = 1'-0'' EQUIPMENT PLAN GENERAL NOTES 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND COORDINATE CLEAR DIMENSIONS REQUIRED FOR OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT THAT IS LOCATED WITHIN OR ADJACENT TO BUILT IN CABINETS. 2. ALL SHARPS PLUS GLOVE DISPENSERS ARE TO BE OWNER FURNISHED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE BLOCKING/STRAPPING FOR ALL MOUNTING BRACKETS OF WALL HUNG EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE FURNISHED EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS AND VENDOR DRAWINGS. 4. ALL SINKS ARE TO RECEIVE TA3 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER AND A TA8 SOAP DISPENSER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. REFER TO A.541 FOR DETAILS ON MOUNTING. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER ON THE DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION OF OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT. EQUIPMENT PLAN LEGEND OUT OF SCOPE CONTRACTOR FURNISHED EQUIPMENT/ITEM OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT/ITEM I& COMPUTER WORKSTATION WPI—WPI- SHEET/RAIL WALL PROTECTION RE: DETAILS ON SHEET 1.101 —WP2 WP2- SHEET/RAIL WALL PROTECTION RE: DETAILS ON SHEET 1.101 —WP3 WP3- SHEET/RAIL WALL PROTECTION RE: DETAILS ON SHEET 1.101 -HS- HAND SANITIZER, OFCI WP3 r WALL PROTECTION CORNER GUARD RE: DETAILS ON SHEET 1.101 CURTAIN TRACK TA00 TOILET ACCESSORY TAG CR CARD READER PP PUSH PLATE MHO/DEL MAGNETIC HOLD OPEN/ DELAYED EGRESS OHO OVERHEAD HOLD OPEN EQUIPMENT PLAN KEYNOTES OREFRIGERATOR WITH WATER AND ICE IN DOOR, CFCI 02 DISHWASHER, CFCI OMICROWAVE, CFCI 04 CEILING MOUNTED PROJECTOR SCREEN, CFCI 55) PRINTER / FAX, OFOI O VACCINE REFRIGERATOR, OFOI *REQUIRES 2 DEDICATED OUTLETS EACH 07 AUTOCLAVE (COUNTER TOP), OFOI O CRASH CART PLUS MONITOR ON STAND, OFOI 90 SCALE, OFOI 10 UNDER COUNTER VACCINE REFRIGERATOR, OFCI *REQUIRES 2 DEDICATED OUTLETS 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnap@path2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team MEP M.E. Group 707 17th Street, #3000 Denver, CO 80202 ph: 720.398.6050 No. Description Date EF1N� 110 0 1729 06/03/201.6 PEDIATRICS WEST 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY, SUITE 200 WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 Issue FOR CONSTRUCTION Date 03 JUNE 2016 Project Number 16-025 Drawn by SW Checked by ES Sheet Title EQUIPMENT PLANS Sheet Number A6211 Conflict w/ 3 lights & Duct work OK lower ceiling height to 8'2" & lower Cabinets 2" BREAK 156 STORAGE 157 4 LOWER TO 8'-2" FConflict w/ 2 lights & Duct lower ceiling 8'2'1143 CORRIDOR 148 © 0 0 = 0 SUSPENDED 2'x 2' ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM SUSPENDED 2'x 4ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM GYPSUM WALL BOARD CEILING oTs EXPOSED STRUCTURE II•—iii:ll____ai-----'�C•.�--wNii��Hii�ILl�iii�--=----=i_n___®�wiiii■ I■■■Dill MEDICAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT SYSTEM. COORDINATE 1■■■I�il®I WITH VENDOR ■�i_■iiiis■�. ■ GYPSUM BOARD FURR DOWN OVER WALL CABINET OR LOCKER ■iti■Iaiitillrr.■=iwtiit■ CEILING HEIGHT DESIGNATION Y-0"AFF NEW RECESSED FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE I�i�1.�ii�L`Jii�1■ir. RECESSED FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE RELOCATED EXISTING RECESSED FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN ■litiiitl. SUPPLY AIR GRILLE REF: MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION RETURN AIR GRILLE REF: MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR . • • - I■ �� 1111 I■ EXHAUST AIR GRILLE REF: MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR I 111 ■�I■ ElACCESS ��■■■111 ■■ • 51111■I■■I■ I■■■!ill CURTAIN TRACK O ■■■11111111®■■■III!■ i EXIT SIGN W/ DIRECTION ■■■��■ ` 111111 �i■■■■■ I■■®1i ■■■■! I■!il■i;Illi I■■■■I 111117■7min 11111NONE ■ ■■■i1� ■■I■ ■1■I■■■illy■■[!■■■■�!! M I■ ■1111 11■■■■■ 11■■■■■�i • !■ ■I I■ ■I IMEMIN■ii ■1 IN NO ■■r® I IN INs■. ■ ,■ nl ==■ ■■ It\f�II 1Emil 71'■ �a ■■ �,� ■� -- �– ■1,11,■ ■■I iXil�■■■p11Ji��■■r■■li■�01'■"�■ ■�w.■._ '■It ■ ■■■ • 1■■■■■■■R■■ 1 i' 111■ ■■■ Ind ■■■ ■011■pmy- 97:■ Q!J1■■■■■■■■Q' I■_.1.1_■ Pffd- 1151 111M 1. I mm■_ 1_■G:■II���. ■■�j■■■:■■�■■I■■■■ i III■■I■■ 11ii.■711■I ■_© � ■��J■■I■■;• !■■� . ANN I■Md- ■I • I"■0;01 �I l■■■■u■i ■ � �i11I I� ME ■�J ■ ■te FIEM I�� r ' ®■1I! 11111;,■lil■■� ��I1 ■I■� _-- ...11s lines & light lower11111 —oil11 ■I�� I, ■■■1111! 11 �. !�_�'� � -- .__I■■ -■ 1 I " 1-; ■ �' 111 _! I■■■iii _ �� ® u _& lights lower ceilingeight IL, ■ ., ■II 82" lower cabinet 2"M we ceiling 8'2 1/2" Cut fu cabinets to fit M_ EM I 1 1ower ceiling' 82" & cabinets 2" I 1 I�■I■i■r■u■■■■■■EW __ __ • - ■■■■■■■¢;s■■■■■ ■■■■■■I ... i■IL"■■1111■■■■■111■ ■■■M®E'■ ' � ■■■111■■■■■111■ ■ MINES! ■NES! .—MT■_ `��111■►� _■ ■: — � I■®■I■■■IIS■ Iii®ten I - .=-_, ,- lid.. ■■■■■■■ ■■■■■ ■■■■- ■■■111■■LII■■IL®_1■ ®.�.�_■�_ =-�■1■�■I ■ � � ■1.,,Ll I ■ ■ ■ I■■■■■■■■■■■■■■1 _ ■■■��i��__II�;•r►I■■,_rs � i I■ ■■ ■ ■I■1�111 li 111 it _ • 9I ■_■ ■■fir i _.1 1■■■■■■■ILII■■■� ■I■■�■ ■■■I�r J �+ f�� n■_I■I■I.I■� _I� I� . • ■_ - ■■■■L�� ■ ■ I:■■1■ I■I■■■■`�■■■Its ■ ■��I 1■■I■■I■I■■I■■LI1J■I■1■1 SOME -_- Wim■ ■,, ■ ■ [7 I■!~ ■■■■■■■T1�I■■■MEMO■■■■■■■1■■ Ii V.I - .Inl ■ S■■I �■■..■i■■----^■■i1■■■■■■■■■■■■■■1 •�� ■■.M■■ r.. ._ I■■ ; ■■■■■■I® , �.n_�■I�i�_®: �� '__=_==__. u�- X11■ ■■I�I��I■■■II■I■■I■■■■■ i��'11 '' ■■ i�lil��■ 111101110 F–Pi(l I.'URIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII Mpllidl 11+■1■M i �■ �I�I��I�I■■�IIJI��IJ��IJ■I�I� `___.■.ri■ E_■■■C■T-�J■■I■■■■Cmil■�i .■■■■■111■■■■■■■■�■ml�l■■■■■� ..`.w=���■�_i�■1_■_�■li__�.� ■�■���I�■■����I���� - ■dll■I■■■III■R! ■!1;■■■■■■s■;111■■■■1111®®■■nl■■i■iiiiiiEEOFFICE OHICE RECEPTION lli■■■■!!!■!■■■i!ii■R_II■■■■Mil 1p_�L■i■irii■iii!■■■■1_I■■i■iai■�ilr:�_■!iwili■■■ii EW _" III NIEMEN I I I BRA S ARED PA 0FrI 156 153 0 0 0 0 8'-4''!AFF 8'-4"AFF 8'-4"AFF AFF O FRE C 1 8 FFIC D .OFF CE 1 5 154 15 D 8'-4'AFF 8'-4'AFF 8'-4'AFF 8'-4'AFF 01 - REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - LEVEL 02 1/8'' = 1'-0" 8'-4'AFF 2 2 U SEM STATllqN 1130 8'-4'AFF inn in:293 =__ ■ fl■■1 ■■■III 1111111_■! I■■�_■I ■■■1 ■Irl I�I�IrI f��1I -_ III■J: -_ 11� -_ 2%1 2 2 FL E 2 RFI 7 Ceiling heigh changes a 2 8 E UR E/ A T TI N 1-22, 1 F 2 2 111 11!71■1■ 9 A 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN GENERAL NOTES 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPARE THIS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN WITH ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLANS, MECHANICAL SUPPLY, RETURN, AND EXHAUST PLANS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPORT ANY OMISSIONS OR INCONSISTENCIES TO THE ARCHITECT. 2. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR THE LOCATIONS OF CEILING MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTORS, SPEAKERS, EXIT SIGNAGE, FIRE ALARM DEVICES, WALL MOUNTED EXIT LIGHTS, ETC. 3. FOR FURTHER DIMENSIONS SEE ENLARGED PLANS, SECTIONS, ELEVATIONS, AND DETAILS. 4. COORDINATE GYPSUM BOARD FURR DOWN HEIGHTS WITH FULL HEIGHT CABINETS AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. 5. SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS ARE NOT SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. 6. 18" MINIMUM VERTICAL CLEARANCE SHALL BE MAINTAINED BETWEEN THE BOTTOM OF EXTENDED SPRINKLER HEADS AND THE TOP OF ANY FILES, SHELVING, LOCKERS, ETC. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT ACCESS PANELS OF TYPE SPECIFIED ARE INSTALLED IN NON -ACCESSIBLE TYPE CEILINGS WHERE SERVICE OR ADJUSTMENT TO MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, OR ELECTRICAL ITEMS MAY BE REQUIRED. ACCESS PANELS SHALL BE THE FIRE RATED TYPE EQUAL TO THE RATING OF THE CEILING IN WHICH THEY OCCUR. 8. RELOCATE SUPPLY DRAIN AND VENT PIPES TO MAINTAIN SCHEDULED CEILING HEIGHTS. COORDINATE RELOCATIONS WITH MEP ENGINEERS. 9. WHERE EXISTING LAY -IN CEILINGS ARE TO REMAIN, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE ANY TILE THAT HAS BEEN DAMAGED WITH MATERIALS THAT MATCH THE EXISTING FOR COLOR, TEXTURE, PATTERN, ETC. IF UNIFORMITY CANNOT BE ACHIEVED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE THE ENTIRE CEILING WITI- THE SPACE WITH NEW MATERIAL. REFLECTED CEILING PLAN LEGEND SUSPENDED 2'x 2' ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM SUSPENDED 2'x 4ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM GYPSUM WALL BOARD CEILING oTs EXPOSED STRUCTURE MS MEDICAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT SYSTEM. COORDINATE WITH VENDOR GYPSUM BOARD FURR DOWN OVER WALL CABINET OR LOCKER OIL CEILING TYPE CEILING HEIGHT DESIGNATION Y-0"AFF NEW RECESSED FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE RECESSED FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE RELOCATED EXISTING RECESSED FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN SUPPLY AIR GRILLE REF: MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION RETURN AIR GRILLE REF: MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION EXHAUST AIR GRILLE REF: MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ElACCESS PANEL _(CL— — CURTAIN TRACK O RECESSED CAN LIGHT FIXTURE i EXIT SIGN W/ DIRECTION REFLECTED CEILING PLAN KEYNOTES ONEW CEILING TO MATCH BUILDING STANDARD OADD ALTERNATE #1: PROVIDE NEW ACT CEILING TILE IN EXISTING CEILING GRID IN LIEU OF EXISTING TO REMAIN 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnap@path2l arch.com www.path2l arch.com Consultant Team MEP M.E. Group 707 17th Street, #3000 Denver, Co 80202 ph: 720.398.6050 No. Description Date 101 FEN/vI 900 tk- "" X01729 06/03/201.6 PEDIATRICS WEST 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY, SUITE 200 WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 Issue FOR CONSTRUCTION Date 03 JUNE 2016 Project Number 16-025 Drawn by SW Checked by ES Sheet Title REFLECTED CEILING PLANS Sheet Number A6221 5/8'' GYP BD, 1 LAYER ON OUTER SIDE STL STUDS ACOUSTIC INSUL WHERE SCHEDULED b/lIC_, K/HKIIIIVN THICKNESS NOTE: 1. STC'S ARE PREDICTED USING THE "INSUL" COMPUTER PROGRAM. 2. STC'S ARE BASED ON 0.018'' THICK (25 GA) STUDS. 3. REFER TO A.500 SERIES FOR BRACING. 5/8'' GYP BD, 2 LAYERS EA SIDE STL STUDS ACOUSTIC INSUL WHERE SCHEDULED BASIC PARTITION THICKNESS C NOTE: 1. REFER TO G.300 FOR RATED CONDITIONS AND A.500 SERIES FOR NON -RATED FOR PLACEMENT OF ACOUSTICAL SEALANT AT FLOOR IN A 4 -LAYERED PARTITION. 2. STC IS MODIFIED FROM THE REFERENCE. 3. STC IS PREDICTED USING THE "INSUL" COMPUTER PROGRAM. 4. STC IS BASED ON 0.018'' THICK (25 GA) STUDS. Dl D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 � cn D7 - � cn D8 - � cn D9 - � cn TH GYP NON RAT TO - CED EIABOVE BD D11 27 D21 29 D31 27 D41 30 D51 27 D61 30 D71 27 D81 31 D91 26 NON -RATED WITH GYP BD TO 6'' ABOVE CEILING D12 48 D22 57 D32 48 D42 57 D52 50 D62 58 D72 All D82 A21 D92 A31 NON -RATED WITH TO FINISHED CEILING DS & GYP BSTUD D13 47 D23 39 D33 47 D43 40 D53 48 D63 C11 D73 C21 D83 C31 D93 C41 STUD SIZE 2 1/2'' 2 1/2'' 3 5/8'' 3 5/8'' 4'' 4'' 6'' 6'' 1 1/2'' BASIC PARTITION THICKNESS 3 1/8'' 3 1/8'' 4 1/4'' 4 1/4'' 4 5/8'' 4 5/8'' 6 5/8'' 6 5/8'' 2 1/8'' ACOUSTICAL INSULATION THICKNESS - 2'' - 3'' - 3'' - 5 1/2'' 1" ACOUSTICAL TEST NUMBER NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 FIRE TEST NUMBER (WHERE APPLICABLE) 61/2'' 81/2'' 81/2'' ACOUSTICAL INSULATION THICKNESS - 2'' - 3'' - 5/8'' GYP BD, 2 LAYERS EA SIDE STL STUDS ACOUSTIC INSUL WHERE SCHEDULED BASIC PARTITION THICKNESS C NOTE: 1. REFER TO G.300 FOR RATED CONDITIONS AND A.500 SERIES FOR NON -RATED FOR PLACEMENT OF ACOUSTICAL SEALANT AT FLOOR IN A 4 -LAYERED PARTITION. 2. STC IS MODIFIED FROM THE REFERENCE. 3. STC IS PREDICTED USING THE "INSUL" COMPUTER PROGRAM. 4. STC IS BASED ON 0.018'' THICK (25 GA) STUDS. 5/8'' GYP BD, 1 LAYER EA SIDE STL STUDS ACOUSTIC INSUL WHERE SCHEDULED BASIC PARTITION THICKNESS NOTE: 1. STC IS PREDICTED USING THE "INSUL" COMPUTER PROGRAM. 2. STC IS MODIFIED FROM THE REFERENCE. 3. STC IS BASED ON 0.018'' THICK (25 GA) STUDS 4. WHERE AN * NEXT TO THE PARTITION TAG, PROVIDE 3/4'' PLYWOOD BEHIND THE GYP BD ON THE STORE ROOM SIDE. C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 WITH GYP BD FNON-RATED ACOUSTICALLY SEALED ARE SEALED PRIOR TO CLOSING IN PARTITIONS AND A20 46 A30 * 39 A40 * 47 A50 39 A60 47 A70 40 A80 48 2 -HR RATED WITH GYP BD C10 49 C20 55 C30 48 C40 57 C50 48 C60 57 C70 50 C80 58 TO STRUCTURE ABOVE All 39 A21 46 A31 39 A41 47 A51 39 A61 47 A71 40 A81 48 NON-RATEDTH GYP BD C11 49 C21 55 C31 48 C41 57 C51 48 C61 57 C71 50 C81 58 EI TO ABOVE Al2 A22 A32 A42 A52 A62 A72 A82 STUD SIZE 21/2'' 21/2'' 35/8'' 35/8'' 4'' 4'' 6'' 6'' BASIC PARTITION THICKNESS 5'' 5'' 61/8'' 61/8'' 61/2'' 61/2'' 81/2'' 81/2'' ACOUSTICAL INSULATION THICKNESS - 2'' - 3'' - 3'' - 5 1/2'' ACOUSTICAL TEST NUMBER SIM BBN SIM USG 840818 SIM BBN SIM USG SIM BBN SIM USG SIM BBN 770408 SIM USG 840818 770408 NOTE 2 770408 840818 770408 840818 NOTE 3 NOTE 3 FIRE TEST NUMBER (WHERE APPLICABLE) UL DES UL DES UL DES UL DES UL DES UL DES UL DES UL DES A24 U411 U411 U411 U411 U411 U411 U411 U411 5/8'' GYP BD, 1 LAYER EA SIDE STL STUDS ACOUSTIC INSUL WHERE SCHEDULED BASIC PARTITION THICKNESS NOTE: 1. STC IS PREDICTED USING THE "INSUL" COMPUTER PROGRAM. 2. STC IS MODIFIED FROM THE REFERENCE. 3. STC IS BASED ON 0.018'' THICK (25 GA) STUDS 4. WHERE AN * NEXT TO THE PARTITION TAG, PROVIDE 3/4'' PLYWOOD BEHIND THE GYP BD ON THE STORE ROOM SIDE. PARTITION TYPE GENERAL NOTES 1. REFER TO FLOOR PLAN SERIES A.200 FOR LOCATION OF PARTITION TYPES. ALL PARTITIONS ARE TYPE " A42 " UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. NOT ALL PARTITION TYPES SHOWN ARE UTILIZED. 2. REFER TO THE 1.200 SERIES FOR FINAL FINISHES ON PARTITIONS. PARTITION TYPES IN CHARTS REFER TO BASE WALL ONLY. 3. WHEN BLOCKING REQUIRED IN A PARTITION, USE A MINIMUM .033" (20 GA) STUD. 4. PROVIDE ONE LAYER OF 5/8'' GLASS MATT INTERIOR AT WALLS BEHIND SINKS AND LAVATORIES WITHOUT TILE, GLASS MATT INTERIOR TYPE BOARD SHALL BE INSTALLED WITHIN 2' OF ALL URINALS AND WATER CLOSETS, TO A HEIGHT OF A 4AFF (AT WALLS W/ OUT TILE). 5. ALL LOAD BEARING WALLS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED PER STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 6. PROVIDE FIRE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING, SHEET METAL OR STEEL BACKING IN PARTITIONS TO SUPPORT WALL MOUNTED ITEMS AND EQUIPMENT. FOR EXAMPLE, AT CABINETS, HANDRAILS, GUARDRAILS, TOILET PARTITIONS AND ACCESSORIES, WALL -MOUNTED EQUIPMENT, ETC. 7. ''LINE OF STRUCTURE'' AS SHOWN AT THE HEAD CONDITIONS OF THE PARTITION DETAIL DOES NOT INDICATE THE EXACT CONSTRUCTION CONDITION. REFER TO THE G.300 SERIES''CODE COMPLIANCE DETAILS'' FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING RATED PARTITIONS. 8. ISOLATE NON -LOAD BEARING FRAMING FROM STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS TO PREVENT THE TRANSFER OF LOAD TO PARTITION FRAMING. STOP STUD BELOW METAL RUNNER (TOP TRACK) TO ALLOW FOR VERTICAL EXPANSION. SET TOP TRACK 1" BELOW DEFLECTION TRACK. DO NOT ATTACH STUDS TO TOP TRACK. DO NOT ATTACH GYPSUM BOARD TO THE DEFLECTION TRACK. THIS MAY ALSO BE ACHIEVED, AT THE CONTRACTORS OPTION, BY UTILIZING THE PROPRIETARY SYSTEM DESCRIBED IN THE PROJECT MANUAL. 9. REFER TO DOOR AND WINDOW SCHEDULES FOR NOTES REGARDING STUDS AT OPENINGS. 10. REFER TO THE A.500 SERIES FOR HEAD OF WALL DETAILS FOR NON -RATED PARTITIONS. ACOUSTICAL PARTITIONS THE FOLLOWING NOTES APPLY TO ALL PARTITIONS DESIGNATED TO HAVE A SOUND TRASMISSION CLASS (STC) RATING ON THE PARTITION CHARTS. REFER TO DETAILS ON THE A.500 SERIES FOR PARTITION TYPES WITH A DESIGNATED STC RATING. 1. ALL ACOUSTICALLY CLASSED PARTITIONS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE TO THE REFERENCED TEST. 2. STAGGER AND SEAL ALL JOINTS ON MULTIPLE GYPSUM BOARD LAYER PARTITIONS. 3. SEAL PARTITIONS AIR TIGHT AT FLOORS, SIDES, AND CEILINGS ON BOTH SIDES WITH NON -HARDENING ACOUSTICAL SEALANT. 4. ALL BATTS AND BLANKETS IN RATED PARTITIONS MUST BEAR THE REQUIRED UL CLASSIFICATION MARKING AS TO FIRE- RESISTANCE. REFER TO CODE COMPLIANCE DETAILS IN THE G.300 SERIES. 5. AT ACOUSTICALLY RATED PARTITIONS, DO NOT FILL THE STUD CAVITY (DEPTH) FULLY WITH SOUND BATTS. THE WIDTH OF THE SOUND BATTS SHOULD BE SLIGHTLY SMALLER THAN CAVITY TO AVOID BATT COMPRESSION; HOWEVER, THE ENTIRE LENGTH AND HEIGHT OF THE PARTITION SHOULD HAVE CONTINUOUS AND UNINTERRUPTED SOUND ATTENUATION BATTS. 6. SEAL ALL WALL INTERSECTIONS AND CONTROL JOINTS AT ACOUSTICALLY CLASSED PARTITIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH DETAILS IN THE A.500 SERIES. Al A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 WITH GYP BD FNON-RATED ACOUSTICALLY SEALED ARE SEALED PRIOR TO CLOSING IN PARTITIONS AND A20 46 A30 * 39 A40 * 47 A50 39 A60 47 A70 40 A80 48 RE ABOVE INFORMATION ON THRU PENETRATIONS AT RATED PARTITIONS, FIRE RESISTANT JOINT SYSTEMS, SLIP TRACKS AT NON-BEARING PARTITIONS CONNECTION TO STRUCTURE AND WALL PRIORITY. 2. UL DESIGN REFERS TO FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY'S MOST RECENT ISSUE. 3. CONSTRUCT RATED PARTITIONS BEFORE NON -RATED. 4. REFER TO THE G.300 SERIES FOR HEAD OF WALL DETAILS FOR RATED PARTITIONS. ITH GYP BID All 39 A21 46 A31 39 A41 47 A51 39 A61 47 A71 40 A81 48 ABOVE (SMOKE RESIST NON -RATED WITH GYP BD Al2 A22 A32 A42 A52 A62 A72 A82 TO 6'' ABOVE CEILING NON -RATED WITH DS &GYP BD A13 A23 A33 A43 A53 A63 A73 A83 TO FINISHED CEILING PARTIAL HEIGHT PARTITION. A14 A24 A34 A44 A54 A64 A74 A84 SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR HEIGHTS. STUD SIZE 2 1/2'' 2 1/2'' 3 5/8'' 3 5/8'' 4'' 4'' 6'' 6'' BASIC PARTITION THICKNESS 3 3/4'' 3 3/4'' 4 7/8'' 4 7/8'' 5 1/4'' 5 1/4'' 7 1/4'' 7 1/4'' ACOUSTICAL INSULATION THICKNESS - 2'' - 3'' - 3'' - 5 1/2'' ACOUSTICAL TEST NUMBER SIM USG SIM SA SIM USG SIM USG SIM USG SIM SA SIM USG 860808 SIM USG 870717 860808 831001 860808 870717 860808 870717 NOTE 3 NOTE 4 FIRE TEST NUMBER (WHERE APPLICABLE) - UL DES U419 UL DES U465 UL DES U465 UL DES U465 UL DES U465 UL DES U465 UL DES U465 PARTITION TYPE GENERAL NOTES 1. REFER TO FLOOR PLAN SERIES A.200 FOR LOCATION OF PARTITION TYPES. ALL PARTITIONS ARE TYPE " A42 " UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. NOT ALL PARTITION TYPES SHOWN ARE UTILIZED. 2. REFER TO THE 1.200 SERIES FOR FINAL FINISHES ON PARTITIONS. PARTITION TYPES IN CHARTS REFER TO BASE WALL ONLY. 3. WHEN BLOCKING REQUIRED IN A PARTITION, USE A MINIMUM .033" (20 GA) STUD. 4. PROVIDE ONE LAYER OF 5/8'' GLASS MATT INTERIOR AT WALLS BEHIND SINKS AND LAVATORIES WITHOUT TILE, GLASS MATT INTERIOR TYPE BOARD SHALL BE INSTALLED WITHIN 2' OF ALL URINALS AND WATER CLOSETS, TO A HEIGHT OF A 4AFF (AT WALLS W/ OUT TILE). 5. ALL LOAD BEARING WALLS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED PER STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 6. PROVIDE FIRE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING, SHEET METAL OR STEEL BACKING IN PARTITIONS TO SUPPORT WALL MOUNTED ITEMS AND EQUIPMENT. FOR EXAMPLE, AT CABINETS, HANDRAILS, GUARDRAILS, TOILET PARTITIONS AND ACCESSORIES, WALL -MOUNTED EQUIPMENT, ETC. 7. ''LINE OF STRUCTURE'' AS SHOWN AT THE HEAD CONDITIONS OF THE PARTITION DETAIL DOES NOT INDICATE THE EXACT CONSTRUCTION CONDITION. REFER TO THE G.300 SERIES''CODE COMPLIANCE DETAILS'' FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING RATED PARTITIONS. 8. ISOLATE NON -LOAD BEARING FRAMING FROM STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS TO PREVENT THE TRANSFER OF LOAD TO PARTITION FRAMING. STOP STUD BELOW METAL RUNNER (TOP TRACK) TO ALLOW FOR VERTICAL EXPANSION. SET TOP TRACK 1" BELOW DEFLECTION TRACK. DO NOT ATTACH STUDS TO TOP TRACK. DO NOT ATTACH GYPSUM BOARD TO THE DEFLECTION TRACK. THIS MAY ALSO BE ACHIEVED, AT THE CONTRACTORS OPTION, BY UTILIZING THE PROPRIETARY SYSTEM DESCRIBED IN THE PROJECT MANUAL. 9. REFER TO DOOR AND WINDOW SCHEDULES FOR NOTES REGARDING STUDS AT OPENINGS. 10. REFER TO THE A.500 SERIES FOR HEAD OF WALL DETAILS FOR NON -RATED PARTITIONS. ACOUSTICAL PARTITIONS THE FOLLOWING NOTES APPLY TO ALL PARTITIONS DESIGNATED TO HAVE A SOUND TRASMISSION CLASS (STC) RATING ON THE PARTITION CHARTS. REFER TO DETAILS ON THE A.500 SERIES FOR PARTITION TYPES WITH A DESIGNATED STC RATING. 1. ALL ACOUSTICALLY CLASSED PARTITIONS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE TO THE REFERENCED TEST. 2. STAGGER AND SEAL ALL JOINTS ON MULTIPLE GYPSUM BOARD LAYER PARTITIONS. 3. SEAL PARTITIONS AIR TIGHT AT FLOORS, SIDES, AND CEILINGS ON BOTH SIDES WITH NON -HARDENING ACOUSTICAL SEALANT. 4. ALL BATTS AND BLANKETS IN RATED PARTITIONS MUST BEAR THE REQUIRED UL CLASSIFICATION MARKING AS TO FIRE- RESISTANCE. REFER TO CODE COMPLIANCE DETAILS IN THE G.300 SERIES. 5. AT ACOUSTICALLY RATED PARTITIONS, DO NOT FILL THE STUD CAVITY (DEPTH) FULLY WITH SOUND BATTS. THE WIDTH OF THE SOUND BATTS SHOULD BE SLIGHTLY SMALLER THAN CAVITY TO AVOID BATT COMPRESSION; HOWEVER, THE ENTIRE LENGTH AND HEIGHT OF THE PARTITION SHOULD HAVE CONTINUOUS AND UNINTERRUPTED SOUND ATTENUATION BATTS. 6. SEAL ALL WALL INTERSECTIONS AND CONTROL JOINTS AT ACOUSTICALLY CLASSED PARTITIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH DETAILS IN THE A.500 SERIES. 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnap@path2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team MEP M.E. Group 707 17th Street, #3000 Denver, CO 80202 ph: 720.398.6050 No. Description Date CO`s' ��EP.fy� SOD 7 /i 1 401720 �s 06/03/201.6 PEDIATRICS WEST 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY, SUITE 200 WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 Issue FOR CONSTRUCTION Date 03 JUNE 2016 Project Number 16-025 Drawn by SW Checked by JMN Sheet Title INTERIOR PARTITION TYPE CHARTS Sheet Number A*501 7. SEAL ALL CONDUIT, STRUCTURAL, DUCT AND LARGE PIPE PENETRATIONS ACCORDING TO DETAILS IN THE A.500 SERIES TO MAINTAIN THE ACOUSTICAL RATING OF THE WALL. IF THE PARTITION IS FIRE RATED, REF THE CODE COMPLIANCE DETAILS ON THE G.300 SERIES. 8. OUTLETS ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF ACOUSTICALLY CLASSED PARTITIONS SHOULD BE SEPARATED BY A MINIMUM OF ONE STUD. SEAL OUTLETS IN ACCORDANCE WITH DETAILS IN THE A.500 SERIES TO MAINTAIN ACOUSTICAL RATING. IF THE PARTITION IS FIRE RATED REFER TO G.300 SERIES. 9. THE ARCHITECT SHALL OBSERVE THAT ALL BOXES REQUIRED TO BE ACOUSTICALLY SEALED ARE SEALED PRIOR TO CLOSING IN PARTITIONS AND INSTALLING DEVICES AND COVER PLATES. 10. "Z' FURRINGS OR RESILIENT CHANNELS ARE REQUIRED AT CMU WALLS TO MAINTAIN DESIGNATED STC. 11. HEAVIER GAGE STUDS, WITH THEIR ADDED THICKNESS HAVE A NEGATIVE IMPACT ON THE SOUND INSULATION OF A PARTITION. FIRE RATED PARTITIONS CONDITIONS 1. REFER TO THE G.300 SERIES''CODE COMPLIANCE DETAILS'' FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON THRU PENETRATIONS AT RATED PARTITIONS, FIRE RESISTANT JOINT SYSTEMS, SLIP TRACKS AT NON-BEARING PARTITIONS CONNECTION TO STRUCTURE AND WALL PRIORITY. 2. UL DESIGN REFERS TO FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY'S MOST RECENT ISSUE. 3. CONSTRUCT RATED PARTITIONS BEFORE NON -RATED. 4. REFER TO THE G.300 SERIES FOR HEAD OF WALL DETAILS FOR RATED PARTITIONS. 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnap@path2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team MEP M.E. Group 707 17th Street, #3000 Denver, CO 80202 ph: 720.398.6050 No. Description Date CO`s' ��EP.fy� SOD 7 /i 1 401720 �s 06/03/201.6 PEDIATRICS WEST 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY, SUITE 200 WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 Issue FOR CONSTRUCTION Date 03 JUNE 2016 Project Number 16-025 Drawn by SW Checked by JMN Sheet Title INTERIOR PARTITION TYPE CHARTS Sheet Number A*501 1 1 - PLAN DETAIL - PARTITION COLUMN WRAP 1 1/2'' = 1'-0'' 5'' TH R( 10- PLAN DETAIL - WALL TO MULLION 1 1/2'' = 1'-0'' 5/8'' GYPSUM WALL BOARD LINE OF SILL LINE OF WALL BELOW 20 GAUGE ALUMINUM WALL CAP SOUND CAULK BOTH SIDES OF FRAME TAPE EXISTING EXTERIOR MULLION STEEL STUD SIZED PER PARTITION CHART, 0.018'' THK (25 GA) WHEN STC RATED 2 LAYERS OF 5/8'' GYP BD (EA SIDE) PER PARTITION TYPE SOUND ATTENUATION BATT (THICKNESS PER PARTITION TYPE) STEEL STUD RUNNER FLEXIBLE ACOUSTICAL SEALANT FLOOR 09 -ACOUSTICAL PARTITION FLOOR SECTION 1 1 /2" = 1'-O" @ FLOOR OF 2 -HR RATED PARTITION OF NON -RATED PARITION WITH AN STC REQUIREMENT WALL FURRING BRA( (AS REQUIRED) PLA( AT MID POINT FOR PARTITION TYPE "D" EXISTING WALL CFF 0_7(1 CFf?IFC 08- PARTITION BRACING SECTION 1 1/2'' = 1'-0'' PLASTIC LAMINATE - 3/4'' 5 STING WINDOW EL VARIES 3" GYP BD RE: PLANS 3" FURRING HAT CHANNEL STING COLUMN HEAD 0 RFI 9 Wall height change PLAN AKE METAL FLASHING TO MATCH STING ALUMINUM FRAME )UNDED HEAD BEAUTY SCREWS FLOOR SILL 07- PARTIAL HEIGHT PARTITION SECTON 1 1/2'' = 1'-0'' LINE OF STRUCTURE 3/8'' PAN HEAD FRAMING SCREW \I i6�►'10 STEEL STUD (SIZED PER PARTITION CHART) FLOOR @ FREESTANDING FURRING LINE OF STRUCTURE ABOVE SCHED CEILING EASED EDGES (EA SIDE) COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING 3 5/8'' @ 16'' O.C. 1 LAYER 5/8'' GYP BD (EA SIDE) NOTE: PROVIDE REINFORCEMENT AS INDICATED ON PLANS STEEL STUDS SIZED PER PARTITION CHART STEEL STUD RUNNER ACOUSTICAL SEALANT (EA SIDE) O6 -ACOUSTICAL PARTITION SECTION NUMBER OF LAYERS OF GYP BD PER PARTITION TYPE FLOOR 05- PARTITION FLOOR SECTION 1 1/2'' = 1'-0'' PARTITION INTERSECTION GYPSUM BOARD ACOUSTICAL SEALANT (AROUND PERIMETER) SHEET METAL ENCLOSURE SOUND ATTENUATION BATTS STEEL STUDS (PER PARTITION TYPE), 0.018'' TH K (25 GA) WHEN STC RATING REQUIRED SOUND ATTENUATION BATTS (THICKNESS PER PARTITION TYPE) STEEL STUD RUNNER JOINT COMPOUND @ EA SIDE (USE ACOUSTICAL SEALANT IF WALL IS NOT RATED) REF G.300 SERIES FOR SOUND ISOLATED CONSTRUCTION @ TWO HOUR RATED WALL WHERE STUDS & GYPSUM BOARD STOP AT THE CEILING STEEL STUD (SIZED PER PARTITON TYPE) 0.018'' T H K (25 GA) WHEN STC RATING RFCJIIIRFn GYPSUM BOARD ACOUSTICAL SEALANT BATT INSULATION JOINT REINFORCEMENT ACOUSTICAL SEALANT STEELSTUD (SIZED PER PARTITON TYPE) 0.018'' T H K (25 GA) WHEN STC RATING REQUIRED FIBER GLASS PACKING (3#-6# DENSITY) 04 -ACOUSTICAL PARTITION PLAN DETAILS 1 1/2'' = 1'-0'' PARTITION -WALL INTERSECTION ACOUSTICAL SEALANT STEEL STUD (SIZED PER PARTITON TYPE) 0.018" THK (25 GA) WHEN STC RATING REQUIRED BATT INSULATION GYPSUM BOARD ACOUSTICAL SEALANT BATT INSULATION CONTROL JOINT 03- PARTITION HEAD SECTION LINE OF STRUCTURE GYP BD EXTENDS TO 6'' ABOVE FINISHFF) CEILING STEELSTU[ PARTITION 0.018'' TH k GA) WHE RATING REQUIRED LINE OF STRUCTURE STEEL STUD KICKERS TO STRUCTURE @ 48'' OC MAX STEEL STUD 2X -FIRE RATED WOOD OR METAL BLOCKING. SECURE TO TOP TRACK OF PARTITION 3'' THICK SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET TO 4-0" EA SIDE OR PARTITION SCHEDULED CEILING _-MOLD STUD TRACK GYP BD EXTENDS TO FINISHED CEILING SOUND ATTENUATION BATT (THICKNESS PER PARTITION TYPE) EXTEND FROM FLOOR TO CEILING WHERE STUDS & GYPSUM BOARD STOP AT THE CEILING 02- PARTITION HEAD SECTION NOTES TO PA - DETAIL 01: 1. COORDINATE PATIENT HEAD WALL BOX LOCATIONS ON BOTH SIDES OF PARTITIONS WITH EACH OTHER IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN REQUIRED STC. YOU WILL NEED TO PROVIDE AN ELEVATION OF EACH SIDE OF PARTITION IN A.XX SERIES TO COORDINATE. Li C L SLIP TRACK WITH 1" EXPANSION AT STRUCTURE SOUND ATTENUATION BATTS WHERE LOCATED ON REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCHEDULED CEILING SOUND ATTENUATION BATTS (THICKNESS PER PARTITION TYPE) EXTEND FROM FLOOR TO STRUCTURE ABOVE @ NON -RATED W/ GYP BD TO 6'' ABOVE CEILING NOTES: 1. 12'' MINIMUM UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE IN PARTITION CHART. SEAL VOIDS FROM OUTSIDE AND COVER BOX WITH 1/8'' MIN SOUND BATTS CUT GYP BD TO ALLOW 1/4'' MIN OVERLAP BY FACE PLATE SCHEDULED PARTITION A MIN OF 1 STUD BETWEEN BOXES FLEXIBLE CONDUIT LOWRY'S BOX PAD CAULK ALL VOIDS BETWEEN GYP BD AND BOX O1 -ACOUSTICAL PARTITION PLAN DETAIL 1 1/2'' = 1'-0'' @ BACK BOX INSTALLATION DETAIL @ NON -FIRE RATED PARTITION 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnap@path2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team MEP M.E. Group 707 17th Street, #3000 Denver, Co 80202 ph: 720.398.6050 No. Description Date 0172) is ✓8cD 06/03/2026 PEDIATRICS WEST 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY, SUITE 200 WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 Issue FOR CONSTRUCTION Date 03 JUNE 2016 Project Number 16-025 Drawn by SW Checked by JMN Sheet Title INTERIOR PARTITION DETAILS Sheet Number • RFI 12 DOOR SCHEDULE DOOR FRAME HARDWAR E REMARKS DOOR NO ROOM NAME SIZE TYPE MTL FINISH TYPE MTL DETAILS HDWR NO (REF SPECS) W HT THK HEAD JAMB 101 RECEPTION 3' - 0'' 2'- 6'' 0'- 1 3/4'' F WD (ME) A HM 03/A.541 02/A..541 HARDWARE HALF HEIGHT DOOR 105 HALL 3' -0'' 7- 0'' 0'- 1 3/4'' (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) - - (E) EXISTING DOOR, FRAME, HARDWARE AND KEYPAD 107 TRIAGE 3'- 0'' 7- 0'' 0'- 1 3/4'' F WD (ME) A HM 03/A.541 02/A.541 01 MATERIAL: 121 PROC. 1 3'- 0'' 6- 8'' 0'- 1 3/4'' F WD (ME) A HM 03/A.541 02/A.541 01 FINISH: 129 EXAM 15 3'- 0'' 6- 8'' 0'- 1 3/4'' F WD (ME) A HM 03/A.541 02/A.541 01 131 EXAM 16 3'- 0'' 7- 0'' 0'- 1 3/4'' F WD (ME) A HM 03/A.541 02/A.541 01 132 EXAM 17 3' - 0'' 7' - 0'' 0'- 1 3/4'' F WD (ME) A HM 03/A.541 02/A.541 01 135 EXAM 19 3' - 0'' 7' - 0'' 0'- 1 3/4'' F WD (ME) A HM 03/A.541 02/A.541 01 137 SOILED UTILITY 3'- 0'' 7- 0'' 0'- 1 3/4'' F WD (ME) P HM - 04/A.541 02 POCKET DOOR 138 STOR. 3'- 0'' 7- 0'' 0'- 1 3/4'' F WD (ME) A HM 03/A.541 02/A.541 06 140 PROC. 2 3'- 0'' 6- 8'' 0'- 1 3/4'' F WD (ME) A HM 03/A.541 02/A.541 01 141A MENTAL HEALTH OFFICE 3' -0'' 7- 0'' 0'- 1 3/4'' F WD (ME) A HM 03/A.541 02/A.541 04 KEEP CURRENT KEYPAD 141 B MENTAL HEALTH OFFICE 3'- 0'' 7- 0'' 0'- 1 3/4'' F WD (ME) P HM - 04/A.541 02 POCKET DOOR 144 WEIGH-IN 3' -0'' 7- 0'' 0'- 1 3/4'' (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) - - (E) EXISTING DOOR, FRAME, HARDWARE AND KEYPAD 149 OFFICE 3'- 0'' 7- 0'' 0'- 1 3/4'' F WD (ME) A HM 03/A.541 02/A.541 03 150 STORAGE 3'- 0'' 7- 0'' 0'- 1 3/4'' F WD (ME) A HM 03/A.541 02/A.541 06 152 SHARED DR. OFFICE 3'- 0'' 7- 0'' 0'- 1 3/4'' F WD (ME) A HM 03/A.541 02/A.541 03 153 SHARED PA OFFICE 3'- 0'' 7- 0'' 0'- 1 3/4'' F WD (ME) A HM 03/A.541 02/A.541 03 154 DR. OFFICE 3' - 0'' 7' - 0'' 0'- 1 3/4'' F WD (ME) A HM 03/A.541 02/A.541 03 155 OFFICE 3' - 0'' 7' - 0'' 0' - 1 3/4'' F WD (ME) A HM 03/A.541 02/A.541 03 156 BREAK 3' -0'' 7- 0'' 0'- 1 3/4'' (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) - - 05 EXISTING DOOR, FRAME AND HARDWARE. PROVIDE NEW KEYPAD 157 STORAGE 3'- 0'' 7- 0'' 0'- 1 3/4'' F WD (ME) A HM 03/A.541 02/A.541 06 158 CONFERENCE 3' -0'' 7- 0'' 0'- 1 3/4'' F WD (ME) A HM 03/A.541 02/A.541 03 166 HALL 3'- 0'' 7- 0'' 0'- 1 3/4'' F WD (ME) A HM 03/A.541 02/A.541 04 Grand total: 24 TYPICAL SINK ACCESSORY MOUNTING HEIGHTS REACH RANGE (RR) TO OPERATION RR: <_ 48'' AFF WHERE <_ 20'' COUNTER DEPTH RR: <_ 44'' AFF WHERE >20''-25" COUNTER DEPTH W/ ACC KNEE SPACE BELOW � n RR: <_ 48'' AFF WHERE COUNTERTOP W/ CABINET it l BELOW W/ 10'' DEPTH & 34'' MAX. HEIGHT = w = w RR: <_ 44'' AFF WHERE COUNTERTOP W/ CABINET Q z Q z BELOW W/ > 10'' - 24'' DEPTH & 34'' MAX. HEIGHT ry LU � RR: 15''-48" AFF WHERE NO COUNTERTOP 1/2'' MIN GYP BD PENETRATION Eel N c� 15 05 -JAMB / HEAD DETAIL 3'' = 1'-0'' TA2 TA3 TA8 RECESSED SURFACE SURFACE PAPER MOUNTED MOUNTED TOWEL PAPER SOAP DISP DISP TOWEL 626 �U DISP O� LINE OF ADJACENT PARTITION SCHEDULED PARTITION DOUBLE MTL STUD = �2 O JOINT SEALANT (BOTH SIDES) HM FRAME JAMB ANCHORS - 3 PER JAMB MIN @ DOUBLE ACTING DOOR AND CASED OPENING 04- POCKET DOOR JAMB SCHEDULED PARTITION MFR POCKET FRAME 5/8'' GYP BD MFR POCKET FRAME JOINT SEALANT BOTH HARDWARE SET #01 SIDES SET #03 TIMELY FINISH HM FRAME CATALOG NUMBER FINISH 3 EA HINGE SCHEDULED DOOR 652 1 EA PASSAGE SET CL3810 626 �U WS406/407 CCV O� 3 EA SILENCER OQ GRY 0 03- HEAD DETAIL 3'' = 1'-0'' 02 -JAMB DETAIL 3'' = 1'-0'' 3 X 4.1 STL CHANNEL SUB -FRAME VERIFY U LU W J J Q J LJ J Q = 3: U V) LU o' O O 0 LU LU 01 - CHANNEL SUPPORTS SCHEDULED PARTITION MTLTRACK RUNNER JOINT SEALANT BOTH SIDES SCHEDULED DOOR @ TYP RATED/ NON -RATED DOORS LINE OF ADJACENT PARTITION SCHEDULED PARTITION 5/8'' GYP BD DOUBLE MTL STUD JOINT SEALANT BOTH SIDES 0 HM FRAME JAMB ANCHORS - 3 o Io PER JAMB MIN _ o' � SCHEDULED DOOR 0 Q 0 @ TYP RATED/ NON -RATED DOOR 2-1/2'' X 2-1/2'' X 1/4'' X 6'' STL ANGLE ANCHOR CLIPS TYP 2-1/2'' X 2-1/2'' X 1/4'' A&B STL ANGLE BRACES, FIELD WELDED TO ANCHOR ANGLE CLIPS & CHANNEL SUB -FRAME BUILDING STRUCTURE HOLLOW MTL DOOR FRAME IN DOORS GREATER 5' WIDE &LEAD DOORS DOOR TYPES 8'' MIN ABOVE LITE OF DOORS9'' @ EACH SIDE OF DOOR W/ A REQUIRING 6'' MIN SIDES. 9'' MIN HOSPITAL LATCH, PANIC HARDWARE ABOVE LITE OF DOORS REQUIRING AND/OR 48'' LEAF. 6'' MIN AT EACH 9'' MIN SIDES SIDE OF ALL OTHER DOORS / COORD. 7'' z / 7'' PANIC �i/ / c / BAR N 3'' W W/ LITE \ `) \ FLUSH NARROW LITE FULL GLASS F N FG 100 SQ IN MAX DOOR FRAME TYPES DOOR HARDWARE NOTES 1. ALL KEYWAYS ARE TO BE CORBIN RUSWIN 59B1 FORMAT. 2. ALL LEVER SETS ARE TO MATCH EXISTING FACILITY STANDARD. 3. DOORS TO STAIN GRADE TO MATCH FACILITY EXISTING DOOR SLABS DOOR HARDWARE EXAM/TRIAGE/PROCEDURE ROOMS HARDWARE SET #01 HARDWARE SET #03 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH 3 EA HINGE 513131 4.5X4.5 652 1 EA PASSAGE SET CL3810 626 1 EA WALL STOP WS406/407 CCV 630 3 EA SILENCER SIM GRY WALL STOP WS406/407 CCV 630 3 EA SILENCER SIM GRY KEY PAD LOCKSET HARDWARE SET #04 DOOR: 166 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH 3 EA HINGE 513131 4.5 X 4.5 652 1 EA KEYPAD LOCKSET 1000 SERIES 626 LEVER DESIGN AND KEYWAY TO MATCH EXISTING 1 EA RABBETED DOUBLE EGRESS POCKET A B P DOOR SCHEDULE ABBREVIATIONS MATERIAL: HARDWARE MANUFACTURERS: HM - HOLLOW METAL IVE - IVES WD - (INSERT SPECIES) DOOR COR - CORBIN RUSWIN EXT - EXTERIOR LCN - LCN (E) - EXISTING NGP - NATIONAL GUARD PRODUCTS (ME) -MATCH EXISTING MCK - MCKINNEY (NA) - NOT APPLICABLE GLY - GLYNN-JOHNSON FINISH: SIM - SIMPLEX *REFER TO FINISH LEGEND FOR MORE INFORMATION. SU - SECURITRON AL1 -ANODIZED ALUMINUM NOR - NORTON PNT - PAINTED FINISH BEST -BEST STN - STAINED PEM - PEMKO PL - PLASTIC LAMINATE DOOR HARDWARE NOTES 1. ALL KEYWAYS ARE TO BE CORBIN RUSWIN 59B1 FORMAT. 2. ALL LEVER SETS ARE TO MATCH EXISTING FACILITY STANDARD. 3. DOORS TO STAIN GRADE TO MATCH FACILITY EXISTING DOOR SLABS DOOR HARDWARE EXAM/TRIAGE/PROCEDURE ROOMS HARDWARE SET #01 HARDWARE SET #03 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH 3 EA HINGE 513131 4.5X4.5 652 1 EA PASSAGE SET CL3810 626 1 EA WALL STOP WS406/407 CCV 630 3 EA SILENCER SIM GRY POCKET DOOR HARDWARE SET #02 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH 1 EA POCKET DOOR 9628 ASSEMBLY 1 EA DUMMY PULL 720OL-D 630 OFFICE HARDWARE SET #06 HARDWARE SET #03 DOOR: 138, 150, 157 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH 3 EA HINGE 513131 4.5 X 4.5 652 1 EA ENTRY/OFFICE LOCK CL3861 626 1 EA WALL STOP WS406/407 CCV 630 3 EA SILENCER SIM GRY KEY PAD LOCKSET HARDWARE SET #04 DOOR: 166 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH 3 EA HINGE 513131 4.5 X 4.5 652 1 EA KEYPAD LOCKSET 1000 SERIES 626 LEVER DESIGN AND KEYWAY TO MATCH EXISTING 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 8000 SERIES 689 1 EA WALL STOP WS407 CVX 630 3 EA SILENCER SIM GRY KEY PAD HARDWARE SET #05 DOOR: 156 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH IEA KEYPAD LOCKSET 1000 SERIES 626 LEVER DESIGN AND KEYWAY TO MATCH EXISTING STOREROOM SET HARDWARE SET #06 DOOR: 138, 150, 157 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH 3 EA HINGES 513131 4.5X4.5 652 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK 626 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 8000 SERIES 689 1 EA WALL STOP WS406/407 CCV 630 3 EA SILENCER BY PREFINISHED STEEL FRAME MFR 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: inao@r)ath2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team MEP M.E. Group 707 17th Street, #3000 Denver, CO 80202 ph: 720.398.6050 No. Description Date MFR IVE VR Ql" C04 MCK ,��1EF�N0 900 MER 0172 r� HAG �����D ACC 06/03/201.6 ir"11 IVE COR IVE MCK ir"11 IVE SIM NOR IVE MCK MFR SIM w1m; IVE FAL NOR IVE BYO PEDIATRICS WEST 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY, SUITE 200 WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 Issue FOR CONSTRUCTION Date 03 JUNE 2016 Project Number 16-025 Drawn by SW Checked by ES Sheet Title DOOR SCHEDULE Sheet Number A*541 No. Description Date 8 1 CCD 01 08/19/16 14 -NURSE STATION -EAST 13 -NURSE STATION -NORTH 11 - CALL CENTER + MEDICAL RECORDS - WEST 10- CALL CENTER + MEDICAL RECORDS - SOUTH TACKABLE PANEL, TWSI 02 02 PAINTED GYP. BOARD NEW GRANITE PAINTED GYP. BOARD, P1 A.581A.581 COUNTER, GRI COUNTER TOP, PL2 ' OPEN TO ALIGN TACKABLE BEYOND ' PANEL, TWSI MATCH EXISTING 1 CALL CENTER + o PANEL DETAIL EXISTING N-oCOUNTERTOP, PL2 08 \\ CASEWORK _ N2z/ N MEDICAL RECORDS 11 09 C TO REMAIN O O IN WALL SUPPORTS 105 10 \1\\Eq L DPI O 1 N O m M ® RUBBER BASE o 5' - 0" RUBBER BASE, RBI 1 0 V-10'' 0' 1 - 0' o IN WALL SUPPORT 7- 9'' Dl Dl 5- 6" Dl 5'- 6" 4- 4 1/2'' 06- RECEPTION TRANSACTION - WEST B1 Bl 3.. Bl 3' Bl ��0F CC(o� co MENN0 'goo 16-21/2'' I r , 3'- 0'' 09- CALL CENTER + MEDICAL RECORDS - EAST 08- CALL CENTER + MEDICAL RECORDS - NORTH 07- ENLARGED PLAN CALL CENTER + MEDICAL RECORDS 105 U1729 05 22S00o 6- 3 SFD ARGN 101 \ 09/17/1(0 �O PEDIATRICS WEST BY-PASS SWINGING 02 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY, SUITE HALF DOOR, OPEN200 WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 CV MATCH EXISTING EXISTING TO03 FINISH NEW GRANITE WINDOWS WAITING D NEW COUNTER, GRI BY-PASS SWINGING `r' Issue FOR CONSTRUCTION COUNTER TOP, HALF DOOR, MATCH EXISTING 04 GRI PAINTED GYP. BOARD FINISH N Date 03 JUNE 2016 06 A.561 Project Number 16-025 EXISTING IN WALL STEELTUBE - RECEPTION Drawn by SW D EXISTING - EXISTING CASEWORK '.0 '.0 FE - � L\\N _.L_LTO REMAIN ® - ® ® - CASEWORK SUPPORT CASEWORK 101 Checked by ES N N TO REMAIN N N TO REMAIN \ Sheet Title 3'-0'' V-3'3'-0'' 3 _0 Dl 3''3'- 0 1/2'' EXISTING CASEWORK 3' - 8" Bl TO REMAIN INTERIOR ELEVATIONS Bl NEW RUBBER BASE THROUGHOUT � A34 05- RECEPTION TRANSACTION - SOUTH 04- RECEPTION 101 -SOUTH 03- RECEPTION - EAST 02- RECEPTION - NORTH N 1/4'' = 1'-0" J 1/4'' = 1'-0" v 1/4'' = 1'-0" J 1/4'' = 1'-0" Sheet Number 01 -ENLARGED PLAN RECEPTION - 101 N 1/4'' A*561 0� 3'- 6'' 4- 0'' 0 E4 El TRANSACTION TOP, PL2 o TACKABLE PANEL, TWSI ° FE FE FE / FE COUNTER TOP, PL2 TRANSACTION TOP, PL2 TRANSACTION TOP, PL2 77 SOAP DISPENSER, OFCI v Ol IN WALL SUPPORTS 01 IN WALL SUPPORTS 01 COUNTERTOP, PL2 TRANSACTION TOP, PL2 Ol _ PAPER TOWEL � A.581 WALL PROTECTION, WP2 A.581 WALL PROTECTION, WP2 A.581 COUNTER TOP, SSI A.581 F \ / DISPENSER, OFCI RUBBER BASE, RBI IN WALL SUPPORT N COUNTER TOP, SSI ' ' RUBBER BASE, RBI ' NEW SINK WITH EXISTING FAUCET ' TRANSACTION TOP, PL2 WALL PROTECTION, WP2 AND EXISTING EYEWASH IN WALLSUPPORTS RUBBER BASE, RBl } O — RUBBER BASE, RBI RUBBER BASE, RBI _ D D p® p® o O PRINTER 0 FE ® �E FIE FE [ FEI 0— CV F (V CV 6' - 9 1 /2'' 8'' 12' - 2 1 /2" 8" 8" 1 1 - 9 01 IT 2245 Curtis Street Suite 100 ANGLEDANGLED ,8" ANGLED ANGLED ANGLED D4 D1 ANGLED D4 A3 D4 ANGLED Denver, CO 80205 6'-8" 51/2" B1 ANGLED Tel: 303.534.5221 19- NURSE STATION - EXTERIOR WEST 18- NURSE STATION - EXTERIOR SOUTH 17- NURSE STATION - EXTERIOR EAST 16- NURSE STATION -WEST 15 -NURSE STATION -SOUTH Fax: 303.534.5215 v 1/4'' = 1'-0'' 1/4'' = 1'-0'' 1/4'' = 1'-0'' J 1/4'' = 1'-0'' J 1/4'' = 1'-0'' Email: jnap@path2l arch.com www.path2larch.com A34 A.561 RFI 12 Dimension Changes Consultant Team 18 See Previous Page MEP M.E. Group 707 17th Street, #3000 Denver, CO 80202 ph: 720.398.6050 TRANSACTION TOP, PL2 TACKABLE TACKABLE TACKABLE PANEL, TRANSACTION TOP, PL2 PANELS, TWSI PANELS, TWSI 01 TWSI 01 OPEN TACKABLE PANEL, TWSI A34 COUNTER TOP, PL2 COUNTER TOP, PLl A.581 OpE'w COUNTERTOP, PL2 A.581 TO BEYONDCOUNTERTOP, PL2 A34 13 IN WALL LK SUPPORTS ' 0 THRU IN WALL SUPPORT o ' A.561 17 16 A.561 14 - 19 A.561 IN WALL SUPPORTS PRINTER FAX O 15 o RUBBER BASE, RBI o RUBBER BASE, RBI IN WALL SUPPORT NH MH NURSE/MA STATION ns F1 11 n8 , CV L\0 N 1 1 5 N Ell 11 11 - H CV 1'-3'' D1 1'-3'1'-3" D1 DI ° RUBBER BASE, RBl 1'-0" 1 1 0 D1 Dl 51/2'' 11'-101/2'' 51/2'' 6' - 6" 15' - 9 1/2'' ANGLED B1 ANGLED B1 ANGLED BI B1 No. Description Date 8 1 CCD 01 08/19/16 14 -NURSE STATION -EAST 13 -NURSE STATION -NORTH 11 - CALL CENTER + MEDICAL RECORDS - WEST 10- CALL CENTER + MEDICAL RECORDS - SOUTH TACKABLE PANEL, TWSI 02 02 PAINTED GYP. BOARD NEW GRANITE PAINTED GYP. BOARD, P1 A.581A.581 COUNTER, GRI COUNTER TOP, PL2 ' OPEN TO ALIGN TACKABLE BEYOND ' PANEL, TWSI MATCH EXISTING 1 CALL CENTER + o PANEL DETAIL EXISTING N-oCOUNTERTOP, PL2 08 \\ CASEWORK _ N2z/ N MEDICAL RECORDS 11 09 C TO REMAIN O O IN WALL SUPPORTS 105 10 \1\\Eq L DPI O 1 N O m M ® RUBBER BASE o 5' - 0" RUBBER BASE, RBI 1 0 V-10'' 0' 1 - 0' o IN WALL SUPPORT 7- 9'' Dl Dl 5- 6" Dl 5'- 6" 4- 4 1/2'' 06- RECEPTION TRANSACTION - WEST B1 Bl 3.. Bl 3' Bl ��0F CC(o� co MENN0 'goo 16-21/2'' I r , 3'- 0'' 09- CALL CENTER + MEDICAL RECORDS - EAST 08- CALL CENTER + MEDICAL RECORDS - NORTH 07- ENLARGED PLAN CALL CENTER + MEDICAL RECORDS 105 U1729 05 22S00o 6- 3 SFD ARGN 101 \ 09/17/1(0 �O PEDIATRICS WEST BY-PASS SWINGING 02 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY, SUITE HALF DOOR, OPEN200 WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 CV MATCH EXISTING EXISTING TO03 FINISH NEW GRANITE WINDOWS WAITING D NEW COUNTER, GRI BY-PASS SWINGING `r' Issue FOR CONSTRUCTION COUNTER TOP, HALF DOOR, MATCH EXISTING 04 GRI PAINTED GYP. BOARD FINISH N Date 03 JUNE 2016 06 A.561 Project Number 16-025 EXISTING IN WALL STEELTUBE - RECEPTION Drawn by SW D EXISTING - EXISTING CASEWORK '.0 '.0 FE - � L\\N _.L_LTO REMAIN ® - ® ® - CASEWORK SUPPORT CASEWORK 101 Checked by ES N N TO REMAIN N N TO REMAIN \ Sheet Title 3'-0'' V-3'3'-0'' 3 _0 Dl 3''3'- 0 1/2'' EXISTING CASEWORK 3' - 8" Bl TO REMAIN INTERIOR ELEVATIONS Bl NEW RUBBER BASE THROUGHOUT � A34 05- RECEPTION TRANSACTION - SOUTH 04- RECEPTION 101 -SOUTH 03- RECEPTION - EAST 02- RECEPTION - NORTH N 1/4'' = 1'-0" J 1/4'' = 1'-0" v 1/4'' = 1'-0" J 1/4'' = 1'-0" Sheet Number 01 -ENLARGED PLAN RECEPTION - 101 N 1/4'' A*561 0� � 0 v L 0� U v 16'-111/2'' 02 02 PAINTED GYP, P1 14 A.581 ` ` E� ` A•581 SHARED DR. OFFICE ' VIEWS TO ' VIEWS TO ' TACKABLE PANELS, TWSI 152 17 A.562 15 OPEN TACKABLE EXTERIOR EXTERIOR COUNTER TOP, PI -2 WALK PAINTED GYP, PI THRU PANEL, TWSI , COUNTER TOP, PI -2 16 IN WALL TUBE SUPPORT DIVIDER PANEL, PL1 COUNTER TOP, PI -2 N 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 IN WALL TUBE SUPPORTS Denver, CO 80205 RUBBER BASE, RBI 1 pz RUBBER BASE, RBI ` p2 Tel: 303.534.5221 L11 I N _ N _ N RUBBER BASE, RBI N \ _ _ N❑ RUBBER BASE, RBI Fax: 303 534 521 5 Y - 0'' 1' - 0'' 1' - o° 1 -0 Email: jnap@path2l arch.com 3' - 0'' 4- 11 1/2'' 3' - 0'' Dl Dl 3'� Dl 5' - 9" 3" D1 5' - 8 1 /2" www. ath2l arch.com OPEN 8' - 10'' 3'' 7' - 10 1/2'' B l BI D p Bl Bl Jr Consultant Team MEP M 17 -SHARED DR. OFFICE - WEST �% 16 -SHARED DR. OFFICE -SOUTH �% 15 -SHARED DR. OFFICE - EAST �% 14 -SHARED DR. OFFICE - NORTH �% 13- ENLARGED PLAN SHARED OFFICE 152 707117th OStreet, #3000 1/4'' = 1 '-0" v 1/4'' = 1 '-0" 1/4'' = 1 '-0" 1/4'' = 1 '-0" 1/4'' = 1 '-0" Denver, 80202 ph: 720.398.60055 0 A 8'' SQUARE OPENING FOR TRASH DROP El E5 El El TRANSACTION TOP, PI -2 09 NURSE/MA STATIONTRANSACTION TOP, PL2 FE TRANSACTION TOP, PI -2 12 A.562 10 — VACCINE REF. UNDER COUNTER SUPPORT 01 WINDOWS 01 130 01 o RUBBER BASE, RBI BEYOND WINDOW WINDOW FE A.581 A.581 11FBEYOND A.581 BEYOND WALL PROTECTION, WP2 / / PAINTED GYP, P1 IN WALL SUPPORTS o $ COUNTERTOP, PI -2 OPEN - - - - - - N WALK RUBBER BASE, RBI pF C0� :0 THRU WALL PROTECTION, WP2 � :0 '�� O�,cj WALL PROTECTION, WP2 t LL VYIRUBBER BASE, RBI CO MEAN° a L N PRINTER — _J �? 4 08 1 6' - 10" 4' - 0" 6' - 10 1/2'' A34 A34 3'- 0" 14' - 2" 3'- 0" 1 - 1 1 " 1 - 3'',1'- 6" 2'- 0" 1 - 9'' 1 ' - 9'' HOLD A.562 HOLD V.I.F. HOLD Al D4 A3 D4 Al � —__ . 1729 08- NURSE/MA STATION - EXTERIOR NORTH �% 07- ENLARGED PLAN NURSE/MA STATION - POD C 130 �% O6-NURSE/MA STATION TRANSACTION -NORTH �% 05-NURSE/MA STATION -WEST SFD ARGN� 1/4'' = 1'-0'' 1/4'' = 1'-0'' v 1/4'' = 1'-0'' J 1/4'' = 1'-0'' 09/1-7/16 8 PEDIATRICS WEST 4- 0'' 2'- 9'' 2'- 0" A PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER, OFCI El El El 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY, SUITE TRANSACTION TOP, PI -2 SOAP DISPENSER, OFCI 200 WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 — G�� GJ 01 TACKABLE PANEL, TWSI NEW SINK, FAUCET AND FE FE G�� 02 Issue FOR CONSTRUCTION A.581 COUNTERTOP, PI -2 EYEWASH \ / / _ EXTERIOR RIOR XEWTO IT RIOR EWTOCOUNTERTOP, PI -2 NURSE/MA STATION OPEN N FINISHED SIDE PANELDate 03 JUNE 2016 WALK THRU ' ALK T 05 :A562)03 IN WALL SOLID SURFACE COUNTER TOP ED] E o 122 Project Number 16-025 0.. SUPPORTS WITH 4''H BACKSPLASH, SSI ® 0 0 N IN WALL SUPPORTS 04 Drawn by SW - RUBBER BASE, RBI I F — FE o F — FE o FE — FE FE — FE FE — RUBBER BASE, RBI Checked by ES N N N Sheet Title FILE FILE FILE FILE E 1'-3'' Y -3'' 1'-3''-3'� 1'-3''-3'' 1'-3" 1'-3" INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 2'-1 1/2"1'-6"1'-3" 2'-6' L 2'-0' Dl Dl Dl 4 4 I Cl Dl Dl Dl Dl Dl 3' -01, 14' - 2" 3'- 0" 17' - 3" 06 HOLD V.I.F. HOLD B1 7 Sheet Number 04- NURSE/MA STATION -SOUTH �% 03- NURSE/MA STATION - EAST �% 02- NURSE/MA STATION - NORTH Q � Ol -ENLARGED PLAN POD B -NURSE/MA STATION 122 A*562 2' - 0'' 2' - 6'' 3' - 0'' 2' - 6'' SOAP DISPENSER, OFCI 1. 3'- 0" 2'- 0" 3'- 0" 2' - 0" E 1 E 1 E5 E 1 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER, OFCI E4 El E5 El NEW SINK, FAUCET AND EYEWASH FE FE TRANSACTION TOP, PLl FE FE SOLID SURFACE COUNTER TOP PAINTED GYP, PI 01 8'' SQUARE WITH 4''H BACKSPLASH, SSI VACCINE REF. \ = COUNTERTOP, PI -2 A.581 PANEL, TWSI OPENING FOR TRASH DROP \ ✓ TRANSACTION TOP, PI-2 8''SQUARE WINDOW 8'' EXISTING COUNTER TOP, P PI -2 WINDOW IN WALL TUBE SUPPORTS OPEN ' WALK COUNTER TOP, PLl IN WALL TUBE SUPPORT OPENING FOR IN WALL TUBE SUPPORT THRU RUBBER BASE, RBI TRASH DROP RUBBER BASE, RBI RUBBER BASE, RBI o IN WALL TUBE SUPPORTS N o o 1 - v �E � F o DD S RUBBER BASE, RBI FE D 0 El 0 11 0® FE e FE F F No. Description Date J N ) 1 CCD Ol 08/19/16 Y-3'' Y-3'' 1' FILLER 2'-6'' 1'-6" 1'-6" 2" I'-9" Y-3'' 1'-3" 3'-7'' 2'-0" Y-6'' 1'-6'' 1 1/2'' Dl Dl Cl D4IT D411 A4 Dl Dl Bl Bl D4 Al 6- 10 1/2'' 4- 0'' 6- 10'' 4- 0 1/2'' 9'- 8 1/2'' Bl OPEN Bl Bl Bl 12- NURSE/MA STATION WEST - NURSE/MA STATION - SOUTH 10- NURSE/MA STATION - EAST 09- NURSE/MA STATION -NORTH A 8'' SQUARE OPENING FOR TRASH DROP El E5 El El TRANSACTION TOP, PI -2 09 NURSE/MA STATIONTRANSACTION TOP, PL2 FE TRANSACTION TOP, PI -2 12 A.562 10 — VACCINE REF. UNDER COUNTER SUPPORT 01 WINDOWS 01 130 01 o RUBBER BASE, RBI BEYOND WINDOW WINDOW FE A.581 A.581 11FBEYOND A.581 BEYOND WALL PROTECTION, WP2 / / PAINTED GYP, P1 IN WALL SUPPORTS o $ COUNTERTOP, PI -2 OPEN - - - - - - N WALK RUBBER BASE, RBI pF C0� :0 THRU WALL PROTECTION, WP2 � :0 '�� O�,cj WALL PROTECTION, WP2 t LL VYIRUBBER BASE, RBI CO MEAN° a L N PRINTER — _J �? 4 08 1 6' - 10" 4' - 0" 6' - 10 1/2'' A34 A34 3'- 0" 14' - 2" 3'- 0" 1 - 1 1 " 1 - 3'',1'- 6" 2'- 0" 1 - 9'' 1 ' - 9'' HOLD A.562 HOLD V.I.F. HOLD Al D4 A3 D4 Al � —__ . 1729 08- NURSE/MA STATION - EXTERIOR NORTH �% 07- ENLARGED PLAN NURSE/MA STATION - POD C 130 �% O6-NURSE/MA STATION TRANSACTION -NORTH �% 05-NURSE/MA STATION -WEST SFD ARGN� 1/4'' = 1'-0'' 1/4'' = 1'-0'' v 1/4'' = 1'-0'' J 1/4'' = 1'-0'' 09/1-7/16 8 PEDIATRICS WEST 4- 0'' 2'- 9'' 2'- 0" A PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER, OFCI El El El 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY, SUITE TRANSACTION TOP, PI -2 SOAP DISPENSER, OFCI 200 WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 — G�� GJ 01 TACKABLE PANEL, TWSI NEW SINK, FAUCET AND FE FE G�� 02 Issue FOR CONSTRUCTION A.581 COUNTERTOP, PI -2 EYEWASH \ / / _ EXTERIOR RIOR XEWTO IT RIOR EWTOCOUNTERTOP, PI -2 NURSE/MA STATION OPEN N FINISHED SIDE PANELDate 03 JUNE 2016 WALK THRU ' ALK T 05 :A562)03 IN WALL SOLID SURFACE COUNTER TOP ED] E o 122 Project Number 16-025 0.. SUPPORTS WITH 4''H BACKSPLASH, SSI ® 0 0 N IN WALL SUPPORTS 04 Drawn by SW - RUBBER BASE, RBI I F — FE o F — FE o FE — FE FE — FE FE — RUBBER BASE, RBI Checked by ES N N N Sheet Title FILE FILE FILE FILE E 1'-3'' Y -3'' 1'-3''-3'� 1'-3''-3'' 1'-3" 1'-3" INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 2'-1 1/2"1'-6"1'-3" 2'-6' L 2'-0' Dl Dl Dl 4 4 I Cl Dl Dl Dl Dl Dl 3' -01, 14' - 2" 3'- 0" 17' - 3" 06 HOLD V.I.F. HOLD B1 7 Sheet Number 04- NURSE/MA STATION -SOUTH �% 03- NURSE/MA STATION - EAST �% 02- NURSE/MA STATION - NORTH Q � Ol -ENLARGED PLAN POD B -NURSE/MA STATION 122 A*562 3'-0'' 1'' FILLER 1 1/2''FILLER 1'-9'' 2'-6' 1 1/2'' FILLER 1 1/2'' FILLER2'-6'' 2'-3'' 1 1/2'' FILLER 1'FILLE R 2'-6'' 3'-0'' 1''FILLER 3'-9'' E7 E7 E7 PAINTED GYP, P1 E7 E7 0� E7 E7 E7 NO. Description Date 25" DEEP, (2) DOOR RUBBER BASE, RBI PLASTIC LAMINATE PAINTED GYP, PI / \ / \ PAINTED GYP, PI / \ FE PAINTED GYP, PI Q FE — — 3'- 0'' 3'- 0'' 3' - 0'' 2'- 0'' PAPER TOWEL 7- 0'' o PANTRY CABINET — — — — _ FE SOAP DISPENSER, OFCI O SOAP DISPENSER, OFCI 3' - 3'' 1 ' - 31 ' - 0" 3'FILLER PAPER TOWEL \ / \ SOAP DISPENSER, OFCI — — SHELVES AND (1) R ✓ E7 E7 E7 E7 HORIZONTAL FIXED E7 E7 COUNTER TOP, PL2 � J _ COUNTER TOP, SSI 0 SHELF, PLl PANTRY CABINET COUNTER TOP, SSl COUNTER TOP, SSl FE WITH (4) ADJUSTABLE o PAINTED GYP, P1 o 02 ® PAINTED GYP, P1 77 F/ N NEW SINK, FAUCET WALL PROTECTION, WP2 \ N o ® N o AND EYEWASH v HORIZONTAL FIXED _ 8 CRASH CART SHELF, PLl No FE UBE FE I I o II o FE 'O — — — — o II II I FE o I 1 REF A.581 RUBBER BASE, RBI PAINTED GYP, P1 PAPER TOWEL FE RUBBER BASE, RBI RUBBER BASE, RBI 0 — — — — RUBBER BASE, RBI 25'' DEEP, (2) DOOR N — — — — — — 25'' DEEP, (2) DOOR �, 3'- 6'' 5' - 0'' �, 4' - 0'' �, 4' - 0" -l" FILLER 1" FILLER 2'- 6'' 1' - 6'' 1' - 6'' 1'FILLE RIT 2' - 6" 1' - 3" 2' - 2'' Al 1 1/2'' FILLER 1' - 9" 2' - 6" 1 1 /2" FILLER K1 K1 fi Cl D4 Al 7 DISPENSER, OFCI K1 HOLD Cl D4 Bl 17- WEIGH-IN 145 - EAST 16- EXAM 8 - 117 - NORTH 15- WEIGH-IN 162 -SOUTH PLASTIC LAMINATE 13 -PROCEDURE 1 - 121 -SOUTH /2 12 -EXAM ROOM TYPICAL PLASTIC LAMINATECl) v I II II II I I I� F MC -�-- - PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER, OFCI 'j TACKABLE PANEL, TWSI SOAP DISPENSER, OFCI II I _ _ _ _ PANTRY CABINET _ _ _ _ _ _ PANTRY CABINET F"F SOAP DISPENSER, OFCI WITH (4) ADJUSTABLE WITH (4) ADJUSTABLE COUNTER TOP, SSl SHELVES AND (1) SHELVES AND (1) o � SOLID SURFACE COUNTER TOP WITH � COUNTER TOP, PL2 SHALLOW DRAWERS TO 0 HORIZONTAL FIXED HORIZONTAL FIXED N o 4''H BACKSPLASH, SSI N ACCOMIDATE COLUMN. o 0 0 N SHELF, PLl SHELF, PLl I o F_MICRO I I DW 1 IN WALL TUBE SUPPORT III o — — — — — — — — — — } FE D FE _=T [01 N e RUBBER BASE, RBI - RUBBER BASE, RBI RUBBER BASE, RBI FE - N �- --�- 0 oil 3'- 0'' 3'- 0'' 3' - 0'' 2'- 0'' 7- 0'' 1' - 0' 1' - 0' 2' - 6'' 2' - 0'' 1' - 6 3' FILLER 1" FILLER 4' - 6'' 4' - 6" 1'' FILLER 3/4'' FILLER 4' - 4'' L 4' - 4'' L 4' - 4" 3 /4" FILLER Al D2 Cl HOLD 5' - 5„ Dl Dl 5'- 4 1/2'' Cl D4 A� 1 KI KI KI KI KI 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 B1 IT3„ B1 Denver, CO 80205 27- BREAK 156 - SOUTH 26 -TRIAGE 107 - WEST 25- PROCEDURE 2 - 140 - WEST 24- PROCEDURE 2-140 - SOUTH �% 23- VITALS 139 - EAST Tel: 303.534.5221 1/4'' = 1'-0'' 1/4'' = 1'-0'' J 1 /4" = 1'-0'' V 1 /4" = 1'-0'' J 1 /4" = 1'-0'' Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnap@path2l arch.com www.path2larch.com 2-2" 2' - 1 1" 2' - 1 1" -101, 3' - 9" 1" FILLER 1" FILLER 3'- 9'' 1'' FILLER 3'- 9'' 1'' FILLER 3' - 0'' 2'- 6'' (3) 18''D WHITE MELAMINE 1 1" 1.1' 1" E7 � E7 E7 E7 E7 ADJUSTABLE SHELVES Consultant Team IN PAINTED GYP, P1 FE /— \ / \ PAINTED GYP, P1 / \ FE PAINTED GYP, P1 � / \ PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER, OFCI � SOAP DISPENSER, OFCI — - ° - ° — — FE SOAP DISPENSER, OFCI - ° — — SOAP DISPENSER, OFCI N FE MEP �.-� PAPER TOWEL \ / \ / PAPER TOWEL _ \ _ / PAPER TOWEL PAINTED GYP, P1 M.E. Group SOAP DISPENSER, OFC DISPENSER, OFCI DISPENSER, OFCI DISPENSER, OFCI 70717th Street,#3000 Denver, CO 80202 COUNTER TOP, SSI o COUNTER TOP, SSI o o COUNTER TOP, SSI o COUNTER TOP, SSI o COUNTER TOP, PL2 ph: 720.398.6050 WITH 4"H BACKSPLASH 0 0, UA TOCL VA E 0 N IN WALL TUBE M o N N o IN WALL TUBE SUPPORT N IN WALL TUBE SUPPORT N D 6''H INTEGRAL BASE SUPPORT FE o FE o o FE o FE o I I N RUBBER BASE, RBI N N RUBBER BASE, RBI N RUBBER BASE, RBI N — — FE RUBBER BASE, RBI I'' FILLER -> _ 5'C1 I_ 1 /2 1 2'C 1'FILLER 1' FILLER 2'C 1 1'FILLER 2' - 6" 1' - 3" 2'- 0" 1'FILLE R 3' - 0" 2'- 6" 2' - 0" 7 -1fi B16" B11 Ir 11 D4 16" D4 16 D4 Bl 7 Cl D4 Bl A Al 22- SOILED UTILITY 139 - SOUTH 21 - EXAM 13 - 126 - WEST 20- EXAM 12 - 124 -WEST 19 -EXAM 1 1 - 125 -NORTH 18 -WEIGH-IN 144- NORTH 3'-0'' 1'' FILLER 1 1/2''FILLER 1'-9'' 2'-6' 1 1/2'' FILLER 1 1/2'' FILLER2'-6'' 2'-3'' 1 1/2'' FILLER 1'FILLE R 2'-6'' 3'-0'' 1''FILLER 3'-9'' E7 E7 E7 PAINTED GYP, P1 E7 E7 E7 E7 E7 NO. Description Date 25" DEEP, (2) DOOR RUBBER BASE, RBI PLASTIC LAMINATE PAINTED GYP, PI / \ / \ PAINTED GYP, PI / \ FE PAINTED GYP, PI 1 CCD Ol 08/19/16 FE — — o PAPER TOWEL o PANTRY CABINET — — — — _ FE SOAP DISPENSER, OFCI O SOAP DISPENSER, OFCI PAINTED GYP, PI _ _ DISPENSER, OFCI WITH (4) ADJUSTABLE FE FE PAPER TOWEL = 25'' DEEP, (2) DOOR PAPER TOWEL \ / \ SOAP DISPENSER, OFCI — — SHELVES AND (1) — — — — PLASTIC LAMINATE ✓ DISPENSER, OFCI II DISPENSER, OFCI HORIZONTAL FIXED COUNTER TOP, PL2 _ COUNTER TOP, SSI SHELF, PLl PANTRY CABINET COUNTER TOP, SSl COUNTER TOP, SSl FE WITH (4) ADJUSTABLE o o ® N $ o N NEW SINK, FAUCET WALL PROTECTION, WP2 SHELVES AND (1) N o ® N o AND EYEWASH v HORIZONTAL FIXED CRASH CART SHELF, PLl UBE FE I I o II o — — � MONITOR — — — — o II II I FE o I 1 SUPPORT RUBBER BASE, RBI RUBBER BASE, RBI t T RUBBER BASE, RBI RUBBER BASE, RBI N N RUBBER BASE, RBI N N 3'- 0'' 1'' FILLER �, 3'- 6'' 5' - 0'' �, 4' - 0'' �, 4' - 0" -l" FILLER 1" FILLER 2'- 6'' 1' - 6'' 1' - 6'' 1'FILLE RIT 2' - 6" 1' - 3" 2' - 2'' Al 1 1/2'' FILLER 1' - 9" 2' - 6" 1 1 /2" FILLER K1 K1 fi Cl D4 Al 7 D4 Cl K1 HOLD Cl D4 Bl 17- WEIGH-IN 145 - EAST 16- EXAM 8 - 117 - NORTH 15- WEIGH-IN 162 -SOUTH 14- PROCEDURE 1 - 121 - WEST 13 -PROCEDURE 1 - 121 -SOUTH /2 12 -EXAM ROOM TYPICAL " 1'FILLE R 3'- 6" 3'- 6" 1' 1' - 3 1" FILLER FILLER 2' - 0" 1"FILLE R E7E7 E7 E7 SOAP DISPENSER, OFCI PAINTED / GYP, P1 \ FE /_ A NEW SINK, FAUCET \ NEW SINK, FAUCET / \ PAPER TOWEL FE o — — PAPER TOWEL SOAP DISPENSER, OFCI FE o AND EYEWASH \ EXISTING AND EYEWASH PAPER TOWEL �0 DISPENSER, OFCI DISPENSER, OFCI FE DISPENSER, OFCI PAPER TOWEL COUNTER TOP, SSI WINDOW DISPENSER, OFCI \ / SOAP DISPENSER, OFCI COUNTER TOP, SSl SOAP DISPENSER, OFCI COUNTER TOP, SSI COUNTER TOP, SSI PAINTED GYP, P1 \\X 0 0 0 0 o ® o PAINTED GYP, P1 IN WALL TUBE N ® IN WALL TUBE SUPPORT N ® IN WALL TUBE N IN WALL TUBE ® N PQ� CQ(Q�'Q RUBBER BASE, RBI SUPPORT SUPPORT SUPPORT '`� MEN N o FEI FE o 0 o FE FE RUBBER BASE, RBI b co Q RUBBER BASE, RBI RUBBER BASE, RBI RUBBER BASE, RBI / N N N N RUBBER BASE, RBI N r , I'' FILLER2'-6'' Y-0'' Y-0'' 3'-61/2'' 1_-81/2"1'-0'' 2'-6'' 1'FILLER1"FILLE R 2'C 16" 1'-0 2'-0'' D Cl D4 ANGLED ANGLED ANGLED Cl 2' - 0" 1' - 0" 2' - 6" 1" FILLER Bl D4 Cl 131 � � �01729 `USED ARGN� 1 1 - EXAM 4 - 1 12 -SOUTH 10- EXAM 3 - III 1 - NORTH 09- EXAM 2 - 1 10 - WEST - - - � -EXAM 2 - 1 10 -SOUTH � 7 -EXAM 1 - 108 -SOUTH � -EXAM 1 - 108 -EAST os/s-�/s.� 1/4'' - 1'-0'' 1/4'' - 1'-0'' 1/4'' - 1'-0'' 1/4'' - 1'-0'' 1/4'' - 1'-0'' 1/4'' - 1'-0'' PEDIATRICS WEST D D D D 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY, SUITE 200 WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 02 02 PAINTED GYP, P1 02 05A.563 03 Issue FOR CONSTRUCTION A.581 PAINTED GYP, PI TACKABLE PANELS A.581 PAINTED GYP, Pi ' Date 03 JUNE 2016 COUNTERTOP, PL2 ' 04 TACKABLE PANELS, TWSI C Project Number 16-025 PAINTED GYP, P1 TACKABLE PANELS, TWSI COUNTER TOP, PL2 Drawn by SW COUNTER TOP, PL2 COUNTER TOP, PL2 �0 �0 o Checked by ES CV CV CV ` RUBBER BASE, RBI IN WALL TUBE SUPPORTS IN WALL TUBE SUPPORTS Sheet Title ` - ro - - To IL IN WALL TU BE SUPPORTS o ro - - ro oo 1 'O '0 00 - - 7210 RUBBER BASE, RBI N N - - RUBBER BASE, RBI INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 1'-0" 1'-0'' 1'-0'' Dl Dl Dl 6' - 0 1 /2" RUBBER BASE, RBI Dl Dl I 4- 8" 5' - 5 1/2'' 5' - 5 1/2'' BI 5'- 5 1/2'' 3" 7- 0 1/2'' Bl 3.. Bl 3.. Bl Bl Bl 5 Sheet Number 05 -SHARED PA OFFICE -WEST 04 -SHARED PA OFFICE -SOUTH 03 -SHARED PA OFFICE -EAST 02 -SHARED PA OFFICE -NORTH Ol -ENLARGED PLAN SHARED PA OFFICE - 153 A*563 1/2" PLASTIC ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORKLAMINATE - 15"D CAD CRIBS 3/4''x 1"x 1/4'' GYP BOARD OR 00 GENERAL NOTES R SIDE LEDGER PLASTIC LAMINATE AS } NOTED IN INTERIOR N BACK PANEL ELEVATION AND RCP 1/2'' PLASTIC d ° LAMINATE PLASTIC LAMINATE ALL CASEWORK: } CLAD DOOR � CLAD SCRIBE 1. ALL SECTION DETAILS ON THIS SHEET MAY NOT APPLY TO THIS PROJECT. N 1/2'' PLASTIC - SLOTS FOR DIVIDERS v 0 0 0 LAMINATE00 BACK PANEL 2. ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK TYPES, WIDTHS, AND HEIGHTS ARE 1 /4'' PLEXI -GLASS INDICATED ON THE A.560 SERIES SHEETS. CLAD SCRIBE OA, DIVIDERS REF ELEVATIONS LU PLASTIC LAMINATE 3/4'' MIN. FOR SPACING 3. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO FABRICATION. NOTIFY CLAD DOOR > ARCHITECT OF ANY CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO 1 1 /8'' EXPOSED INTERIOR SURFACES w 00 FABRICATION. 1" MIN. > > SLOTS FOR DIVIDERS I TO BE PLASTIC LAMINATE TO LU 0J 1/4"MDF DIVIDERS z MATCH FACE EDGES. 4. VERIFY AND COORDINATE CLEAR DIMENSIONS REQUIRED FOR 14" UNO ON ° LU `U OWNER -FURNISHED EQUIPMENT LOCATED WITHIN OR ADJACENT TO ANY z z REF ELEVATIONS FOR w z - 3/4"MIN V) FACE OF CABINET CABINETS. 08 - SECTION DETAIL - LEDGER AT COUNTER o INT ELEVTop a o LU w SPACING FACE OF O FACE OF CABINET MOUNTING RAIL 5. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF SINKS WITH ASSOCIATED PIPING AND Q 3" - j'_0" CABINET O C� EXPOSED INTERIOR SURFACES 1/4" PLEXI -GLASS FITTINGS PLUS WITH INSTALLATION OF ACCESSIBLE COVER PANELS. LU PLASTIC TO BE PLASTIC LAMINATE TO DIVIDERS REF ELEVATIONS 6. REQUIRED SCRIBES AND FILLER PIECES SHALL BE INSTALLED TO ALLOW TEMPERED 1/4'' GLAZING Q o o LAMINATE a o MATCH FACE EDGES. FOR SPACING PROPER OPERATION OF DRAWERS/DOORS. THEY SHALL BE EVENLY 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 CLAD DOOR � DISTRIBUTED AND OF EQUAL WIDTH ALONG A SINGLE RUN OF CABINETS. o MOUNTING RAIL w EXPOSED INTERIOR SURFACES THEY SHALL BE 3'' WIDE, MAXIMUM EXCEPT INSIDE CORNER FILLERS SHALL Denver, CO 80205 S4S APPLIED STOP UNDER CABINET TO BE PLASTIC LAMINATE TO BE 2 1/2'' WIDE MINIMUM. REF TO TYP. CASEWORK DETAILS ON SHEET o (PAINT TO MATCH LAMINATE) 14'' UNO ON INT LIGHT WHERE A.571, INSIDE CORNER DETAIL. Tel: 303.534.5221 SHWONW ON RCP MOUNTING RAIL 7. WHERE BASE CABINETS INTERSECT AT INSIDE CORNER CONDITION PLASTIC LAMINATE CLAD 14" UNO ON INT EL TO FACE OF CABI ET AND/OR INTE ELEV UNDER CABINET PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED LEDGERS TO SUPPORT COUNTERTOP AT Fax: 303.534.5215 STILES AND RAILS ELE TO FACE OF CA BI ET LIGHT WHERE CORNERS. WHERE UPPER CABINETS INTERSECT AT INSIDE CORNER Email: jnap@path2l arch.com U BACK PANEL 14" UNO ON INT SHWONW ON RCP CONDITIONS PROVIDE HORIZONTAL FILLER PANEL FLUSH WITH BOTTOM OF LLjz ELE TO FACE OF CABI ET AND/OR INTE ELEV CABINETS. PLASTIC LAMINATE www.path2larch.com CLAD VALANCE E7 - UPPER CABINET E5 - UPPER CABINET E4 - UPPER CABINET 8. PROVIDE PLASTIC SCREW COVERS TO CONCEAL SCREW HEADS AT ALL SEMI -EXPOSED CABINET SURFACES. ALL EXPOSED SCREWS SHALL BE WITH DOORS AND NO UNDER j " = j' -Q" WITH FIXED SHELF 1 = 1 -O DIVIDERS & SHELF COUNTERSUNK. NOTE: v CABINET TASK LIGHT RECESS 3'' @ BOTTOM RAIL. 2'' @ VERTICAL 9. CORE MATERIAL FOR SHELVING GREATER THAN 30"WIDE SHALL BE 1" Consultant Team STYLES AND TOP RAIL. 00 THICK. 24'' MAX 24'' MAX M E P FIXED SHELF 10. REFERENCE TOILET ACCESSORY LEGEND AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS IN UNO ON INTERIOR ELEVATIONS UNO ON INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A.541. M.E. Group 07 - SECTION DETAIL - GLASS DOOR p p 1/2" PLASTIC 70717th Street, #3000 N LAMINATE CLAD PROVIDE SPLASHES PROVIDE SPLASHES 11. PROVIDE KEYBOARD TRAYS & CPU HOLDERS AT ALL COMPUTER WORK Denver, Co 3'' = 1'-0 0 0 SCRIBE AT ABUTTING AT ABUTTING STATION LOCATIONS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ph: 720.398.6050 sozoz NOTE: PROVIDE SLOPED TOP SIDEWALLS SIDEWALLS 12. PROVIDE FILLER PANELS AS NEEDED BETWEEN BUILT-IN APPLIANCES AND ADJACENT CABINETS OR WALLS. 00 WHERE NO FURR REFER TO FINISH PLAN FOR ADJUSTABLE13. ALL VERTICAL JOINTS BETWEEN CABINETS SHALL BE BUTT JOINTS. THEY DOWN AS SHOWN ON COUNTERTOP MATERIAL. Q SHELVES o o RCP A SHALL LOOK''SEAMLESS'' AND BE COVERED IN PLASTIC LAMINATE. 1/2'' THICK SOLID SURFACE VARIES w BACK PANEL N 14. ALL EXPOSED SURFACES ON CABINETS WITHOUT DOORS SHALL BE CLAD IN MATERIALON 1"SUBSTRATE o o z0 BOX DRAWER PLASTIC LAMINATE UNO. NO EXPOSED MELAMINE UNO ON INTERIOR ADJUSTABLE SHELVES w BOX DRAWER ELEVATIONS. ° ° z 1/2"THICK MATERIAL BUILT > O O UP TO FORM EASED EDGEJ j LU Q BOX DRAWER j BASE CABINETS: 02 0 0 JJ C� 1. PROVIDE PLASTIC LAMINATE CLADDING ON ALL SURFACES OF BUILT IN MOUNTIN w w w BOX DRAWER PLASTIC LAMINATE DESKS AT KNEE SPACES AND EXPOSED ENDS OF DESK UNLESS NOTED Ly A.571 0 _ p G RAIL CLAD VALANCE 0BOX DRAWER O OTHERWISE ON INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. L L 2. PROVIDE SCHEDULED BASE ALONG BOTTOM OF EXPOSED FRONTS, BACKS, PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH z z U SIDES, AND ENDS OF ALL FIXED CABINETS, PEDESTALS, VERTICAL SUPPORT AT KNEESPACE WOOD w z0 LL, w BOX DRAWER PANELS, AND KNEE SPACES, ETC UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE CONDITIONS 3/ 3/4'' BLOCKIN LU w INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. G �1 MOUNTING RAIL > 3. ALL DRAWER LENGTHS SHALL BE 20'' UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL DRAWER/ DOOR PULL FACE OF CABINET %ft 000 RE: SPECIFICATIONS UNDER CABINET LIGHT w BOX DRAWER BOX DRAWER DRAWERS GREATER THAN 30'' WIDE SHALL HAVE TWO PULLS. 14" UNO ON INT ELE wLU NOTE REFER TO THIS TYPICAL DETAIL K1 FOR MATERIALS, DIMENSIONS WHERE SHOWN ON 4. ALL HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL REVEALS SHALL BE 1/8''. 06 - SECTION DETAIL - SOLID SURFACE MAT. AND DETAIL ENLARGEMENTS OF TYPE "K" FULL HEIGHT CABINETS. O FACE OF CABINE RCP AND/OR INT ELEV 5. ALLTOEKICK SPACES SHALL BE 4 1/8'' TALL X 3 1/4'' DEEP UNLESS NOTED No. Description Date 3'' = 1'-0'' IF CABINET HAS GLASS DOORS REFER TO DETAIL 07/A.571. NOTE REFER TO THIS TYPICAL DETAIL El FOR MATERIALS OTHERWISE. REF TO TYP CASEWORK DETAILS ON SHEET A.571. AND DIMENSIONS OF TYPE "E" UPPER CABINETS. NOTE: COUNTERTOPS: REFER TO FINISH PLAN FOR IF CABINET HAS GLASS DOORS REFER TO DETAIL 07/A.571 1. ALL COUNTERTOPS ARE TO BE 24'' DEEP UNO ON INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. COUNTERTOP MATERIAL. K1 - FULL HEIGHT CABINET (PROCEDURES) 2. ALL OUTSIDE COUNTERTOP CORNERS TO BE 1 1/2'' RADIUS (IN PLAN) VARIES WITH DOORS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE REF TO TYP. CASEWORK DETAILS ON SHEET PLASTIC LAMINATE �� El -UPPER CABINET �% D5 - BASE CABINET �% D4 - BASE CABINET A.571, COUNTERTOP CORNER DETAIL. WITH PVC EDGE 1 = 1 -O WITH DOORS 1 = 1 -O 5 BOX DRAWERS 1 = 1 -O 4 BOX DRAWERS 3. PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED BRACKETS (FIELD PAINTED( FOR SUPPORT OF COUNTERTOPS AT KNEE SPACES. COUNTERTOPS SHALL BE SUPPORTED 30'' MINIMUM - 36'' MAXIMUM OC COORDINATE LOCATION WITH KEYBOARD PROVIDE TRAYS AND CPU HOLDERS. REF. INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATIONS OF TILE BACKSPLASH 24'' MAX COUNTERTOP BRACKETS. UNO ON INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 24'' MAX SPLASHES AT 25 1/2'' UNO ON INTERIOR ELEVATION ABUTTING 4. LOCATE GROMMETS AT BACK OF COUNTERTOPS EVERY 36'' OC WITH A PROVIDE SPLASHES 06 SIDEWALLS MINIMUM OF 1 PER KNEE SPACE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH AT ABUTTING SIDE A.571 EQUIPMENT PLAN. COORDIANTE FINAL GROMMET LOCATIONS WITH AT KNEESPACE 24'' MAX. SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP 05/06 WALLS N BACKSPLASH OWNER, EXCEPTION: DO NOT PROVIDE GROMMETS AT ACCESSIBLE 3/ 3/4" 05/06 A.571 COUNTERTOP PORTION OF COUNTER, AS INDICATED ON THE EQUIPMENT PLANS. CONDITIONS COUNTERTOP 1 FACE OF CABINET A.571 SIM CONTINUOUS 5. REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND FINISH LEGEND FOR COUNTERTOP DRAWER/ DOOR PULL U BACKSPLASH MATERIAL. ALL COUNTERTOPS AT SINKS TO BE SOLID SURFACE MATERIAL ' WOOD LEDGER REF SPECIFICATIONS � - ' :2: (BACK &ENDS) UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. REF TO TYP. � r PROVIDE WIRE ,z CASEWORK DETAILS ON SHEET A.571 FOR SOLID SURFACE MATERIAL LU FACE OF CABINET MANAGEMENT AT 2'-0" LAVATORY COUNTERTOP EDGE DETAIL AND FOR PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTEROP 05 - SECTION DETAIL - PLASTIC LAMINATE � BOX DRAWER BACK INCREMENTS AT KNEE O EDGE DETAIL. 3'' = 1'-0'' -1 .... PANEL SPACE ONLY v INTERMEDATE 6. ALL BACK AND SIDE SPLASHES SHALL BE 4'' TALL X 3/4'' THICK IF PLASTIC Q IN WALL SUPPORT AT cl) STEEL LAMINATE, 1/2'THICK IF SOLID SURFACE MATERIAL UNO ON THE INTERIOR FACE OF CABINET o = OPEN FOR EQUIPMENT. C� 30''-36" UNO ON z ANGLE SUPPORT ELEVATIONS. ALL SPLASHES SHALL BE SCRIBED TO CONFORM TO THE 2 1/2'' 0 Y - 11" w BOX DRAWER INERIOR FINISH TO MATCH INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 0 AT 36'' MAX OC - SURFACE OF ABUTTING WALLS. ALL SPLASHES SHALL BE SEALED TO THE MIN. N r do CABINET FACE. REFER TO A.210 No o 30'' OC MIN WALL WITH CLEAR SILICONE SEALANT. IF SOLID SURFACE, PROVIDE z z SERIES AND EQUIPMENT PLASTIC LAMINATE N FILE DRAWER WITH O SPLASHES ON ALL REAR AND SIDE WALLS AT BASE CABINETS. CLAD BRACE AND/ PLACE DRAIN LU SPECIFICATIONS FOR SIZING HANGING HARDWARE U o - - - - - - OR KEYBOARD TOWARDS BACK PRIOR TO PRODUCTION w N z - - - - - - BLOCKING m OF SINK UPPER CABINETS: s�QIF COZ� _ BOX DRAWER 1. TOP OF UPPER AND FULL HEIGHT CABINETS SHALL BE 7'-2" AFF UNLESS "9 c� 1 1/2'' END PANEL w PULL AS WHERE KNEE SPACE U SPECIFIED NOTED OTHERWISE ON INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. REF A.560 SERIES SHEETS. C7 / O 0 Ho DOES NOT ABUTT Q 2. REFERENCE SERIES A.220 AND A.560 FOR FURDOWN LOCATIONS. WALL DRAWER/ WALL OR CABINET REF Q CABINETS WITHOUT A FURR DOWN ABOVE SHALL RECEIVE A CONTINUOUS / DOOR 03/A.571 6'' HIGH SLOPED PANEL, FINISHED TO MATCH CABINETS UNLESS NOTED NOTE: PROVIDE APRON OTHERWISE. PULL NOTE: REFER TO THIS TYPICAL SECTION Dl FOR MATERIALS, { FACE OF CABINET AND FILLER PANELS, AT UNDER COUNTER .--= PLASTIC LAMINATE CLAD DIMENSIONS AND DETAIL ENLARGEMENTS OF TYPE "D" BASE EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS. REF INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATIONS. 3. WALL MOUNTED UPPER CABINETS SHALL INCLUDE ADJUSTABLE SHELVES 401729 r'` CORNER FILLER CABINETS. REFER TO INTERIOR FINISH PLAN FOR REF TO INTERIOR FINISH PLAN FOR COUNTERTOP MATERIAL. IF NOTEAT 36'' HEIGHT CONDITIONS MOUNT ENTIRE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. �j COUNTERTOP MATERIAL. REF 05/A.571 IF PLASTIC LAMINATE, PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOP REF 05/A.571, IF SSM REF 06/ A.571. COMPONENT/CONFIGURATION AT 36'', AFF CABINET HEIGHT NUMBER OF SHELVES A�c\ \� CABINET END PANEL 06/A.571 IF SIM. UP TO 24'' 1 D2 - BASE CABINET D1 - BASE CABINET- FREESTANDING B1 - KNEE SPACE W/O DRAWER /% C1 -ACCESSIBLE LAVATORY 25"THROUGH 42" 2 06/03/202(0 !� 43''THROUGH 48'' 3 04 - PLAN DETAIL - INSIDE CORNER 1 = 1 -O 1 DRAWER, OPEN ABOVE 1 = 1 -O 2 BOX, 1 FILE DRAWER 1 = 1 -O KNEE SPACE OR U/C 1" = 1'-Q" 4. TOPS AND BOTTOMS OF WALL HUNG CABINETS SHALL BE 3/4'' THICK WITH 3'' = 1'-0'' EQUIPMENT CONDITION PLASTIC LAMINATE ON ALL EXPOSED SURFACES. REFER TO FINISHPROVIDE SPLASHES 5. BACKS OF WALL HUNG CABINETS SHALL BE 1/4'' THICK UNLESS NOTED COUNTERTOP PLAN FOR 24'' MAX 24'' MAX 24" MAX OTHERWISE. BACKS OF BASE CABINETS SHALL BE 1/4'' THICK UNLESS NOTED COUNTERTOP UNO ON INTERIOR ELEVATIONS UNO ON INTERIOR ELEVATIONS UNO ON INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AT ABUTTING OTHERWISE. PEDIATRICS WEST MATERIAL 8'' 9''-, SIDEWALLS 05/06 N 8'' SQUARE N N BACKSPLASH OPENING FOR \ COUNTERTOP TRASH DROP --rF 03 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY, SUITE 200 WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 3/4" 1 1/2'' A.571 F -- - - - - - - - - - - - 7 TRASH 1 1/2" � ` 3/4 BOX DRAWER BACK PANEL 3/4'' 1 1/2" OPEN KNEE LINE OF EXPOSED INTERIOR CONTAINER SURFACES TO BE SPACE COUNTERTOP KNEE SPACE a o PLASTIC LAMINATE TO END PANEL - PULL AS ABOVE z z z SPECIFIED Issue FOR CONSTRUCTION OO MATCH FACE EDGES. O '000,o Date 03 JUNE 2016 END PANEL BELOW Q Q Q 03 -SECTION DETAIL -FINISHED END PANEL w w o FACE OF w ADJUSTABLE Project Number 16-025 V w w CABINET w SHELF � � Drawn by SW _ 1 1/2'' RADIUS �� 0 U O RFI 10 Change to TYP 1 1 o � PLASTIC Checked by ES Cove Base z z Uj OPEN FOR EQUIPMENT. z 02 TYP LAMINATE FACE OF CABINET w w MAR H CABIN TOFACE. ;� A.571 DRAWERS FINISH T CLAD DOOR/ Sheet Title T v v REFER TO A.210 SERIES v MOUNTING D R AND EQUIPMENT ` RAIL TYPICAL CASEWORK J SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLASTIC DRAWER/DOOR FRONT SIZING PRIOR TO 1 WOOD SECTIONS & DETAILS LAMINATE LINE OF 4' 3/4" PRODUCTION TO MATCH 00 COUNTERTOP " BLOCKING ABOVE FACE OF CABINET CABINET v NOTE: REFER TO THIS TYPICAL DETAIL Al FOR MATERIALS, END PANEL DIMENSIONS, ANDDETAIL ENLARGEMENTS OF TYPE''A'' BASE Sheet Number BELOW CABINETS. REFER TO INTERIOR FINISH PLAN FOR COUNTERTOP 1 1/2" MATERIAL. IF PLASTIC LAMINATE RE: 05/A.571, IF SSM RE: 06/A.571 Q 31/4" RADIUS TYP. coco �%A4 -BASE CABINET FOR TRASH �%A3 - BASE CABINET �%Al - KNEE SPACE W/DRAWER Z%02 - SECTION DETAIL - TOEKICK 01 - PLAN DETAIL COUNTER TOP CORNER 1" = 1'-0" WITH DOOR 1" = 1'-0' WITHOUT DOOR 1'' = 1'-0'' W/ DOOR & 1 DRAWER A*571 3'' 1'-0'' 3 = 1'-0'' 02 A.581 2' - 0'' Y-0'' 0'' 03- PRIVACY PANEL SECTION 1 1/2'' = 1'-0'' 2012 1 BC CC 06 -STEEL TUBE SUPPORT ISOMETRIC 1 1/2'' = 1'-0'' MAPLE TOP CAP AND REVEAL, FINISHED TO MATCH PL1 1/2'' MAPLE WOOD TRIM FINISHED TO MATCH PL1 1/2'' HOMOSOTE PANEL, FABRIC WRAPPED. TWSI 1 1/2'' HIGH DENSITY PART. BOARD WITH PLAM ON ALL EXPOSED EDGES, PI -2 1-1/2'' DIA. CORD HOLE LINED WITH GROMMET, TYP. VERIFY LOCATION WITH TENANT PRIOR TO DRILLING PL1 2'' X 2'' X 3/16'' STEEL TUBING. PAINT TO MATCH WALL. ALL WELDS GROUND SMOOTH - 3'-6" O.C. MAX. CONTINUOUS WELD- 1/8'TYP. TYPICAL SUPPORT AT ALL COUNTERTOPS DEPTH OF COUNTERTOP STEEL TUBE SUPPORT SIZE 2'-0'' Y-10'' X 2-4 1/2'' 2'-3" 2'-1'' X 2'-4 1/2'' 2'-6" 2'-4" X 2'- 4 1/2'' 3'-9" 3'-7" X 2'- 4 1/2'' ?-.9/41, W 5/8'' GYP. BOARD ON 3-5/8'' METAL STUDS @ 16'' O.C. 3/8'' DIAMETER THROUGH BOLT 1-1/2''X 1-1/2'STEEL TUBING @ 48'' O.C. MIN. STEEL ANGLE WELDED TO TUBE WITH 1/4'' DIA. LAG SCREWS BOLTING PLATE TO CONCRETE 1-1 /2" S.T. SUPPORT @ 3'-6" O.C. MAX (OR BETWEEN LAV'S) & @UNSUPPORTED ENDS (SET IN 6'' FROM END) 05 -TYPICAL SECTION @ STEEL TUBE SUPPORT 3'' = 1'-0'' �, I - "111 — — I I -TO 02 -SECTION AT PRIVACY PANEL 1 1/2'' = 1'-0'' DD/l\/IrID C/lI Irl MELAMINE FINISH f ON 3/4'' PLYWOOD SHELF )STABLE K ETS \ ACE MOUNTED STANDARDS @ 24'' O.C. SHELVES TO BE 7 HIGH U.N.O. 04- DETAIL - ADJUSTABLE SHELVES 1 1/2'' = 1'-0'' P -LAM TRANSACTION COUNTER W/ PVC EDGE BANDING, ON BOTH SIDES. 2'- 0'' 01 -SECTION AT NURSE STATION TRANSACTION TOP 1 1/2'' = 1'-0'' 'ESISTANT PANEL \IE SIDE OF GYP. PANELS TO BE H ALL SYSTEM - :'SAND TRIM PIECES LD MATERIAL 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnap@path2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team MEP M.E. Group 707 17th Street, #3000 Denver, CO 80202 ph: 720.398.6050 No. Description Date EF1N� 110 0 1729 06/03/201.6 PEDIATRICS WEST 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY, SUITE 200 WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 Issue FOR CONSTRUCTION Date 03 JUNE 2016 Project Number 16-025 Drawn by ES Checked by ES Sheet Title CUSTOM CASEWORK SECTIONS & DETAILS Sheet Number A*581 TACKABLE PANEL, TWSI TWO LAYERS 3/4'' HIGH DENSITY PART. BD. WITH P -LAM TOP AND PVC EDGE BANDING ON ALL EXPOSED EDGES 2'- 1 1/2'' O O 1-1/2'' DIA. CORD. HOLE LINED W/ GROMMET, TYPICAL. 2X2 STEEL TUBE SUPPORT SECURED WP2 IMPACT I BETWEEN 2 (TWO) VERT. STUDS, CLEAT APPLIED TO O TO WALL, MAX. SPACING 42'' O.C., RE: BOARD WALL. N i DETAILS INSTALLED WIl REQUIRED CA TO MATCH FIE 15/8'' GYP. BD. ON 3-5/8'' METAL COLOR. STUDS, PAINTED FINISH 1 4'' HIGH RUBBER COVE BASE ::::::A 2X2 STEEL TUBE POST ATTACHED TO 3"X3" PLATE SECURED AT 4 CORNERS Ll I - 01 -SECTION AT NURSE STATION TRANSACTION TOP 1 1/2'' = 1'-0'' 'ESISTANT PANEL \IE SIDE OF GYP. PANELS TO BE H ALL SYSTEM - :'SAND TRIM PIECES LD MATERIAL 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnap@path2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team MEP M.E. Group 707 17th Street, #3000 Denver, CO 80202 ph: 720.398.6050 No. Description Date EF1N� 110 0 1729 06/03/201.6 PEDIATRICS WEST 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY, SUITE 200 WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 Issue FOR CONSTRUCTION Date 03 JUNE 2016 Project Number 16-025 Drawn by ES Checked by ES Sheet Title CUSTOM CASEWORK SECTIONS & DETAILS Sheet Number A*581 WP2 - IMPACT RESISTANT PANEL APPLIED TO ONE SIDE OF GYP. BOARD WALL. PANELS TO BE INSTALLED WITH ALL SYSTEM -REQUIRED CAPS AND TRIM PIECES TO MATCH FIELD MATERIAL COLOR. BASE, REFER TO 1.101 FOR DETAILS FINISHED FLOOR, REFER TO 1.101 FOR DETAILS 3 - WP3 WALL PROTECTION SECTION 1 1/2'' = 1'-0'' CLEAR SEALANT AT TOP OF MOLDING AND WALL RUBBER CHAIR RAIL, REFER TO 1.101 FOR DETAILS IMPACT RESISTANT PANEL APPLIED TO ONE SIDE OF GYP. BOARD WALL. PANELS TO BE INSTALLED WITH ALL SYSTEM -REQUIRED CAPS AND TRIM PIECES TO MATCH FIELD MATERIAL COLOR. BASE, REFER TO 1.101 FOR DETAILS FINISHED FLOOR, REFER TO 1.101 FOR DETAILS 2 - WP WALL PROTECTION SECTION 1 1/2'' = 1'-0'' 'T FLOORING, RE: I-101 \ COMPLIANT WHEELED TRAFFIC TRANSITION. LOR TO MATCH ADJACENT RUBBER BASE, U.N.O. iNSONITE CTA -XXX -HT, RE: 1-101 Not Used on Project Kra urNT SHEET FLOORING, RE: 1-101 FLOORING TRANSITION- RESILIENT SHEET TO 1 - LVT 12'' = 1'-0'' i FINISH LEGEND FLOORING MILLWORK CPT1 PL1 Manuf: Mohawk Manuf: Formica Style: Insurgent #BT367 Color: Oiled Legno #8846-58 Color: #358 Thrill Seeker Size: 24'' x 24'' x 0.108'' thick PL2 Backing: EcoFlex ICT Manf: Formica Installation Method: Brick Ashlar Color: Jute Gauze #7709-58 Contact: Rachael Miller @ 720.483.2611 Edge: Plastic laminate counter to be installed with PVC edge. LVTI (Wood) PL3 (To match existing) Manuf: Mohawk Manf: Formica Style: Secoya #C009 Color: Fog #961-58 Color:#352 Sierra Size: 9'' x 59'' x 0.2" thick (5mm) SS1 Edge: Beveled Manuf: Corian Installation Method: Loose Lay with Perimeter Glue Style: Sandalwood Contact: Rachael Miller @ 720.483.2611 GRI (to match existing) LVT2 (Red) Manuf: Arizona Tile Manuf: Mohawk Color: Mirador Gold Style: Metal #C0059 Finish: Polished Color:#353 Rave Red Size: 1-1 /4" (3cm) Size: 18'' x 36'' x 0.2" thick (5mm) Contact: Dallas Drewry @ 720.577.1340 Installation Method: Perimeter Glue Contact: Rachael Miller @ 720.483.2611 TWS1 Product: Class A Homosote Panel, Wrapped in: LVT3 (Yellow) Manuf: Knoll Textiles Manuf: Mohawk Style: Bollywood Style: Metal #C0059 Color: Mandvi Beach #WC1015/10 Color:#132 Golden Yellow NOTE: Install TWS1 per plan between counter top and transaction Size: 18'' x 36'' x 0.2" thick (5mm) top. Installation Method: Perimeter Glue Contact: Rachael Miller @ 720.483.2611 WALL PROTECTION CRI Chair Rail LVT4 (Green) Manuf: Johnsonite Manuf: Mohawk Style: #CHR -283-C Style: Metal #C0059 Color: #283 Toast Color:#631 Lemon Lime Size: 18'' x 36'' x 0.2" thick (5mm) WPI (Below Chair Rail - RE: 2/1.101) Installation Method: Perimeter Glue Manuf: Arcovyn Contact: Rachael Miller @ 720.483.2611 Style: Rigid Sheet Texture: Suede Size: 4' x 10' x 0.060'' Thick LVT5 (Teal) Color: #405 Colorado Trail Manuf: Mohawk *Include manuf trim pieces as required. Style: Metal #C0059 Color:#556 Tempo Teal WP2 (Below Transaction Top - RE: 1/A.581) Size: 18'' x 36'' x 0.2" thick (5mm) Manuf: Arcovyn Installation Method: Perimeter Glue Style: Rigid Sheet Texture: Suede Contact: Rachael Miller @ 720.483.2611 Size: 4' x 10' x 0.060'' Thick Color: #405 Colorado Trail LVT6 (Purple) *Include manuf trim pieces as required. Manuf: Mohawk Style: Metal #C0059 WP3 (RE: 2/1.101) Color:#464 Vogue Violet Manuf: Arcovyn Size: 18'' x 36'' x 0.2" thick (5mm) Style: Rigid Sheet Texture: Suede Installation Method: Perimeter Glue Size: 4' x 10' x 0.060'' Thick Contact: Rachael Miller @ 720.483.2611 Color: #405 Colorado Trail *Include manuf trim pieces as required. SV1 Manuf: Armstrong WP4 Corner Guard Style: Medintech Manuf: Acrovyn C/S Color: Desert Gold #88439 Style: SSM -20N Size: 6'x 82.5'x 0.08'' thick Size: 2'' W x 4H x 0.060'' Thick Heat Weld: Beige #W0358 Color: #405 Colorado Trail FLOORING TRANSITIONS MISC. RESILIENT SHEET TO LVT CT Cubicle Curtain Manuf: Johnsonite Manuf: Architex Style: #CTA -283 -HT Style: #Rx 8005 Color: #283 Toast Color: Chestnut Size: 1/4'' to 0.080'' Mesh: 20 -inch (color) mesh top. Mesh is surged to face fabric, Contact: Jeni O'Brien @ 303.854.7000 turned and stitched w/ double needle lock stitch no less than 1/2'' in width. BASE Michael Ferreira @ 720-272-1695 INT NOTE: Provide 130% Fullness to 12'' A.F.F 6'' H Integral Base (ME) Match Existing RBI Manuf: Johnsonite (E) Existing to Remain Style: 6'' h Traditional Cove Base x 120' roll Color: #283 Toast GENERAL NOTES NOTE: Miter inside corners. Do not use premolded outside corners FLOOR FINISH: WALLS A. ALL FLOOR TRANSITIONS ARE TO OCCUR AT THE CENTERLINE OF P1 DOOR WHEN DOOR IS IN CLOSED POSITION. Manuf: Sherwin Williams Color: Nomatic Desert #SW6107 B. REFER TO 1.101 SERIES FOR TRANSITION AND THRESHOLD DETAILS. Finish: Satin C. REFER TO INTERIOR FLOOR FINISH PLANS FOR ALL FLOOR PATTERNS. Manuf: She W' ' s D. INSTALL ALL LUXURY VINYL TILE IN ONE DIRECTION ONLY, TO Color: Di hite i 105 MATCH THROUGHOUT, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. Satin WALL BASE: P3 A. ALL RUBBER BASE SHALL BE SEALED TIGHTTO FINISHED FLOOR. Manuf: Sherwin Williams Color: Coral Reef #SW6606 WALL FINISH: Finish: Satin A. WALL TEXTURE SHALL MATCH FACILITY STANDARD, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. P4 Manuf: Sherwin Williams B. PAINT ALL WALLS SATIN, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. SEE FINISH Color: Humble Gold #SW6380 LEGEND FOR DEFINITION. Finish: Satin C. PAINT ALL ELECTRICAL AND ACCESS WALL PANELS TO MATCH P5 ADJACENT WALL FINISH. Manuf: Sherwin Williams Color: Ryegrass #SW6423 CEILING FINISH: Finish: Satin A. FURR-DOWN FINISH: VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL SURFACES OF FURR-DOWN TO MATCH ADJACENT WALLS, UNLESS NOTED P6 OTHERWISE. Manuf: Sherwin Williams Color: Drizzle #SW6479 B. REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR ALL CEILING HEIGHTS. Finish: Satin C. PAINT ALL GYP. BD. CEILINGS SATIN, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. P7 SEE FINISH LEGEND FOR DEFINITION. Manuf: Sherwin Williams Color: Enigma #SW6018 D. PAINT ALL ACCESS PANELS IN CEILING TO MATCH ADJACENT Finish: Satin CEILING FINISH. CEILING E. PAINT ALL SIDES OF SOFFIT FOR GYP. CEILING ABOVE COLOR LISTED ACTI ON REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. Manuf: Armstrong Tile Style: Dune, Lay In F. ALL CEILING GRID WALL ANGLES TO BE SEALED AT WALL WHERE Tile Model: #1772 PAINT OCCURS. Tile Size: 24'' x 24'' x 5/8'' Tile Color: White DOORS/WINDOWS: Grid Style: 15/16'' Prelude A. NEW DOORS TO MATCH EXISTING DOOR FINISH IN EXISTING SUITE. Grid Color: White *NOTE: Refer to A.220 series for size location B. EXISTING WOOD DOORS TO BE RESURFACED IF DAMAGED. SLABS ARE TO BE TAKEN OFF SITE FOR THIS SCOPE OF WORK AND NOT GYP REFINISHED IN PLACE. Gypsum Board ceiling, painted as noted on finish plan C. INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR & FRAME, AND INTERIOR SURFACE OF EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR & FRAME TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH EXISTING SUITE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ACCESSORIES: A. REFER TO EQUIPMENT PLAN AND DETAILS FOR WALL PROTECTION (WP) LOCATIONS. REFER TO INTERIOR FINISH LEGEND FOR SPECIFIC PROFILES AND COLORS. B. PROVIDE AND INSTALL ADA COMPLAINT SIGNAGE, AS REQUIRED BY CODE FOR ALL ADA TOILET ROOMS, STAIR LEVELS AND SERVICE ROOMS. C. PROVIDE PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER AT ALL SINK LOCATIONS. 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnap@path2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team MEP M.E. Group 707 17th Street, #3000 Denver, CO 80202 ph: 720.398.6050 No. Description Date ��Q A,J�ENIVO q10 7 1729 06/03/201.6 PEDIATRICS WEST 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY, SUITE 200 WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 Issue FOR CONSTRUCTION Date 03 JUNE 2016 Project Number 16-025 Drawn by ES Checked by ES Sheet Title FINISH LEGEND Sheet Number 10101 F3 I F4 I F5 I F6 I F7 I F8 I F9 I 01 - FINISH FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 02 1/8'' = 1'-0'' A:] :B ] :C] :D] FINISH PLAN GENERAL NOTES 1. REFER TO INTERIOR FINISH LEGEND 1.101 FOR FINISH MANUFACTURER AND COLOR INFORMATION. 2. REFER TO 1.101 SERIES FOR FLOOR TRANSITION DETAILS. 3. REFER TO A.220 SERIES REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR LOCATION OF CEILING FINISHES AND CEILING HEIGHTS. FINISH PLAN LEGEND ROOM FINISH TAG (REFERENCE 1.101 SHEET) ACT CEILING FINISH P WALL FINISH RB WALL BASE FINISH SV FLOOR FINISH * DENOTES MULTIPLE FINISHES. PLEASE REFER TO ENLARGED PLANS, DETAILS AND/OR ELEVATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 10 KEYNOTE NOT IN SCOPE OF WORK P4 PAINT ACCENT �•�•�•�•� CHAIR RAIL WITH ACCENT PAINT (P6) BELOW *REFER TO ROOM FINISH TAGS FOR DETAILS. ••••••••••••• CHAIR RAIL WITH WALL PROTECTION (WPI) BELOW CPT FINISH TAG FINISH PATTERN LEGEND FLOOR FINISH CPT 1 LVT5 24'' X 24'' TEAL LVTI LVT6 WOOD LOOK PURPLE LVT2 SV1 RED LVT3 YELLOW LVT4 GREEN FINISH PATTERN LEGEND 10 NEW VINYL NUMBER ON EXISTING EXAM ROOM DOORS. COORDINATE NUMBERS WITH TENANT. MANUF: ETSY.COM, Bigteesprinting STYLE: Snap 6 inch vinyl lettering numbers custom made name decals price per letter kysk lettering name letters COLOR: Colors to match each exam room accent paint PRICE: $1.50 each **WILL NEED TO ORDER NUMBERS 1 - 19 + PROCEDURE 1 AND PROCEDURE 2 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnap@path2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team MEP M.E. Group 707 17th Street, #3000 Denver, CO 80202 ph: 720.398.6050 No. Description Date �0172J is 06/03/201.6 PEDIATRICS WEST 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY, SUITE 200 WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 Issue FOR CONSTRUCTION Date 03 JUNE 2016 Project Number 16-025 Drawn by ES Checked by ES Sheet Title FINISH FLOOR PLAN Sheet Number 10202 MECHANICAL SYMBOLS ABBREVIATIONS MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES PIPING VALVES /SYMBOLS A/C AIR CONDITIONING 1. THE PLANS ARE, TO A GREAT EXTENT, DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE. DRAWING AFF AHU ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AIR HANDLING UNIT SCALES SHOULD BE VERIFIED FROM DIMENSIONS ON ARCH. PLANS. THE INFORMATION PRESENTED IS AS EXACT AS COULD BE SECURED. THE CONTRACTOR HYDRONIC PIPING DIRECTION OF FLOW IN PIPING NOTE: ALL DUCT DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS BOD BOTTOM OF DUCT SHALL OBTAIN EXACT ,LEVELS, ETC. AT THE SITE D SHALL SEAT SFAC ORILYOCATIONADAPT T EEASUREMENTS WORK O THE ACTUAL CONDITIONS AT THE HWS HEATING HOT WATER SUPPLY PIPING ARE INSIDE DIMENSIONS. BOP BOTTOM OF PIPE PROJECT SITE. TWO WAY CONTROL VALVE BOS BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE BTU BRITISH THERMAL UNIT 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE JOB SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTING A BID TO COVER — HWR — HEATING HOT WATER RETURN PIPING THREE WAY CONTROL VALVE 0 LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSER THE CONDITIONS AT THE SITE INFORMING THEMSELVES OF ALL DETAILS. CH CHILLER — CID — CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING �� r�� BUTTERFLY VALVE f INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT (MAXIMUM 6-0" LONG) CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE 3. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL CRAC COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONING UNIT CODES, LAWS, ACTS AND ORDINANCES, AND ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING GLOBE VALVE BRANCH DUCT WITH 45° TAP AND MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER CRCU COMPUTER ROOM CONDENSING UNIT JURISDICTION. CT COOLING TOWER Cu CONDENSING UNIT 4. THE COMPLETED INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL BALANCING VALVE BRANCH DUCT WITH CONICAL FITTING AND MANUAL CUH CABINET UNIT HEATER ENGINEERING REQUIREMENTS, THE OWNER'S DESIGN CRITERIA, UTILITY COMPANY s VOLUME DAMPER REQUIREMENTS, APPLICABLE INDUSTRY STANDARDS OF GOOD PRACTICE AND SOLENOID VALVE (D) DEMOLISHED SAFETY, AND THE MANUFACTURER'S STRICTEST RECOMMENDATIONS FOR DB DRY BULB EQUIPMENT AND PRODUCT APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION. DDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL CONTROL VALVE ELBOW WITH TURNING VANES DN DOWN DX DIRECT EXPANSION 5. RECORD DRAWINGS - PREPARE AND SUBMIT TO THE OWNER RECORD DRAWINGS INDICATING THE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT INCLUDING THE (E) EXISTING TO REMAIN EQUIPMENT'S "AS INSTALLED" SIZE(S). MANUFACTURER, MODEL NUMBERS, AND THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE EAT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE PERFORMANCE RATINGS. SUPPLY OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT UP EDB ENTERING DRY BULB TRIPLE DUTY VALVE WITH PRESSURE PORTS EF EXHAUST FAN 6. SUPPORTS -EQUIPMENT, PIPING, DUCTWORK OR ANY OTHER ACCESSORY SUPPLY OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT DOWN ERV ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATOR SHALL NOT BE SUPPORTED FROM OTHER PIPING, DUCTWORK, METAL ROOF DECK, CHECK VALVE EWB ENTERING WET BULB LATERAL BRACING BRIDGING, OR CONDUIT. ITEMS SHALL ONLY BE SUPPORTED RETURN OR TRANSFER AIR DUCT UP EWT ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE. STRAINER FCU FAN COIL UNIT 7. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL DUCTWORK, AIR TERMINAL UNITS, FD FIRE DAMPER PIPING, ETC., WITH STRUCTURAL, ARCHITECTURAL, ELECTRICAL, AND OTHER STRAINER WITH BLOWOFF RETURN OR TRANSFER AIR DUCT DOWN FSD FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. RELIEF/SAFETY VALVE EXHAUST AIR DUCT UP GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE 8. WHERE MOUNTING HEIGHTS ARE NOT DETAILED OR DIMENSIONED, INSTALL MECHANICAL SERVICES AND OVERHEAD EQUIPMENT TO PROVIDE THE MAXIMUM PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE EXHAUST AIR DUCT DOWN HD HP HEAD HORSEPOWER, HEAT PUMP HEADROOM POSSIBLE. HOA HAND OFF AUTOMATIC 9. ALL DUCTWORK, PIPING, AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL CONDUIT TO VIBRATING VACUUM BREAKER SD -1 HRV HEAT RECOVERY VENTILATOR EQUIPMENT SHALL HAVE FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS. 10"o VN TYPE, NECK SIZE, CFM AT SUPPLY DIFFUSER OR REGISTER HSTAT HUMIDISTAT VENTURI 250 HTG HEATING 10. COORDINATE ALL ROOF AND CHASE PENETRATIONS WITH STRUCTURAL RG -1 DRAWINGS AND ROOF INSTALLER. GAS COCK 10x10 TYPE, THROAT SIZE, CFM AT RETURN GRILLE OR REGISTER IN WC INCHES OF WATER COLUMN 250 11. OWNER TO HAVE CHOICE SALVAGE OF ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES AND v SIGHT GLASS LAT LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT WHICH ARE PLANNED TO BE REMOVED BY CONTRACTOR. ER -1 TYPE, SIZE AT EXHAUST GRILLE OR REGISTER LRA LOCKED ROTOR AMPS EQUIPMENT NOT SALVAGED BY OWNER SHALL BE REMOVED FROM SITE AND BALL VALVE 10x10 LWT LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE PROPERLY DISPOSED OF BY THE CONTRACTOR. 3/4" BALL DRAIN VALVE WITH 3/4" HOSE MAU MAKE UP AIR UNIT 12. BEFORE REMOVAL OF ANY MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, CONTRACTOR SHALL CONNECTION AND CAP ON CHAIN MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER MBH 1000 BTU PER HOUR RECOVER USED REFRIGERANT IN A PROPERLY LABELED D.O.T. APPROVED MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY REFILLABLE CYLINDER TO MEET E.P.A. STANDARDS. RECOVERED REFRIGERANT THERMOSTATIC TRAP MFR MANUFACTURER MUST BE CHEMICALLY ANALYZED AND REPROCESSED OR DISPOSED OF PER E.P.A. C:DF-= SQUARE TO ROUND TRANSITION MMBH 1,000,000 BTU PER HOUR REQUIREMENTS, SECTION 608 OF THE CLEAN AIR ACT AND A.R.I. STANDARD 700. F&T TRAP T O THERMOSTAT (N) NEW 13. THE LOCATION OF EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES IS SHOWN IN AN GATE VALVE N/A NOT APPLICABLE APPROXIMATE WAY ONLY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DETERMINE THE EXACT NC NOISE CRITERIA, NORMALLY CLOSED LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING UTILITIES BEFORE COMMENCING WORK. PRESSURE GAUGE HO HUMIDISTAT NO NORMALLY OPEN 14. ALL TESTS SHALL BE COMPLETED BEFORE ANY MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT OR 't CO CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR OA OUTSIDE AIR PIPING INSULATION IS APPLIED. PRESSURE GAUGE WITH PIGTAIL CO CARBON MONOXIDE SENSOR PH,O PHASE 15. CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PADS TO SUIT MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE 1 PRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE SIZED AND LOCATED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. MINIMUM CONCRETE PAD 4 THERMOMETER, THERMOMETER W/ TEST WELL TS TEMPERATURE SENSOR THICKNESS SHALL BE 6 INCHES. PAD SHALL EXTEND BEYOND THE EQUIPMENT A (R) RELOCATED EXISTING MINIMUM OF 6 INCHES ON EACH SIDE. CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PADS SHALL BE T --�FD FIRE DAMPER RA RETURN AIR PROVIDED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE PORT RH RELATIVE HUMIDITY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE SIZE AND LOCATION OF FSD RLA RUNNING LOAD AMPS CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PADS WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. S Al UNION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER RPM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE RTU ROOF TOP UNIT 16. PROVIDE MINIMUM 36" ACCESS CLEARANCE TO ALL FAN POWERED BOX AND VAV FLANGE CONNECTION SD SMOKE DAMPER SA SUPPLY AIR BOX MAINTENANCE PANELS. DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS ^ PIPING ELBOW UP PIPING ELBOW DOWN El MOTORIZED DAMPER SD SF SP SMOKE DAMPER SQUARE FEET, SUPPLY FAN STATIC PRESSURE 17. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE DUCTWORK WITH FIRE RATED WALLS AND FLOORS SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS, MAINTAINING NECESSARY RATING OF WALLS. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CONNECTIONS TO n TEMPERATURE SENSOR WITH THERMOWELL ROUND/OVAL DUCT RISER SS ST STAINLESS STEEL SOUND TRAP, STEAM TRAP SMOKE -FIRE DAMPERS. PIPING TEE UP 12x6 STM STEAM 18. ALL SA DUCT BRANCH TAKE -OFFS TO DIFFUSER TO BE SAME SIZE AS DIFFUSER RECTANGULAR DUCT (PLAN DIMENSION SHOWN FIRST) NECK UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. .. PIPING TEE DOWN TA TRANSFER AIR OPENING T DUCT MOUNTED TEMPERATURE SENSOR 120 ROUND DUCT TD TRANSFER DUCT 19. ALL INLET DUCT SIZES OF VARIABLE AIR VOLUME OR FAN -POWERED BOX UNITS ] PIPING CAP TDH TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD SHALL BE AS PER BOX SCHEDULE ON MECHANICAL SCHEDULE. 30/24 FLAT OVAL DUCT (PLAN DIMENSION SHOWN FIRST) TSTAT THERMOSTAT LLT LOW LIMIT TEMPERATURE SENSOR TYP TYPICAL 20. ALL DUCTWORK DIMENSIONS, AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, ARE INTERNAL GAUGE COCK1111111111FLEXIBLE DUCT CLEAR DIMENSIONS AND DUCT SIZE SHALL BE INCREASED TO COMPENSATE FOR DPS UH UNIT HEATER DUCT LINING THICKNESS. c Q C WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR TRANSITION IN DUCT SIZE VAC VACUUM 21. PROVIDE MIN. OF 5'-0" OF DUCT FROM ROOM TERMINAL UNITS TO FIRST PIPING REDUCER VAV VARIABLE AIR VOLUME DIFFUSER TAKE -OFFS. /\ / \/\ OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER DPT PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE PARALLEL BLADE DAMPER W W/O WITH WITHOUT 22. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE LOCATION OF ALL DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES WITH STRUCTURAL, ELECTRICAL, AND ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER WB WET BULB FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR WC WATER COLUMN 23. PROVIDE SIZES AND NUMBER OF REFRIGERANT LINES ACCORDING TO MISCELLANEOUS HI/LO WPD WATER PRESSURE DROP MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. DPT AUTOMATIC AIR VENT n 24. BEFORE INSTALLATION, EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT COILS HI/LO DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER MANUAL AIR VENT MOUNTING HEIGHTS U N CAN BE REMOVED WITHOUT INTERFERENCE. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE . .O. ADEQUATE ACCESS AND COIL REMOVAL SPACE FOR ALL EQUIPMENT. 1 SECTION CUT, UPPER NUMBER INDICATED DRAWING " PIPE ANCHOR /ROOF PIPING SUPPORT M1 NUMBER LOWER NUMBER INDICATES SHEET NUMBER THERMOSTATS USER ADJ. 48" (ADA )/ 60" ( ) ( ) 25. ACCESS PANELS ARE REQUIRED MIN. 18"X18" FOR ACCESS TO EVERY VALVE, ( ) AFS AIR FLOW STATION CONTROLS (CENTERLINE) 48" (ADA)/ 60" DAMPER, AIR TERMINAL UNIT, AND CONTROL SENSOR IF NOT OTHERWISE EXPANSION JOINT CONNECTION POINT OF NEW WORK TO EXISTING ACCESSIBLE. Fc_ C CHILLED WATER COOLING COIL PIPE GUIDE 1 DETAIL REFERENCE: 26. ALL PIPING BRANCH TAKE -OFFS TO REHEAT COIL, CABINET HEATERS, AND UNIT s SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH A MINIMUM OF THREE (3) PIPE DIRECTION M1 UPPER NUMBER INDICATES DETAIL NUMBER CHANGES.HEATERS C HOT WATER HEATING COIL PRESSURE SWITCH T LOWER NUMBER INDICATES SHEET NUMBER 27. ALL HWS/HWR TAKE -OFFS TO REHEAT COILS TO BE A MINIMUM OF 3/4" PIPE SIZE. O RISER DESIGNATION TEMPERATURE SENSOR MECHANICAL SHEET INDEX DX C71 DX COOLING COIL VI DP DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR O NOTE REFERENCE SYMBOL EXISTING LINEWORK M.001 MECHANICAL LEGEND AND NOTES MD.201 DEMOLITION MECHANICAL PLAN - LEVEL 02 — DEMOLITION LINEWORK M.201 HVAC PLAN - LEVEL 02 M.701 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES NEW LINEWORK 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnapCpath2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team m. GROUP 717 17th Street, SUITE 1500 DENVER, CO 80202 T: 303. 382 1920 F: 303. 382 1930 www.megroup.com Job #: 874.021 High Performance Building Consultants No. Description Date Issue 100% CD Date JUNE 3, 2016 Project Number 874.021 Drawn by BH Checked by BCN Sheet Title MECHANICAL LEGEND AND NOTES Sheet Number M6001 GENERAL NOTES (THIS SHEET) 1. DUCTWORK THAT HAS BEEN DEMOLISHED SHALL BE REMOVED BACK TO THE ACTIVE MAIN AND CAPPED. KEY NOTES (THIS SHEET) 1. REMOVE EXISTING THERMOSTAT AND RETAIN FOR REINSTALLATION. REFER TO NEW PLAN FOR RELOCATION. 2. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING THERMOSTAT LOCATION FOR TERMINAL BOX. REFER TO NEW PLAN FOR RELOCATION. 3. LOCATION OF EXISTING THERMOSTAT TO REMAIN. 4. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION OF EXISTING THERMOSTAT FOR TERMINAL BOX. LOCATION PRESUMED TO REMAIN. DEMOLITION HVAC PLAN - LEVEL 02 SCALE: 1/8" = V-0" 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnapCpath2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team �'GRGUP 717 17th Street, SUITE 1500 DENVER, CO 80202 T: 303. 382 1920 F: 303. 382 1930 www.megroup.com Job #: 874.021 High Performance Building Consultants No. Description Date Issue 100% CD Date JUNE 3, 2016 Project Number 874.021 Drawn by BH Checked by BCN Sheet Title DEMOLITION MECHANICAL PLAN - LEVEL 02 Sheet Number MD6201 36"x1 36"x12" (E) RG 24"x24" KEY NOTES (THIS SHEET) 1. NEW LOCATION OF EXISTING THERMOSTAT. 2. NEW LOCATION OF FIELD VERIFIED EXISTING THERMOSTAT. 3. NEW LOCATION OF EXISTING THERMOSTAT. PROVIDE ONE SIGNAL TO THE TWO NEW BOXES LOCATED IN THIS ROOM TO AVOID CONFLICTING CALLS FOR CONDTIONING. 4. LOCATION OF EXISTING THERMOSTAT TO REMAIN. 5. LOCATION OF FIELD VERIFIED EXISTING THERMOSTAT FOR TERMINAL BOX PRESUMED TO REMAIN. 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 "o -F (R) SD (R) SD 1845 ❑ 1845 ❑ /--LL FD Cap 4" exhaust r a Im m N R) SD 8" 0 145 EXAM 17 132 (R) SD 8"o 100 S 16"x12" 16"x12",, SD -1 6"o 50 8"o 145 EXAM14 EXAM 13 128 126 00 ( RG (E) RG 12"x24" 12"x24" 12"0 SOILED 133 139 UTILITY (�G 12" 0 m 0 CV (E) SD 3 -2 (R) SD 8"0 6"0 J _100 2< 100 cm F 71 XAM19 135 R SD RG -21 �oo - (E)RG ( 2"x2 J (R) SD 12"x10" 10"0 150 1 8"o Li 50 _1 PROC.2 MENTA (R) SID 140 HEALTH 1 8"0 OFFICE 100 41 iL=7�� (R) SD (R) SID 6"o 6"o - m 125 125 N AV -209 b LE I S D-1 ] 6"0 100 BREAKS 156 (R) SD ❑ �(R) SD (R) SD 0 0 AIRED PA t (R) SD (R) SD 8" 0 150 0 ALL O CENTER+ \ T 210 8"0 8"0 NURSE/MA EXAM 1 145 150 STATION �� 129 121 14" 0 - (E) RG ... 0 I G (� E R (G (E) RG MFnIGAI 13 (�G 12"x24" 12"x24" (ERG 1 12"x24" 88"'0 - 12"x24" (E) RG (�RG (R) SD VAV (R) SD 12"x24" L 12"o 12"x24" 8"0 217 6"0 190 --- 100 FP -211' "EXAM 16"X10" CVA KA 4Q 1 In 8"o 145 EXAM14 EXAM 13 128 126 00 ( RG (E) RG 12"x24" 12"x24" 12"0 SOILED 133 139 UTILITY (�G 12" 0 m 0 CV (E) SD 3 -2 (R) SD 8"0 6"0 J _100 2< 100 cm F 71 XAM19 135 R SD RG -21 �oo - (E)RG ( 2"x2 J (R) SD 12"x10" 10"0 150 1 8"o Li 50 _1 PROC.2 MENTA (R) SID 140 HEALTH 1 8"0 OFFICE 100 41 iL=7�� (R) SD (R) SID 6"o 6"o - m 125 125 N AV -209 b LE I S D-1 ] 6"0 100 BREAKS 156 (R) SD (E) SD (R) SD (R) SD 0 0 AIRED PA t (R) SD 200 46"x16" STATI N 0 ALL O CENTER+ \ T 210 (ERG 2" f/ LL 1x2 VAV-211 8--0 8"0 OFFICE SD -1 (R) SD 6"0 PROC. 1 �� 118 121 1�� - (E) RG ... 0 I 12"x24" 8"o (E) RG MFnIGAI (�G 12"x24" ZZO 100 1�3 t5 0 (t) tC� 5"0 ❑ E250 0 12"0 105 m V V 206 (10"oD ao RG -2 A�i� OLET o (R) SD N �- 225 S 6"0 12"x8" VAV 51 0 m 125 (R) SD REF. EF. 1 SD -1 2 o 8"o (�G 100 (E) RG RG-2� (R) SD 12'x24" 50 STORA E x � 12"x24" 24"x24" 12"x12" (E) RG VAV-208 6"0 4 12"x10" 100 157 � � 12"x24" 12"x12" O 12"x12" 12"x12" FP -208 4 T —4:714"0 (E) RG - (E) RG ❑ 12'x24" RG -1 (R) SD FFICE 12"x24' D D 12"x24" 14"o - 8"o, 155 (E) RG DR. OFFICE: ❑ HARED (R) SD CONFERENCE 230 OFFICE(R) SD OFFICE 158 (R) SD 24"x24i' 154 152 8"0 8"o 225 104 (E) RG 8"0 225 0 OFFICE (R) SD TRIAGE OFFICE (R) SID (R) SD (R) SD 12"x24" 230 149 225 0 107 106 225 0� 1:11001❑ (R) SD 8"0- (R) SD (E) RG 275 8"0 12"x24" (R) SD 230 8"o 225 HVAC PLAN - LEVEL 02 1 SCALE: 1/8" = V-0" --- L4 H bo O � m VAV-2 o_ 00 X� N Lf CV CV (R) SD U (R) SD 8"o 8--0 200 200 CO RECEPTION X 101 16'I' ❑(R) 0 (E) RG 6" 0 12"x24" 125 -12"o v EXAM 12 124 VAV-214 8"o 12"x8" 12'x8"] (E) SD (R) SD (R) SD j RS0 (R) SD 200 8 a STATI N 210 122 8--0 (R) SID 14" 0 (R) SD 6"0 PROC. 1 �� 118 121 1�� - (E) RG 111 12"x24" 8"o (E) RG (R) SD (�G 12"x24" 8"o 200 [W /,8,"i0 ❑(R) 0 (E) RG 6" 0 12"x24" 125 -12"o v EXAM 12 124 VAV-214 8"o 12"x8" 12'x8"] EXAM 114 4 (E) SD ] EXAM 10 (R) SD O O4 - 120 8"o (E) SID (R) SD 235 (R) SID E M9 (R) SD 6"0 850 117 118 07 1�� - R SD 111 8"o 116 (R) SD (�G 210 EXAM 114 4 (E) SD 5 12"x24" O O4 8"o (E) RG 12"x24" (E) SID (R) SD XAM 8 (R) SID (R) SD (R) SD 6"0 850 117 8"o 250 250 8"o EXAM 7 6"0 125 111 116 (R) SD (�G � (ERG 12"x24" 88"'0 - 12"x24" FP -210 (R) SD (R) SD 230 L 12"o 8"0 18"x15" 190 --- "EXAM 12"o(R) NURSE/MA STATION m 115 (E) SD "x24" 12"x24"-8"o- E SD --8"0STATION 7 235 30"x16" CN8"o (E) RG 200 12"x24" O(E) SD EXAM 5 8"0 —6"o r 11 1(ERG 113 250 (R) SD 12"0 (R) SD 8" 0 200- g"0- 6" 12"x8.. 8"0 � VA -212 EXAM 4 8"0 8"0 12"0 (E) RG 112 245 (E) RG FP -202 12"x24" (E) SD 12"x24" 8"o 14"o (E) RG A —12"x`12" FP -203 (R) SD 8" o 200 (�RG 12"x24" (R) SD 8"o 200 C 0 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnapCpath2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team m. GROUP 717 17th Street, SUITE 1500 DENVER, CO 80202 T: 303. 382 1920 F: 303. 382 1930 www.megroup.com Job #: 874.021 High Performance Building Consultants No. Description Date Issue 100% CD Date JUNE 3, 2016 Project Number 874.021 Drawn by BH Checked by B Sheet Title HVAC PLAN - LEVEL 02 Sheet Number M6201 (E) SD 12"x24" O O4 8"o (R) SD (E) SD 250 (R) SD EXAM 1 EXAM 2 EXAM 3 250 250 8"o 108 110250 111 (ERG 12"x24" (R) SD (R) SD 8"0 8"o 190 200 A —12"x`12" FP -203 (R) SD 8" o 200 (�RG 12"x24" (R) SD 8"o 200 C 0 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnapCpath2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team m. GROUP 717 17th Street, SUITE 1500 DENVER, CO 80202 T: 303. 382 1920 F: 303. 382 1930 www.megroup.com Job #: 874.021 High Performance Building Consultants No. Description Date Issue 100% CD Date JUNE 3, 2016 Project Number 874.021 Drawn by BH Checked by B Sheet Title HVAC PLAN - LEVEL 02 Sheet Number M6201 GRILLE, REGISTER, & DIFFUSER SCHEDULE MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL TYPE NECK MATERIAL FRAME TYPE COLOR NOTES SD -1 PRICE SCD 3 -CONE LOUVERED FACE SEE PLANS STEEL LAY -IN WHITE ZONE CORRECTED AIRFLOW RATE CFM (VOZ) RG -1 PRICE PDDR PERFORATED FACE 22x22 STEEL LAY -IN WHITE NOTES: VENTILATION SCHEDULE IMC 2012 EQUIP. ROOM TAG NAME SYSTEM TYPE ROOM TYPE PER TABLE 6-1 AREA (AZ) (SQ. FF.) OUTDOOR AIRFLOW RATE PER PERSON (RP) CFM/PERSON OUTDOOR AIRFLOW RATE PER UNIT AREA (RA) CFM / SQ. FT. ZONE POPULATION PEOPLE/1000 SQ. FT. DEFAULT ZONE POPULATION ZONE POPULATION (PZ) OUTDOOR AIRFLOW RATE (PEOPLE COMPONENT) PZ x RP OUTDOOR AIRFLOW RATE (AREA COMPONENT) AZ x RA REQUIRED OUTDOOR AIR REQUIRED AT BREATHING ZONE CFM (VBZ) ZONE AIR DISTRIBUTION EFFECTIVENESS (EZ) TABLE 6-2 ZONE CORRECTED AIRFLOW RATE CFM (VOZ) ZONE MINIMUM PRIMARY AIRFLOW CFM (VPZ) ZONE PRIMARY OUTDOOR FRACTION (ZP) ZONE VENTILATION EFFICIENCY (EV) TABLE 6-3 SYSTEM VENTILATION EFFICIENCY MIN (EV) TABLE 6-3 Vot SYSTEM/BREATHING ACTUAL CFM ZONE OUTDOOR DELIVERED AIR REQUIREMENT TO SPACE CFM CFM AHU-1 101 RECEPTION OFFICE Multi -Zone Air System OFFICE SPACE 251 5 0.06 5 1.3 6 15 21 0.8 27 100 0.27 0.89 104 BUSINESS OFFICE Multi -Zone Air System OFFICE SPACE 204 5 0.06 5 1.0 5 12 17 0.8 22 81 0.27 0.89 105 CALL CENTER + MEDICAL RECORDS Multi -Zone Air System OFFICE SPACE 276 5 0.06 5 1.4 7 17 23 0.8 29 109 0.27 0.89 106 OFFICE Multi -Zone Air System OFFICE SPACE 128 5 0.06 5 0.6 3 8 11 0.8 14 52 0.26 0.89 107 TRIAGE Multi -Zone Air System OFFICE SPACE 122 5 0.06 5 0.6 3 7 10 0.8 13 49 0.26 0.89 108 EXAM 1 Multi -Zone Air System OFFICE SPACE 155 5 0.06 5 0.8 4 9 13 0.8 16 61 0.27 0.89 110 EXAM 2 Multi -Zone Air System OFFICE SPACE 124 5 0.06 5 0.6 3 7 11 0.8 13 50 0.26 0.89 111 EXAM 3 Multi -Zone Air System OFFICE SPACE 142 5 0.06 5 0.7 4 9 12 0.8 15 56 0.27 0.89 112 EXAM 4 Multi -Zone Air System OFFICE SPACE 114 5 0.06 5 0.6 3 7 10 0.8 12 45 0.27 0.89 113 EXAM 5 Multi -Zone Air System OFFICE SPACE 119 5 0.06 5 0.6 3 7 10 0.8 13 48 0.26 0.89 114 EXAM 6 Multi -Zone Air System OFFICE SPACE 108 5 0.06 5 0.5 3 6 9 0.8 11 44 0.26 0.89 115 NURSE/MA STATION Multi -Zone Air System PHARMACY (PREP AREAS) 165 5 0.18 10 1.7 8 30 38 0.8 47 180 0.26 0.89 116 EXAM 7 Multi -Zone Air System OFFICE SPACE 127 5 0.06 5 0.6 3 8 11 0.8 13 50 0.27 0.89 117 EXAM 8 Multi -Zone Air System OFFICE SPACE 98 5 0.06 5 0.5 2 6 8 0.8 10 40 0.26 0.89 118 EXAM 9 Multi -Zone Air System OFFICE SPACE 97 5 0.06 5 0.5 2 6 8 0.8 10 39 0.26 0.89 120 EXAM 10 Multi -Zone Air System OFFICE SPACE 105 5 0.06 5 0.5 3 6 9 0.8 11 42 0.27 0.89 121 PROC. 1 Multi -Zone Air System OFFICE SPACE 184 5 0.06 5 0.9 5 11 16 0.8 20 75 0.26 0.89 122 NURSE/MA STATION Multi -Zone Air System PHARMACY (PREP AREAS) 281 5 0.18 10 2.8 14 51 65 0.8 81 300 0.27 0.89 124 EXAM 12 Multi -Zone Air System OFFICE SPACE 98 5 0.06 5 0.5 2 6 8 0.8 10 40 0.26 0.89 125 EXAM 11 Multi -Zone Air System OFFICE SPACE 99 5 0.06 5 0.5 2 6 8 0.8 11 40 0.26 0.89 126 EXAM 13 Multi -Zone Air System OFFICE SPACE 112 5 0.06 5 0.6 3 7 10 0.8 12 45 0.26 0.89 128 EXAM 14 Multi -Zone Air System OFFICE SPACE 113 5 0.06 5 0.6 3 7 10 0.8 12 45 0.27 0.89 129 EXAM 15 Multi -Zone Air System OFFICE SPACE 113 5 0.06 5 0.6 3 7 10 0.8 12 45 0.27 0.89 141 MENTAL HEALTH OFFICE Multi -Zone Air System OFFICE SPACE 89 5 0.06 5 0.4 2 5 8 0.8 9 36 0.26 0.89 130 NURSE/MA STATION Multi -Zone Air System PHARMACY (PREP AREAS) 225 5 0.18 10 2.3 11 41 52 0.8 65 245 0.26 0.89 131 EXAM 16 Multi -Zone Air System OFFICE SPACE 122 5 0.06 5 0.6 3 7 10 0.8 13 49 0.26 0.89 132 EXAM 17 Multi -Zone Air System OFFICE SPACE 123 5 0.06 5 0.6 3 7 10 0.8 13 50 0.26 0.89 133 EXAM 18 Multi -Zone Air System OFFICE SPACE 104 5 0.06 5 0.5 3 6 9 0.8 11 42 0.26 0.89 135 EXAM 19 Multi -Zone Air System OFFICE SPACE 107 5 0.06 5 0.5 3 6 9 0.8 11 43 0.26 0.89 137 SOILED UTILITY Multi -Zone Air System LAUNDRY ROOMS, CENTRAL 68 5 0.12 10 0.7 3 8 12 0.8 14 54 0.27 0.89 139 VITALS Multi -Zone Air System OFFICE SPACE 139 5 0.06 5 0.7 3 8 12 0.8 15 55 0.27 0.89 140 PROC. 2 Multi -Zone Air System STORAGE ROOMS 148 0 0.12 0 0.0 0 18 18 0.8 22 85 0.26 0.89 149 OFFICE Multi -Zone Air System OFFICE SPACE 123 5 0.06 5 0.6 3 7 10 0.8 13 50 0.26 0.89 150 STORAGE Multi -Zone Air System STORAGE ROOMS 63 0 0.12 0 0.0 0 8 8 0.8 9 35 0.27 0.89 152 SHARED DR. OFFICE Multi -Zone Air System OFFICE SPACE 238 5 0.06 5 1.2 6 14 20 0.8 25 95 0.27 0.89 153 SHARED PA OFFICE Multi -Zone Air System OFFICE SPACE 215 5 0.06 5 1.1 5 13 18 0.8 23 85 0.27 0.89 154 DR. OFFICE Multi -Zone Air System OFFICE SPACE 124 5 0.06 5 0.6 3 7 11 0.8 13 50 0.26 0.89 155 OFFICE Multi -Zone Air System OFFICE SPACE 130 5 0.06 5 0.7 3 8 11 0.8 14 53 0.26 0.89 156 BREAK Multi -Zone Air System BREAK ROOMS 431 5 0.12 25 10.8 54 52 106 0.8 132 500 0.26 0.89 157 STORAGE Multi -Zone Air System STORAGE ROOMS 65 0 0.12 0 0.0 0 8 8 0.8 10 37 0.26 0.89 158 CONFERENCE Multi -Zone Air System CONFERENCE/MEETING 245 5 0.06 50 12.3 61 15 76 0.8 95 355 0.27 0.89 101 RECEPTION AREA Multi -Zone Air System RECEPTION AREAS 757 5 0.06 30 22.7 114 45 159 0.8 199 750 0.26 0.89 E CORRIDOR Multi -Zone Air System CORRIDORS 302 0 0.06 0 0.0 0 18 18 0.8 23 85 0.27 0.89 E STAIRWELL Multi -Zone Air System CORRIDORS 160 0 0.06 0 0.0 0 10 10 0.8 12 45 0.27 0.89 NE CORRIDOR Multi -Zone Air System CORRIDORS 369 0 0.06 0 0.0 0 22 22 0.8 28 105 0.26 0.89 NW CORRIDOR Multi -Zone Air System CORRIDORS 335 0 0.06 0 0.0 0 20 20 0.8 25 95 0.26 0.89 SE CORRIDOR Multi -Zone Air System CORRIDORS 399 0 0.06 0 0.0 0 24 24 0.8 30 115 0.26 0.89 SW CORRIDOR Multi -Zone Air System CORRIDORS 618 0 0.06 0 0.0 0 37 37 0.8 46 175 0.26 0.89 0.8 1,045 0.8 1,306 0.89 1,174 1,295 0.8 DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. Provide all items for complete and successful operation of all new mechanical systems. B. Drawings are diagrammatic only. Follow drawings as closely as actual building construction and the work of other trades will permit. C. Visit site and include allowance in bid for all costs related to the mechanical installation. D. Demonstrate the operation of all systems for the Owner at a time as directed by the Owner. E. Lay out all work in advance. Do not deface work of other trades. Install all sleeves and blockouts; waterproof as required. F. Field check all existing conditions and include an allowance in bid for removal and/or relocation of existing piping, ductwork, equipment, etc., as indicated on the plans or as required to coordinate and adapt new and existing mechanical systems to all other work. Existing piping and material which shall be removed shall become the property of the Contractor, except equipment so noted, which shall become the property of the Owner. G. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect the Owner's property from damage due to the work. No work shall be started until all required barriers and covers are installed to the satisfaction of the Owner. H. Contractor shall repair and/or refinish any surfaces that are damaged during this work. I. Premises shall be kept clean. Remove construction debris at the end of the work day. J. Coordinate all work with the Building Mechanic. Provide in writing when and where interruptions in electrical and HVAC services will be necessary. 2. STANDARDS: A. All mechanical material shall be new, in first class condition, and U.L. approved where applicable. B. Comply with all applicable local and state ordinances, and Nation Fire Protection Association. C. Procure and pay for licenses, and liability insurance, etc. Furnish certificate of final inspection and approval from local inspector. D. Material shall be as specified unless approval has been obtained from the Owner prior to construction. 3. GUARANTEE: A. Replace any work or material installed or furnished under this contract which develops defects, except for normal wear, within one year after completion. 4. PIPING: A. Domestic hot water, cold water and condensate drain piping shall be Type L copper with solder joints ASTM B88. B. Waste and vent piping shall be cast iron hub ASTM A74 Service Class or hubless, CISPI 301. 5. VALVES: A. Gate valves 2 1/2" and smaller shall be 125 Ib. SWP, screwed, bronze, union bonnet, and renewable disc. B. Check valves 2" and smaller shall be 125 SWP, screwed, bronze, union bonnet, and renewable disc. 6. INSULATION: A. Insulate all new domestic hot water, cold water piping. B. Insulate with glass fiber, heavy density, sectional pipe insulation with factory applied fire retardant vapor barrierjacket and self-sealing lap joints. Minimum thickness of insulation shall conform to the following table: Pipe Surface Temperature Pipe Size (Degrees Fl Up Thru 2 1/2" 3" and Larger Up Thru 250 V V C. Avoid the use of staples or vapor barrier jackets. If staples are used, seal all vapor barrier penetrations with white vapor barrier finish. 7. DUCTWORK: A. Sheet metal ductwork shall be constructed and installed in strict accordance with SMACNA Duct Construction Standards Manual, latest edition. B. Duct dimensions on documents are free area dimensions. C. Low pressure flex duct shall be Class 1 with 1-1/2" fiberglass insulation. D. Provide 1-1/2" duct liner for all supply and return ductwork. 8. STERILIZATION: A. Sterilize all new domestic water distribution systems with a liquid chlorine or hypochlorite dosage of not less than 50 ppm. Retain the treated water in the system at least 24 hours with a residual of not less that 10 ppm of chlorine at the extreme end of the system at the end of the test period. B. Flush the system until the chlorine residual is less than 3 ppm. C. Obtain in writing from the Architect or authorized City representative proof of successful completion of this requirement. 9. TESTING: A. Test all piping at maximum operating pressure prior to equipment connection or concealment. No leakage shall be allowed. B. All new supply and exhaust ducts shall be tested and made substantially air tight at static pressure the system operates before covering with insulation. 10. BALANCING: A. Air system shall be balanced to produce quantities within 10% indicated. B. Provide the architect with type written schedules of readings taken during the balancing and testing operation, indicating the required or specified reading the first reading taken, and final balanced reading for all fans and outlets. 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnapCpath2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team eGRLUP 717 17th Street, SUITE 1500 DENVER, CO 80202 T: 303. 382 1920 F: 303. 382 1930 www.megroup.com Job #: 874.021 High Performance Building Consultants No. Description Date Issue 100% CD Date JUNE 3, 2016 Project Number 874.021 Drawn by BH Checked by BCN Sheet Title MECHANICAL SCHEDULES Sheet Number M*701 PLUMBING SYMBOLS ABBREVIATIONS PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES PIPING VALVES / SYMBOLS AAV AIR ADMITTANCE VALVE 1. THE PLANS ARE, TO A GREAT EXTENT, DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE. DRAWING AD AFF AREA DRAIN ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR SCALES SHOULD BE VERIFIED FROM DIMENSIONS ON ARCH. PLANS. THE INFORMATION PRESENTED IS AS EXACT AS COULD BE SECURED. THE CONTRACTOR PLUMBINGDIRECTION OF FLOW IN PIPING AV ACID VENT SHALL OBTAIN EXACT LOCATION, MEASUREMENTS LEVELS, ETC. AT THE SITE AND AW ACID WASTE SHALL SATISFACTORILY ADAPT THE WORK TO THE ACTUAL CONDITIONS AT THE PROJECT SITE. — DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPING �� TWO WAY CONTROL VALVE BF BOTTLE FILLER BFP BACKFLOW PREVENTER 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE JOB SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTING A BID TO COVER — — DOMESTIC HOT WATER PIPING THREE WAY CONTROL VALVE BHP BRAKE HORSEPOWER THE CONDITIONS AT THE SITE INFORMING THEMSELVES OF ALL DETAILS. BP BOOSTER PUMP — — — DOMESTIC HOT WATER RECIRC. PIPING �� r�� BUTTERFLY VALVE BT BATH TUB 3. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL BTU BRITISH THERMAL UNIT CODES, LAWS, ACTS AND ORDINANCES, AND ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING — — —140°i 140°F DOMESTIC HOT WATER PIPING GLOBE VALVE JURISDICTION. CB CATCH BASIN 140° 140°F DOMESTIC HOT WATER RECIRC. PIPING i� BALANCING VALVE CD CONDENSATE DRAIN 4. THE COMPLETED INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL CO CLEANOUT ENGINEERING REQUIREMENTS, THE OWNER'S DESIGN CRITERIA, UTILITY COMPANY s CP CIRCULATION PUMP REQUIREMENTS, APPLICABLE INDUSTRY STANDARDS OF GOOD PRACTICE AND ST STORM DRAIN PIPING SOLENOID VALVE CW COLD WATER SAFETY, AND THE MANUFACTURER'S STRICTEST RECOMMENDATIONS FOR EQUIPMENT AND PRODUCT APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION. �OST OVERFLOW STORM DRAIN PIPING DEG,° DEGREES CONTROL VALVE DDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL 5. RECORD DRAWINGS - PREPARE AND SUBMIT TO THE OWNER RECORD DRAWINGS SAN SANITARY PIPING DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN INDICATING THE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT INCLUDING THE EQUIPMENT'S DN DOWN "AS INSTALLED" SIZE(S). MANUFACTURER, MODEL NUMBERS, AND PERFORMANCE �GW GREASE WASTE PIPING THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE DSN DOWNSPOUT NOZZLE RATINGS. DT DILUTION TANK — V — VENT PIPING TRIPLE DUTY VALVE WITH PRESSURE PORTS 6. SUPPORTS -EQUIPMENT, PIPING, OR ANY OTHER ACCESSORY SHALL NOT BE (E) EXISTING TO REMAIN SUPPORTED FROM OTHER PIPING, DUCTWORK, METAL ROOF DECK, LATERAL AW ACID WASTE PIPING BELOW FLOOR CHECK VALVE EEW EMERGENCY EYE WASH BRACING BRIDGING, OR CONDUIT. ITEMS SHALL ONLY BE SUPPORTED FROM ES EMERGENCY SHOWER BUILDING STRUCTURE. STRAINER ESP EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE —AV— ACID VENT PIPING ELEVATOR SUMP PUMP 7. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT WITH EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER STRUCTURAL, ARCHITECTURAL, ELECTRICAL, AND OTHER MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. TW TEMPERED WATER PIPING STRAINER WITH BLOWOFF EWT ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE 8. WHERE MOUNTING HEIGHTS ARE NOT DETAILED OR DIMENSIONED, INSTALL �--TWCTEMPERED WATER RECIRC. PIPING RELIEF/SAFETY VALVE FCO FLOOR CLEANOUT MECHANICAL SERVICES AND OVERHEAD EQUIPMENT TO PROVIDE THE MAXIMUM FD FLOOR DRAIN HEADROOM POSSIBLE. LPG LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS PIPING PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE FFE FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION FHC FIRE HOSE CABINET 9. ALL PIPING TO VIBRATING EQUIPMENT SHALL HAVE FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS. �GNATURAL GAS PIPING V VACUUM BREAKER FPM FEET PER MINUTE FS FLOOR SINK 10. COORDINATE ALL ROOF AND CHASE PENETRATIONS WITH STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND ROOF INSTALLER. �CA COMPRESSED AIR PIPING VENTURI G NATURAL GAS GCO GRADE CLEANOUT 11. OWNER TO HAVE CHOICE SALVAGE OF ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT T GAS COCK GD GARBAGE DISPOSAL WHICH ARE PLANNED TO BE REMOVED BY CONTRACTOR. EQUIPMENT NOT GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE SALVAGED BY OWNER SHALL BE REMOVED FROM SITE AND PROPERLY DISPOSED OF O SIGHT GLASS GT GAS TURRET BY THE CONTRACTOR. GV GAS VALVE r BALL VALVE GWH GAS WATER HEATER 12. BEFORE REMOVAL OF ANY MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, CONTRACTOR SHALL RECOVER USED REFRIGERANT IN A PROPERLY LABELED D.O.T. APPROVED 3/4" BALL DRAIN VALVE WITH 3/4" HOSE HB HOSE BIBB REFILLABLE CYLINDER TO MEET E.P.A. STANDARDS. RECOVERED REFRIGERANT CONNECTION AND CAP ON CHAIN HD HEAD MUST BE CHEMICALLY ANALYZED AND REPROCESSED OR DISPOSED OF PER E.P.A. HP HORSEPOWER REQUIREMENTS, SECTION 608 OF THE CLEAN AIR ACT AND A.R.I. STANDARD 700. THERMOSTATIC TRAP HW HOT WATER HWC HOT WATER CIRCULATION 13. THE LOCATIONS OF EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES ARE SHOWN IN AN r r F&T TRAP HX HEAT EXCHANGER APPROXIMATE WAY ONLY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DETERMINE THE EXACT HZ HERTZ LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING UTILITIES BEFORE COMMENCING WORK. GATE VALVE IE INVERT ELEVATION 14. ALL TESTS SHALL BE COMPLETED BEFORE ANY MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT OR PRESSURE GAUGE IMB ICE MAKER BOX PIPING INSULATION IS APPLIED. IN.WC INCHES OF WATER COLUMN 15. CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PADS TO SUIT MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PRESSURE GAUGE WITH PIGTAIL KW KILOWATT SIZED AND LOCATED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. MINIMUM CONCRETE PAD THICKNESS SHALL BE 6 INCHES. PAD SHALL EXTEND BEYOND THE EQUIPMENT A 1 n L LAVATORY MINIMUM OF 6 INCHES ON EACH SIDE. CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PADS SHALL BE Y THERMOMETER, THERMOMETER W/ TEST WELL LBS POUNDS PROVIDED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF LPG LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE THE SIZES AND LOCATIONS OF LS LAUNDRY SINK CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PADS WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE PORT LWT LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE 16. ACCESS PANELS ARE REQUIRED (MIN. 18"X18") FOR ACCESS TO EVERY VALVE UNION MBH 1000 BTU PER HOUR AND CONTROL SENSOR IF NOT OTHERWISE ACCESSIBLE. ACCESS PANEL SHALL BE MFR MANUFACTURER APPROVED BY ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. COORDINATE PANEL LOCATIONS WITH THE FLANGE CONNECTION MH MANHOLE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. MSB MOP SINK BASIN PIPING ELBOW UP 17. PROVIDE SHUTOFF VALVES IN ALL DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM BRANCHES (N) NEW IN WHICH BRANCH PIPING SERVES TWO OR MORE FIXTURES. r PIPING ELBOW DOWN N2 NITROGEN N/A NOT APPLICABLE 18. ROUTE ALL PIPING PARRELLEL TO BUILDING WALLS, STRUCTURE AND MISCELLANEOUS PIPING TEE UP NC NO NORMALLY CLOSED NORMALLY OPEN FEATURES, AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE, AND OFFSET AS NECESSARY TO AVOID STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND THE LIKE. .. PIPING TEE DOWN 02 OXYGEN 19. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF STANDARD OD OVERFLOW DRAIN AND ACCESSIBLE PLUMBING FIXTURES. 1 SECTION CUT, UPPER NUMBER INDICATED DRAWINGPIPING ] CAP M1 NUMBER LOWER NUMBER INDICATES SHEET NUMBER PH,o PHASE 20. SLOPE ALL SANITARY WASTE PIPE SIZES 3" AND UNDER AT 2.08%. PIV POST INDICATOR VALVE CONNECTION POINT OF NEW WORK TO EXISTING r r GAUGE COCK PRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE 21. SLOPE ALL SANITARY WASTE PIPE SIZES 4" AND ABOVE AT 1.04%. PT PLASTER TRAP c Q r WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR 22. SLOPE ALL STORM AND OVERFLOW STORM PIPING AT 1.04%. 1 DETAIL REFERENCE: QTY QUANTITY M1 UPPER NUMBER INDICATES DETAIL NUMBER r PIPING REDUCER 23. SLOPE ALL CONDENSATE DRAINAGE PIPING AT 1.04%. LOWER NUMBER INDICATES SHEET NUMBER (R) RELOCATED EXISTING PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE RC REFRIGERANT CHARGE O RISER DESIGNATION RD ROOF DRAIN r FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR RPM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE PLUMBING SHEET INDEX OX NOTE REFERENCE SYMBOL S SINK P.001 PLUMBING LEGEND AND NOTES PD.201 DEMOLITION PLUMBING PLAN - LEVEL 02 AUTOMATIC AIR VENT SA SHOCK ARRESTOR EXISTING LINEWORK SAN SANITARY P.201 PLUMBING PLAN - LEVEL 02 MANUAL AIR VENT SE SEWAGE EJECTOR P.701 PLUMBING SCHEDULES — DEMOLITION LINEWORK SH SHOWER r " r PIPE ANCHOR /ROOF PIPING SUPPORT SP SUMP PUMP NEW LINEWORK ST STORM, STORAGE TANK r ^ r EXPANSION JOINT TD TRENCH DRAIN TDH TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD r r PIPE GUIDE TEA THERMAL EXPANSION ABSORBER TG TRAP GUARD J I LVTR VENT THRU ROOF TMV THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE TP TRAP PRIMER 3"FS-1 ® FLOOR SINK, SIZE AND TYPE TSP TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE TW TEPID WATER 3"FD-1 O FLOOR DRAIN, SIZE AND TYPE U URINAL U/F UNDERFLOOR 3"RD-1O ROOF DRAIN, SIZE AND TYPE U/G UNDERGROUND HB U/S UNDERSLAB WH HOSE BIBB /WALL HYDRANT V VENT WC0 LINE CLEANOUT / WALL CLEANOUT VAC VACUUM VTR VENT THROUGH ROOF FCO ® FLOOR CLEANOUT WB WASHER BOX GCO WC WATER COLUMN, WATER CLOSET ® GRADE CLEANOUT WCO WALL CLEANOUT WH WALL HYDRANT 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnapCpath2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team m. GROUP 717 17th Street, SUITE 1500 DENVER, CO 80202 T: 303. 382 1920 F: 303. 382 1930 www.megroup.com Job #: 874.021 High Performance Building Consultants No. Description Date Issue 100% CD Date JUNE 3, 2016 Project Number 874.021 Drawn by BH Checked by BCN Sheet Title PLUMBING LEGEND AND NOTES Sheet Number P6001 DEMOLITION PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES (THIS SHEET) 1. FIXTURES THAT HAVE BEEN DEMOLISHED AND ARE NOT RECIEVING A REPLACEMENT FIXTURE SHALL HAVE THEIR SERVICE LINES REMOVED AND CAPPED BACK AT THE ACTIVE MAIN. SERVICE LINES INCLUDE HOT WATER, COLD WATER, SANITARY AND VENT. DEMOLITION PLUMBING KEY NOTES (THISSHEET) 1. DEMO EXISTING SINK AND FAUCET. 2. DEMO EXISTING WATER CONNECTION AND CAP BACK TO ACTIVE MAIN. 3. DEMO EXISTING SINK. REMOVE EXISTING FAUCET AND RETAIN FOR FUTURE REINSTALLATION. 4. DEMO EXISTING SINK. REMOVE EXISTING FAUCET AND EYE WASH AND RETAIN FOR FUTURE REINSTALLATION. DEMOLITION PLUMBING PLAN - LEVEL 02 SCALE: 1/8" = V-0" 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnapCpath2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team �'GRGUP 717 17th Street, SUITE 1500 DENVER, CO 80202 T: 303. 382 1920 F: 303. 382 1930 www.megroup.com Job #: 874.021 High Performance Building Consultants No. Description Date Issue 100% CD Date JUNE 3, 2016 Project Number 874.021 Drawn by BH Checked by BCN Sheet Title DEMOLITION PLUMBING PLAN - LEVEL 02 Sheet Number PD6201 KEY NOTES (THIS SHEET) 1. ROUTE 3/4" CW, 3/4" HW DOWN IN WALL AND OFFSET TO FIXTURES. 2. ROUTE 1-1/2" V, 2" SAN, 3/4" CW AND 1/2" HW TO NEAREST MAIN OF EQUAL OR GREATER SIZE. PLUMBING PLAN - LEVEL 02 SCALE: 1/8" = V-0" 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnapCpath2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team �'GRGUP 717 17th Street, SUITE 1500 DENVER, CO 80202 T: 303. 382 1920 F: 303. 382 1930 www.megroup.com Job #: 874.021 High Performance Building Consultants No. Description Date Issue 100% CD Date JUNE 3, 2016 Project Number 874.021 Drawn by BH Checked by BCN Sheet Title PLUMBING PLAN - 02 LEVEL Sheet Number P6201 PLUMBING FIXTURE & EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULE FIXTURE COMPONENT MANUFACTURER MODEL COLOR DESCRIPTION FLOW RATE ACCESSIBLE WASTE VENT CW HW (GPM/GPF) S-1 SINK ELKAY BCR15 STAINLESS STEEL 15"x15"x6-1/8" DEEP SINGLE COMP., SELF RIMMING, 18 GAUGE TYPE 304L, 2 -HOLE PUNCH. 1.5 YES 2" 1-1/2" 1/2" 1/2" FAUCET JUST J -990 -LS CHROME GOOSENECK, 7-3/8" REACH, SINGLE LEVER PROVIDE GRID DRAIN, OFFSET, 17 GAUGE P -TRAP, ANGLE SUPPLIES W/L.K. STOPS, INSULATION KIT. S-2 SINK ELKAY BCR15 STAINLESS STEEL 15"x15"x6-1/8" DEEP SINGLE COMP., SELF RIMMING, 18 GAUGE TYPE 304L, 2 -HOLE PUNCH. EXISTING YES 2" 1-1/2" 1/2" 1/2" FAUCET EXISTING PROVIDE GRID DRAIN, OFFSET, 17 GAUGE P -TRAP, ANGLE SUPPLIES W/L.K. STOPS, INSULATION KIT. S-3 SINK ELKAY LRADQ191855 STAINLESS STEEL 19"x18"x5-1/2" DEEP SINGLE COMP., SELF RIMMING, 18 GAUGE TYPE 304L, 2 -HOLE PUNCH. 1.5 YES 2" 1-1/2" 1/2" 1/2" FAUCET JUST J -990 -LS CHROME GOOSENECK, 7-3/8" REACH, SINGLE LEVER PROVIDE GRID DRAIN, OFFSET, 17 GAUGE P -TRAP, ANGLE SUPPLIES W/L.K. STOPS, INSULATION KIT. EYEWASH JUST JG -1100 CHROME FAUCET MOUNTED, 3" OUTLET SEPARATION, ADJUSTABLE HEAD ANGLE, DUST COVERS - YES - - 1/2" S-4 SINK ELKAY LRADQ191855 STAINLESS STEEL 19"x18"x5-1/2" DEEP SINGLE COMP., SELF RIMMING, 18 GAUGE TYPE 304L, 2 -HOLE PUNCH. 1.5 YES 2" 1-1/2" 1/2" 1/2" FAUCET EXISTING PROVIDE GRID DRAIN, OFFSET, 17 GAUGE P -TRAP, ANGLE SUPPLIES W/L.K. STOPS, INSULATION KIT. EYEWASH EXISTING - - - - 1/2" S-5 SINK ELKAY LRADQ332155 STAINLESS STEEL 33"x21"x5-1/2" DEEP SINGLE COMP., SELF RIMMING, 18 GAUGE TYPE 304L, 4 -HOLE PUNCH. 1.5 YES 2" 1-1/2" 1/2" 1/2" FAUCET DELTA 400 -DST CHROME GOOSENECK, 8-11/16" REACH, SINGLE LEVER, WITH SIDESPRAY PROVIDE GRID DRAIN, OFFSET, 17 GAUGE P -TRAP, ANGLE SUPPLIES W/L.K. STOPS, INSULATION KIT. GD -1 GARBAGE DISPOSAL IN-SINK-ERATOR BADGER 5 - GALVANIZED STEEL CONSTRUCTION, CONTIUOUS FEED, WITH WALL OUTLET. - - 2" - - - UNIT 1/2 H. P., 120/60/10. DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. Provide all items for complete and successful operation of all new mechanical systems. B. Drawings are diagrammatic only. Follow drawings as closely as actual building construction and the work of other trades will permit. C. Visit site and include allowance in bid for all costs related to the mechanical installation. D. Demonstrate the operation of all systems for the Owner at a time as directed by the Owner. E. Lay out all work in advance. Do not deface work of other trades. Install all sleeves and blockouts; waterproof as required. F. Field check all existing conditions and include an allowance in bid for removal and/or relocation of existing piping, ductwork, equipment, etc., as indicated on the plans or as required to coordinate and adapt new and existing mechanical systems to all other work. Existing piping and material which shall be removed shall become the property of the Contractor, except equipment so noted, which shall become the property of the Owner. G. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect the Owner's property from damage due to the work. No work shall be started until all required barriers and covers are installed to the satisfaction of the Owner. H. Contractor shall repair and/or refinish any surfaces that are damaged during this work. I. Premises shall be kept clean. Remove construction debris at the end of the work day. J. Coordinate all work with the Building Mechanic. Provide in writing when and where interruptions in electrical and HVAC services will be necessary. 2. STANDARDS: A. All mechanical material shall be new, in first class condition, and U.L. approved where applicable. B. Comply with all applicable local and state ordinances, and Nation Fire Protection Association. C. Procure and pay for licenses, and liability insurance, etc. Furnish certificate of final inspection and approval from local inspector. D. Material shall be as specified unless approval has been obtained from the Owner prior to construction. 3. GUARANTEE: A. Replace any work or material installed or furnished under this contract which develops defects, except for normal wear, within one year after completion. 4. PIPING: A. Domestic hot water, cold water and condensate drain piping shall be Type L copper with solder joints ASTM B88. B. Waste and vent piping shall be cast iron hub ASTM A74 Service Class or hubless, CISPI 301. 5. VALVES: A. Gate valves 2 1/2" and smaller shall be 125 Ib. SWP, screwed, bronze, union bonnet, and renewable disc. B. Check valves 2" and smaller shall be 125 SWP, screwed, bronze, union bonnet, and renewable disc. 6. INSULATION: A. Insulate all new domestic hot water, cold water piping. B. Insulate with glass fiber, heavy density, sectional pipe insulation with factory applied fire retardant vapor barrierjacket and self-sealing lap joints. Minimum thickness of insulation shall conform to the following table: Pipe Surface Temperature Pipe Size (Degrees F) Up Thru 2 1/2" 3" and Larger Up Thru 250 V V C. Avoid the use of staples or vapor barrier jackets. If staples are used, seal all vapor barrier penetrations with white vapor barrier finish. 7. DUCTWORK: A. Sheet metal ductwork shall be constructed and installed in strict accordance with SMACNA Duct Construction Standards Manual, latest edition. B. Duct dimensions on documents are free area dimensions. C. Low pressure flex duct shall be Class 1 with 1-1/2" fiberglass insulation. D. Provide 1-1/2" duct liner for all supply and return ductwork. 8. STERILIZATION: A. Sterilize all new domestic water distribution systems with a liquid chlorine or hypochlorite dosage of not less than 50 ppm. Retain the treated water in the system at least 24 hours with a residual of not less that 10 ppm of chlorine at the extreme end of the system at the end of the test period. B. Flush the system until the chlorine residual is less than 3 ppm. C. Obtain in writing from the Architect or authorized City representative proof of successful completion of this requirement. 9. TESTING: A. Test all piping at maximum operating pressure prior to equipment connection or concealment. No leakage shall be allowed. B. All new supply and exhaust ducts shall be tested and made substantially air tight at static pressure the system operates before covering with insulation. 10. BALANCING: A. Air system shall be balanced to produce quantities within 10% indicated. B. Provide the architect with type written schedules of readings taken during the balancing and testing operation, indicating the required or specified reading the first reading taken, and final balanced reading for all fans and outlets. 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnapCpath2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team m. GROUP 717 17th Street, SUITE 1500 DENVER, CO 80202 T: 303. 382 1920 F: 303. 382 1930 www.megroup.com Job #: 874.021 High Performance Building Consultants No. Description Date Issue 100% CD Date JUNE 3, 2016 Project Number 874.021 Drawn by BH Checked by BCN Sheet Title PLUMBING SCHEDULES Sheet Number P*701 ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS NOTE: THIS IS A MASTER SYMBOLS LIST. ALL SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS, ETC MAY NOT NECESSARILY BE USED ON ALL DRAWINGS ONE LINE AND RISER PANEL CIRCUIT BREAKER, RATING AS SHOWN XXX SHORT CIRCUIT TAG DESIGNATION M® PANEL QREVISION CURRENT TRANSFORMER, RATED AS SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED ALARMS, SWITCHES AND CONTROLS (CENTERLINE) MOTOR SPD SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE rT T -XX GROUND CONNECTION • SWITCH, RATING AS SHOWN 800A3P CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH GROUND FAULT PROTECTION ---- GZIF— FUSE, FUSE AMPACITY AND TYPE AS SHOWN 400A FRN 72" 0— CIRCUIT BREAKER, RATING AS SHOWN 800A3P SHORT CIRCUIT TAG DESIGNATION M® UTILITY METER (AS REQUIRED BY UTILITY) QREVISION SAFETY SWITCH, NON-FUSED, 240V, U.N.O. ALARMS, SWITCHES AND CONTROLS (CENTERLINE) FUSED DISCONNECT TELEPHONE (PUBLIC) COMBINATION STARTER/DISCONNECT (SIZE AS INDICATED) rT T -XX TRANSFORMER, TYPE AND RATING AS SHOWN • CONDUIT CONNECTION G n CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH GROUND FAULT PROTECTION ® FUSE WITH GROUND FAULT PROTECTION PANELS (TOP) 72" ATS -XX ® AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH FIRE ALARM PULL STATIONS (HANDLE) 44" STROBES (CENTERLINE) GROUND CONNECTION WITH TEST WELL •--I I GROUND ROD CONTROLS (FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL) POLE MOUNTED UTILITY TRANSFORMER G ENGINE GENERATOR MISCELLANEOUS OX KEY NOTE DESIGNATION XO SHORT CIRCUIT TAG DESIGNATION XXXX FEEDER TAG DESIGNATION QREVISION NUMBER DESIGNATION ALARMS, SWITCHES AND CONTROLS (CENTERLINE) NEW TO EXISTING CONNECTION EXISTING LINEWORK — DEMOLITION LINEWORK NEW LINEWORK COMMUNICATIONS 0 JUNCTION BOX FOR INSTALLATION OF COMMUNICATION OR DATA OUTLET, MOUNTED 18" AFF, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. INSTALL 1" CONDUIT FROM BOX TO 3" INTO ACCESSIBLE LOCATION ABOVE FINISHED CEILING. PROVIDE (2) RJ -45 JACKS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. FLOOR JUNCTION BOX FOR INSTALLATION OF COMMUNICATION OR DATA OUTLET. INSTALL 1" CONDUIT FROM BOX CONCEALED IN FLOOR SLAB TO WALL AND TO 3" INTO ACCESSIBLE LOCATION ABOVE FINISHED CEILING. PROVIDE (2) RJ -45 JACKS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. j JUNCTION BOX FOR INSTALLATION OF TV OUTLET. MOUNTED 18" AFF, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. INSTALL 1" CONDUIT FROM BOX TO 3" INTO ACCESSIBLE LOCATION ABOVE FINISHED CEILING. COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. O MICROPHONE OUTLET BOX WITH COVER PLATE, FLOOR MOUNTED, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. OSPEAKER, CEILING MOUNTED 4 SPEAKER, WALL MOUNTED, 84" (CENTERLINE) A.F.F. OR 8" (CENTERLINE) BELOW CEILINGS THAT ARE 8'-0" OR LOWER, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. I7s,J HORN SPEAKER l C) CLOCK, 84" (CENTERLINE) A.F.F. OR 8" (CENTERLINE) BELOW CEILINGS THAT ARE 8'-0" OR LOWER, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. OVOLUME CONTROL OI INTERCOM MASTER -WALL OINTERCOM MASTER - WALL WITH HANDSET H lO INTERCOM MASTER - STAFF STATION S (( WAP )) CEILING MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX FOR INSATLATION OF WIRELESS ACCESS POINT. PROVIDE (1) RJ -45 JACKS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. POWER PANELBOARD, ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION PANEL, OR LOAD CENTER SURFACE MOUNTED PANELBOARD, ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION PANEL, OR LOAD CENTER Z RECESS MOUNTED 20 AMP, 125V, NEMA 5-20R DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AlL Iff 20 AMP, 125V, NEMA 5-20R QUAD RECEPTACLE 20 AMP, 125V, NEMA 5-20R DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, MOUNTED 6" ABOVE COUNTER AND/OR ABOVE BACKSPLASH, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED 20 AMP, 125V, NEMA 5-20R QUAD RECEPTACLE, MOUNTED 6" ABOVE COUNTER AND/OR ABOVE BACKSPLASH, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED 20 AMP, 125V, NEMA 5-20R SWITCHED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE ® 20 AMP, 125V, NEMA 5-20R DUPLEX FLOOR RECEPTACLE, 3/4" CONDUIT RUN CONCEALED IN FLOOR SLAB 20 AMP, 125V, NEMA 5-20R CEILING FLOOR RECEPTACLE, 3/4" CONDUIT ® 20 AMP, 125V, NEMA 5-20R QUAD FLOOR RECEPTACLE, 3/4" CONDUIT RUN CONCEALED IN FLOOR SLAB AlL 20 AMP, 125V, NEMA 5-20R QUAD CEILING RECEPTACLE, 3/4" CONDUIT \;J JUNCTION BOX, WALL MOUNTED 0 JUNCTION BOX, FLOOR MOUNTED O JUNCTION BOX, CEILING MOUNTED FOR SPECIAL RECEPTACLE, FLOOR MOUNTED, CONFIGURATION AS NOTED ON PLAN SPECIAL RECEPTACLE, WALL MOUNTED, CONFIGURATION AS NOTED ON PLAN ® SPECIAL RECEPTACLE, CEILING MOUNTED, CONFIGURATION AS NOTED ON PLAN FURNITURE FEED RECEPTACLE, WALL MOUNTED, CONFIGURATION AS NOTED ON PLAN �(M Y MOTOR: HORSEPOWER AS INDICATED ON PLANS OR DIAGRAMS PLUGMOLD, REFER TO DRAWING FOR LENGTHS SAFETY SWITCH, NON-FUSED, 240V, U.N.O. FUSED DISCONNECT COMBINATION STARTER/DISCONNECT (SIZE AS INDICATED) COMBINATION DISCONNECT, WITH RECEPTACLE, REFER TO DRAWING FOR SIZE OPHOTOCELL EMERGENCY POWER OFF (EPO) BUTTON 91a]: w_lW_1an] VA FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FARA FIRE ALARM REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR PANEL ACP ACCESS CONTROL PANEL CACP GAS ALARM CONTROL PANEL OSMOKE DETECTOR, ADDRESSABLE PHOTO ELECTRIC OSMOKE DETECTOR, EARLY WARNING LASER DETECTION L FD FLAME DETECTOR HD HEAT DETECTOR GO GAS DETECTOR [2] DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR, ADDRESSABLE PHOTO ELECTRIC FIRE ADA ALARM STROBE MOUNTED AT 80" AFF OR 6" BELOW CEILING WHICHEVER IS LOWER FIRE ADA ALARM HORN MOUNTED AT 80" AFF OR 6" BELOW CEILING WHICHEVER IS LOWER FIRE ALARM AUDIBLE AND ADA STROBE LIGHT MOUNTED AT 80" AFF OR 6" BELOW CEILING, WHICHEVER IS LOWER FF FIRE ALARM MANUAL PULL STATION, ADDRESSABLE DOUBLE ACTION I—• MAGNETIC DOOR HOLDER rF—Sl FIRE ALARM FLOW SWITCH TS FIRE ALARM TAMPER SWITCH RM FIRE ALARM CONTROL MODULE (W/ INPUT/OUTPUT MODULE) *SI RTS DUCT DETECTOR REMOTE INDICATOR ALARM AND TEST CONDUIT DESIGNATIONS XX/XXX PANEL NAME / CIRCUIT NUMBER - BRANCH CIRCUITS HOMERUN USE NUMBER 12 AWG WIRE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL CIRCUITS SHALL CONTAIN A GROUND AND NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE MULTI -WIRE CIRCUIT HANDLE TIES AS FINAL FIELD INSTALLED WIRING REQUIRES. CONDUIT AND WIRE CONCEALED, 3/4" UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, CONDUIT USED FOR SWITCH LEGS, AND CONDUIT USED FOR CONTROL WIRING dolpww mom "wft CONDUIT AND WIRE EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE OR BELOW GRADE CONDUIT TURNING DOWN CONDUIT TURNING UP LIGHTING NOTE: UPPER CASE LETTER DENOTES LUMINAIRES TYPE. LOWER CASE LETTER ADJACENT TO LUMINAIRE INDICATES SWITCH THAT CONTROLS LUMINAIRES, HATCHING DENOTES FIXTURE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP. 2'X 4' RECESSED FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE, MOUNTING IS NOTED ON LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE A - (R) EXISTING LUMINAIRE TO BE RELOCATED. - (E) EXISITING LUINAIRE TO REMAIN. 2'X 2' RECESSED FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE, MOUNTING IS NOTED ON 11 LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE A r_12' X 2' SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE, MOUNTING IS NOTED ON LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE A VX 4' RECESSED FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE, MOUNTING IS NOTED ON LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE A VX 4' SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE, MOUNTING IS NOTED ON LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE A VX 4' WALL MOUNTED FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE, MOUNTING IS NOTED ON LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE A LINEAR PENDANT FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE, MOUNTING IS NOTED ON 0 o LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE A OPENDANT LUMINAIRE, MOUNTING IS NOTED ON LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE A F—o- j FLUORESCENT STRIP TYPE LUMINAIRE, LENGTHS AS NOTED ON LUMINAIRE A SCHEDULE Q A SURFACE MOUNTED DOWNLIGHT, MOUNTING IS NOTED ON LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE A RECESSED MOUNTED DOWNLIGHT, MOUNTING IS NOTED ON LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE A 4 WALL MOUNTED LUMINAIRE, MOUNTING IS NOTED ON LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE A(2> WALL WASH LUMINAIRE, MOUNTING IS NOTED ON LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE A RECESSED STEP LIGHT LUMINAIRE, MOUNTING IS NOTED ON LUMINAIRE $ SCHEDULE TRACK LUMINAIRE, MOUNTING IS NOTED ON LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE Mt ® CEILING MOUNTED EXIT SIGN. PROVIDE DIRECTIONAL ARROWS AS REQUIRED A A EMERGENCY BATTERY LUMINAIRE (2 HEAD) 84" AFF, UNLESS A OTHERWISE NOTED M EMERGENCY BATTERY LUMINAIRE (2 HEAD) WITH MOUNTED EXIT SIGN. PROVIDE DIRECTIONAL ARROWS AS REQUIRED MOUNT AT 84" AFF, q UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED WALL MOUNTED EXIT SIGN. PROVIDE DIRECTIONAL ARROWS AS REQUIRED 9PA QA A —p SINGLE POLE MOUNTED, EXTERIOR LUMINAIRE A 13—q--] DOUBLE POLE MOUNTED, EXTERIOR LUMINAIRE QUAD POLE MOUNTED, EXTERIOR LUMINAIRE A EE BOLLARD LUMINAIRE A CEILING FAN A S SINGLE POLE SWITCH; 3= THREE WAY SWITCH, 4= FOUR WAY SWITCH, K= KEY SWITCH, D= DIMMER SWITCH, T0= MOTOR RATED SWITCH, T= TIMER, HOA=HAND-OFF-AUTOMATIC, P= PILOT LIGHT, OS= OCCUPANCY SENSOR, LVD= LOW VOLTAGE DIMMER (LOWER SWITCH CASE LETTER INDICATES LUMINAIRES CONTROLLED) VS CEILING MOUNTED VACANCY SENSOR OS CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR OS DIRECTIONAL CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR OS DUAL DIRECTIONAL CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR STANDARD MOUNTING HEIGHTS U.N.O. ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER MOUNTING HEIGHTS INDICATED ON ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. RECEPTACLES (CENTERLINE) 18" RECEPTACLES IN EQUIP. RMS. 48" RECEPTACLES (EXTERIOR) 24" RECEPTACLES (GARAGES) 24" ALARMS, SWITCHES AND CONTROLS (CENTERLINE) 48" TELEPHONE (PUBLIC) 1@48" AND 1@36" TELEPHONE OUTLETS (CENTERLINE) 18" TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD (BTM.) 6" SAFETY SWITCHES 48" STARTERS 48" PANELS (TOP) 72" CLOCK OUTLETS (CENTERLINE) 90" FIRE ALARM PULL STATIONS (HANDLE) 44" STROBES (CENTERLINE) 80"* FIRE ALARM BELLS (EXTERIOR) 12'-0" CONTROLS (FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL) 48" ANNUNCIATION PANELS 48" INTERCOM (AFEA ONLY) 36" REMOTE INDICATING LIGHT (EQUIP. RMS.) 48" REMOTE INDICATING LIGHT (FIN. AREAS) CEILING EXIT SIGNS (WALL MOUNTED BTM.) 80" TELEVISION OUTLETS 18" INTERCOMS 48" PHOTOCELLS 12'-0" ABBREVIATIONS A AMPS, AIR (COMPRESSED) AC ABOVE COUNTER AFC ABOVE FINISHED CEILING AFEA AREA FOR EVACUATION ASSISTANCE AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT AIC AMPERE INTERRUPTING CURRENT AL ALUMINUM ATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE AV FOR AUDIO VISUAL MEDIA CABINET BFF BELOW FINISHED FLOOR BKR BREAKER BOS BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE BTU BRITISH THERMAL UNIT C CONDUIT CATV CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEM CCTV CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CKT CIRCUIT CLG CEILING CM COFFEE MAKER Cu COPPER, CONDENSING UNIT DDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL DN DOWN DPDT DOUBLE POLE, DOUBLE THROW DPST DOUBLE POLE, SINGLE THROW DW DISHWASHER DX DIRECT EXPANSION (E) EXISTING EPO EMERGENCY POWER OFF ETR EXISTING TO REMAIN FBO FURNISHED BY OTHERS FF FINISHED FLOOR FHC FIRE HOSE CABINET FLA FULL LOAD AMPS FLR FLOOR FVNR FULL VOLTAGE, NON REVERSING GD GARBAGE DISPOSAL GFI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER MG (PERSONAL PROTECTION ON DEVICE) GFP GROUND FAULT PROTECTED FROM UPSTREAM GFI RECEPTACLE OR CIRCUIT BREAKER GFR GROUND FAULT RELAY GND GROUND HOA HAND OFF AUTOMATIC HPS HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM HSTAT HUMIDISTAT HTG HEATING HTR HEATER KCMIL 1000 CIRCULAR MILS KV KILOVOLT KVA KILOVOLT AMPS KVAR KILOVOLT AMPS REACTIVE KW KILOWATT KWH KILOWATT HOUR LED LIGHT EMITTING DIODE LF LINEAR FEET LRA LOCKED ROTOR AMPS MATV MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM MBH 1000 BTU PER HOUR MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY MCB MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MD MOTORIZED DAMPER MDP MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL MFR MANUFACTURER MG MOTOR GENERATOR MH MANHOLE MSB MAIN SWITCHBOARD MTD MOUNTED MW MICROWAVE N/A NOT APPLICABLE NIC NOT IN CONTRACT N/O,N/C NORMALLY OPEN, NORMALLY CLOSED N/L NIGHT LIGHT OC ON CENTER OV OVEN PDU POWER DISTRIBUTION UNIT PH,o PHASE PIV POST INDICATOR VALVE PJ MOUNTED ON CEILING FOR PROJECTOR PNL PANEL PT POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER QTY QUANTITY RA RETURN AIR RCP REFLECTED CEILING PLAN REF REFRIGERATOR REV REVISION RH RELATIVE HUMIDITY RLA RUNNING LOAD AMPS RPM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE SA SUPPLY AIR SD SMOKE DETECTOR SF SQUARE FEET SPDT SINGLE POLE, DOUBLE THROW SPST SINGLE POLE, SINGLE THROW SP STATIC PRESSURE SWBD SWITCHBOARD TSTAT THERMOSTAT TL TWISTLOCK TV TELEVISION TYP TYPICAL U/F UNDERFLOOR U/G UNDERGROUND U/S UNDER SLAB UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC. UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE UPS UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY VAC VOLTS ALTERNATING CURRENT, VACUUM VAV VARIABLE AIR VOLUME VM VENDING MACHINE W/ WITH W/O WITHOUT WP WEATHERPROOF WT WATERTIGHT, WEIGHT XFMR TRANSFORMER XP EXPLOSION PROOF ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES 1. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. VERIFY DIMENSIONS ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND IN FIELD PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 2. PROVIDE ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION REQUIRED. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION AND EXTENT OF DEMOLITION REQUIRED. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE PRIOR TO BID TO DETERMINE EXTENT OF WORK INVOLVED. PROVIDE LABOR AND MATERIALS AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN AND/OR RESTORE CONTINUITY OF SERVICE TO EXISTING CIRCUITS. 3. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING EQUIPMENT OR CIRCUITS THAT ARE REMAINING TO BE RECONNECTED TO NEW OR EXISTING SWITCH BOAR DS/PAN ELBOARDS. PROVIDE SWITCHES, RECEPTACLES, CONDUIT, WIRE, ETC. AS REQUIRED TO RESTORE CONTINUITY OF CIRCUIT(S). 4. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY DEMOLITION TO REMOVE EXISTING UNUSED CONDUIT, WIRE, CABLE, J -BOXES, RECEPTACLES, SWITCHES, LIGHTS, FIRE ALARM DEVICES, ETC. COMPLETE WITH ASSOCIATED CIRCUITING TO SOURCE. WHERE IT IS NOT FEASIBLE TO REMOVE THE ABOVE, OUTLET SHALL BE ABANDONED, WIRE REMOVED AND BLANK COVER PLATES PROVIDED. 5. FINAL CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S APPROVED WIRING DIAGRAMS, DETAILS, AND INSTRUCTIONS. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT COMPATIBLE WITH EQUIPMENT ACTUALLY SUPPLIED. 6. EXISTING SYSTEMS AND CONDITIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS FOR EXISTING BUILDINGS ARE TO BE NOTED "FOR GUIDANCE ONLY". THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO FIELD CHECK AND VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BIDDING AND TO INCLUDE IN HIS BID AN ALLOWANCE FOR REMOVAL AND/OR RELOCATION OF EXISTING CONDUITS, WIRES, DEVICES, FIXTURES, OR OTHER EQUIPMENT AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS OR AS REQUIRED TO COORDINATE AND ADAPT NEW AND EXISTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEM TO ALL OTHER WORK AS REQUIRED. 7. SYSTEM OUTAGES SHALL BE PERMITTED ONLY AT TIMES APPROVED BY OWNER -IN WRITING. WORK WHICH COULD RESULT IN AN ACCIDENTAL OUTAGE (BEYOND BRANCH CIRCUITS) SHALL BE PERFORMED WITH THE OWNER'S MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL ADVISED OF SUCH WORK. 8. WHERE THE REUSE OF EXISTING CONDUITS, WIRES, DEVICES, ETC. IS PERMISSIBLE, MAKE CERTAIN THAT THE WIRING FOR SAME IS CONTINUOUS FROM OUTLET TO OUTLET AND THAT SUCH CIRCUIT OR SYSTEMS SHALL PASS THROUGH NO OUTLETS OR JUNCTION BOXES WHICH MAY BE RENDERED INACCESSIBLE BY THE CHANGES TO BE MADE TO THE BUILDING. EXISTING CONDUITS, WIRE, DEVICES, ETC., WHICH ARE NOT INDICATED FOR REUSE SHALL BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THIS CONTRACTOR. ALL LUMINAIRES, PANEL FUSED SWITCHES, CIRCUIT BREAKERS, FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT, WIRE ETC. SHALL BE OFFERED TO THE OWNER. ALL ITEMS REFUSED SHALL BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND DISPOSED OF PROPERLY. 9. REVIEW ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL AND OTHER DRAWINGS PRIOR TO BID. 10. WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A WORKMANLIKE MANNER TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. 11. WORK, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST EDITIONS OF LOCAL, STATE, AND NATIONAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. 12. PROVIDE PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED. 13. SYSTEMS SHALL BE TESTED FOR PROPER OPERATION. IF TESTS SHOW THAT WORK IS DEFECTIVE, CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE CORRECTIONS NECESSARY AT NO COST TO OWNER. 14. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE DESIGNED AND SUBMITTED AS DELEGATED DESIGN SUBMITTAL. MATCH EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND MANUFACTURER. MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL MEET PREVAILING CODES. THE SYSTEM SHALL BE COMPLETE AND OPERABLE IN EVERY RESPECT. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS ACCORDING TO SPECIFICATIONS. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL INCLUDE A SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM THAT SHOWS DEVICES, CONDUIT, WIRE, CABLE SIZES AND EQUIPMENT TO BE USED. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE STAMPED AND SIGNED BY A REGISTERED ENGINEER. SYSTEM CALIBRATION AND TESTING SHALL BE BY FACTORY CERTIFIED TECHNICIAN. 15. WIRE SHALL BE COPPER, 60 DEGREES C RATED FOR ALL CIRCUITS/FEEDERS 100 AMPS OR LESS, 75 DEGREES C RATED FOR ALL CIRCUITS/FEEDERS OVER 100 AMPS. FOR HID FIXTURES AND WIRING WITHIN 3 INCHES OF FLUORESCENT BALLASTS WIRE SHALL BE COPPER, MINIMUM 90 DEGREES C RATED. SIZES INDICATED ARE FOR INSTALLATION IN A MAXIMUM 30 DEGREES C AMBIENT. CONDUCTOR AMPACITY SHALL BE DE -RATED FOR HIGHER AMBIENT INSTALLATIONS. 16. PRESENT SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL DATA AT ONE TIME, INDEXED IN A NEAT AND ORDERLY MANNER. PARTIAL SUBMITTALS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. SUBMITTALS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO LIGHTING FIXTURES, WIRING DEVICES, SAFETY SWITCHES, FUSES, MOTOR STARTERS, LAMPS, CONDUIT AND CONDUIT FITTINGS. 17. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REPLACING EQUIPMENT WHICH IS DAMAGED DUE TO INCORRECT FIELD WIRING PROVIDED UNDER THIS SECTION, OR FACTORY WIRING IN EQUIPMENT PROVIDED UNDER THIS SECTION. 18. CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO ORDER OR RELEASE AN ORDER FOR MATERIALS AND/OR EQUIPMENT WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED AS A REASON TO SUBSTITUTE ALTERNATE MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, OR INSTALLATION METHODS. 19. SYSTEMS SHALL BE COMPLETE, OPERABLE, AND READY FOR CONTINUOUS OPERATION. LIGHTS, SWITCHES, RECEPTACLES, MOTORS, ETC. SHALL BE CONNECTED AND OPERABLE. 20. RECEPTACLES WHICH ARE SHOWN AS WALL MOUNTED ON THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS BUT THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND ELEVATIONS SHOW THESE WALLS TO BE GLASS OR PARTITIONS SHALL BE FLUSH FLOOR DUPLEX RECEPTACLES MOUNTED ADJACENT TO BASE OF WALLS. 21. BOXES FOR TELEPHONE, TV, COMPUTER, WIRING DEVICES, ETC. SHALL BE MINIMUM 4" SQUARE. �►a■:�xy��ya.>t��wu►r_�I:»yl►��r_�rra.>t1►1.1.1•�:��y:r_�r� 3�:aawr_�r�-��:z•>t:xlt:a. 23. SEE DIVISION 22 AND 23 DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION OF MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE SERVICE TO, AND CONNECT EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED. 24. CONDUITS PENETRATING THROUGH ROOF SHALL HAVE ROOF FLASHING WITH CAULK TYPE COUNTER FLASHING SLEEVE. INSTALLATION SHALL BE WATERTIGHT. 25. FINAL CONNECTIONS TO MOTORS AND OTHER VIBRATING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE WITH SEAL TIGHT FLEX AND APPROVED FITTINGS. DO NOT SECURE CONDUITS, DISCONNECTS, OR DEVICES TO DUCTWORK OR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. 26. ALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS COMPONENTS SHALL BE LISTED OR LABELED BY UL OR OTHER RECOGNIZED TESTING FACILITY. ELECTRICAL SHEET INDEX E.001 ELECTRICAL LEGEND AND NOTES ED.201 DEMOLITION POWER PLAN - LEVEL 02 ED.221 DEMOLITION LIGHTING PLAN - LEVEL 02 E.201 POWER PLAN - LEVEL 02 E.221 LIGHTING PLAN - LEVEL 02 E.401 ELECTRICAL ONE -LINE DIAGRAM E.701 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES E.801 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnap@path2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team eGRGUP 717 17th Street, SUITE 1500 DENVER, CO 80202 T: 303. 382 1920 F: 303. 382 1930 www.megroup.com Job #: 874.021 High Performance Building Consultants kAA N00• t/c (p056 S/oNaL No. Description Date Issue 100% CD Date JUNE 3, 2016 Project Number 874.021 Drawn by Author Checked by Checker Sheet Title ELECTRICAL LEGEND AND NOTES Sheet Number EOOO KEY NOTES (THIS SHEET) 1. ALL EXISTING FIRE ALARM DEVICES LABELED WITH: (R) ARE TO BE RELOCATED; CLEAN AND STORE TO PREVENT DAMAGE FOR RELOCATION. SEE SHEET E201 FOR NEW LOCATIONS. 2. MAINTAIN ALL CIRCUITRY IN THIS AREA DURING DEMOLITION FOR RECONNECTION TO NEW DEVICES. VERIFY CIRCUIT NUMBERS AND PANEL BEFORE DEMOLITION. 3. DEMOLISH EXISTING DUPLEX RECEPTACLE TO ETE RELOCATED 18" AFF. MAINTAIN EXISTING CIRCUITING AND HARDWARE. SEE SHEET E.201 FOR EXACT LOCATION. GENERAL NOTES (THIS SHEET) 1. SEE SHEET E.001 FOR LEGEND AND ADDITIONAL GENERAL NOTES. 2. INFORMATION ON THIS SHEET WAS OBTAINED FROM FIELD SURVEY INFORMATION. THE DRAWINGS REPRESENT INFORMATION AS ACCURATE AS POSSIBLE. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID. NOTIFY ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY IF ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS DIFFER FROM INFORMATION INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 3. ALL EXISTING DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN IN THIN LIGHT LINEWEIGHT ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. ALL EXISTING DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN IN THICK BOLD LINEWEIGHT ARE TO BE DEMOLISHED. MAINTAIN CIRCUIT CONTINUITY TO ALL DEVICES THAT ARE SHOWN AS EXISTING TO REMAIN, UNLESS SHOWN TO BE RE -CIRCUITED. 4. PROTECT EQUIPMENT THAT IS TO BE RELOCATED FROM DAMAGE STORE INDOORS IN A SAFE LOCATION UNTIL EQUIPMENT CAN BE RE- INSTALLED. 5. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT JOB SITE AND FAMILIARIZE THEMSELVES WITH THE PROJECT AND INCLUDE IN THEIR BID ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH NEW WORK. 6. REVISE EXISTING PANEL SCHEDULES TO SHOW NEW WORK. 7. IDENTIFY EXISTING CIRCUITS SERVING AREA FOR REUSE DURING NEW WORK. 8. REFER TO ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULES FOR REMOVED AND ADDED LOADS. 9. ALL FIRE ALARM DEVICES THAT ARE EXISTING SHALL BE RELOCATED TO LOCATIONS SHOWN. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS FUNCTIONAL AND FULLY OPERATIONAL. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL DEVICES NECESSARY THAT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH THE EXISTING SYSTEM TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE COVERAGE. 10. EXISTING RECEPTACLES NOT SHOWN TO BE REWIRED SHALL REMAIN ON EXISTING CIRCUIT. MAINTAIN CIRCUIT CONTINUITY. 11. CONTRACTOR MAY REUSE EXISTING HOME RUNS TO RE -CIRCUIT EXISTING DEVICES. EXTEND NEW CIRCUIT TO NEW DEVICES AS SHOWN. PROVIDE NEW HOME -RUNS AS REQUIRED. M DEMOLITION POWER PLAN - LEVEL 02 SCALE: 1/8" = V-0" 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnap@path2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team eGRGUP 717 17th Street, SUITE 1500 DENVER, CO 80202 T: 303. 382 1920 F: 303. 382 1930 www.megroup.com Job #: 874.021 High Performance Building Consultants No. Description Date 1 CCD 01 Box Walk Rev 8/17/2016 PEDIATRICS WEST 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY, SUITE 200 WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 Issue 100% CD Date JUNE 3, 2016 Project Number 874.021 Drawn by Author Checked by Checker Sheet Title DEMOLITION POWER PLAN - LEVEL 02 Sheet Number ED6201 KEY NOTES (THIS SHEET) 1. ALL EXISTING LUMINAIRES LABELED WITH:(R) ARE TO BE RELOCATED. STORE UNTIL NEEDED FOR RELOCATION TO PREVENT DAMAGE. SEE SHEET E.221 FOR NEW LOCATIONS. 2. ALL EXISTING LUMINAIRES LABELED WITH:(E) ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN AS LOCATED. CLEAN AND RELAMP AT END OF CONSTRUCTION PROVIDE G.E. #F34-CW-RS-WM ECO LAMPS. 3. MAINTAIN ALL CIRCUITRY IN THIS AREA DURING DEMOLITION FOR RECONNECTION TO RELOCATED / NEW LUMINAIRES. VERIFY CIRCUIT NUMBERS AND PANEL BEFORE DEMOLITION. GENERAL NOTES (THIS SHEET) 1. SEE SHEET E.001 FOR LEGEND AND ADDITIONAL GENERAL NOTES. 2. INFORMATION ON THIS SHEET WAS OBTAINED FROM FIELD SURVEY INFORMATION. THE DRAWINGS REPRESENT INFORMATION AS ACCURATE AS POSSIBLE. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID. NOTIFY ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY IF ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS DIFFER FROM INFORMATION INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 3. ALL EXISTING LUMINAIRES, DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN IN THIN LIGHT LINEWEIGHT AND LABELED WITH AN (E) ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. ALL EXISTING LUMINAIRES, DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN IN THICK BOLD LINEWEIGHT ARE TO BE REMOVED AND SALVAGED FOR RE -USE. MAINTAIN CIRCUIT CONTINUITY TO ALL DEVICES THAT ARE SHOWN AS EXISTING TO REMAIN. 4. PROTECT ALL EXISTING LUMINAIRES, DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT THAT IS TO BE RELOCATED FROM DAMAGE. STORE INDOORS IN A SAFE LOCATION UNTIL THEY CAN BE RE -INSTALLED. 5. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT JOB SITE AND FAMILIARIZE THEMSELVES WITH THE PROJECT AND INCLUDE IN THEIR BID ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH NEW WORK. 6. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS AND REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR EXACT MOUNTING LOCATIONS OF LUMINAIRE. DEMOLITION LIGHTING PLAN - LEVEL 02 SCALE: 1/8" = V-0" 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnapCpath2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team eGRLUP 717 17th Street, SUITE 1500 DENVER, CO 80202 T: 303. 382 1920 F: 303. 382 1930 www.megroup.com Job #: 874.021 High Performance Building Consultants N00 L/O 48056 �p �rss��NAI ENS'` � No. Description Date Issue 100% CD Date JUNE 3, 2016 Project Number 874.021 Drawn by Author Checked by Checker Sheet Title DEMOLITION PLAN LIGHTING - LEVEL 02 Sheet Number KEY NOTES (THIS SHEET) 1. ALL FIRE ALARM DEVICES LABELED WITH: (R) ARE EXISTING DEVICES THAT HAVE BEEN RELOCATED TO THIS LOCATION. 2. ALL FIRE ALARM DEVICES LABELED WITH: (N) ARE NEW DEVICES, MATCH EXISTING. 3. FOR EXACT LOCATION OF FLOOR OUTLETS SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 4. PROVIDE A DEDICATED CIRCUIT FOR EACH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AS SHOWN. 5. CONNECT NEW DEVICES IN THIS AREA TO EXISTING CIRCUITRY THAT WAS MAINTAINED DURING DEMOLITION. 6. PROVIDE CONNECTION FOR UNDER SINK 1/2 HP 120V GARBAGE DISPOSAL. _ _ _ 7. RECONNECT EXISTING DUPLEX RECEPTACLE TO EXISTING CIRCUIT GENERAL NOTES (THIS SHEET) 1. SEE SHEET E.001 FOR LEGEND AND ADDITIONAL GENERAL NOTES. 2. INFORMATION ON THIS SHEET WAS OBTAINED FROM FIELD SURVEY INFORMATION. THE DRAWINGS REPRESENT INFORMATION AS ACCURATE AS POSSIBLE. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID. NOTIFY ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY IF ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS DIFFER FROM INFORMATION INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 3. DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN IN THIN LIGHT LINEWEIGHT ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN IN THICK BOLD LINEWEIGHT ARE NEW. MAINTAIN CIRCUIT CONTINUITY TO ALL DEVICES THAT ARE SHOWN AS EXISTING TO REMAIN. UNLESS SHOWN TO BE RE - CIRCUITED. 4. PROTECT EQUIPMENT THAT IS TO BE RELOCATED FROM DAMAGE STORE INDOORS IN A SAFE LOCATION UNTIL EQUIPMENT CAN BE RE- INSTALLED. 5. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT JOB SITE AND FAMILIARIZE THEMSELVES WITH THE PROJECT AND INCLUDE IN THEIR BID ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH NEW WORK. 6. REVISE EXISTING PANEL SCHEDULES TO SHOW NEW WORK. 7. IDENTIFY EXISTING CIRCUITS SERVING AREA FOR REUSE DURING NEW WORK. 8. REFER TO ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULES FOR REMOVED AND ADDED LOADS. 9. ALL FIRE ALARM DEVICES THAT ARE EXISTING SHALL BE RELOCATED TO LOCATIONS SHOWN. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS FUNCTIONAL AND FULLY OPERATIONAL. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL DEVICES NECESSARY THAT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH THE EXISTING SYSTEM TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE COVERAGE. 10. RECEPTACLES INDICATED TO BE MOUNTED ABOVE COUNTER SHALL BE MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY 6" ABOVE COUNTER. 11. COORDINATE AND VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS OF WALL AND FLOOR DEVICES WITH ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS, CASEWORK DRAWINGS, FURNITURE DRAWINGS OR SPECIALTY EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 12. COORDINATE EXACT ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS AND LOCATIONS OF MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT WITH MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 13. MAKE ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT REQUIRING ELECTRICAL CONNECTION. THIS SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO ALL MECHANICAL AND OTHER EQUIPMENT INCLUDED IN THIS PROJECT. 14. EXISTING RECEPTACLES NOT SHOWN TO BE REWIRED SHALL REMAIN ON EXISTING CIRCUIT. MAINTAIN CIRCUIT CONTINUITY. 15. CONTRACTOR MAY REUSE EXISTING HOME RUNS TO RE -CIRCUIT EXISTING DEVICES. EXTEND NEW CIRCUIT TO NEW DEVICES AS SHOWN. PROVIDE NEW HOME -RUNS AS REQUIRED. 16. REVISE PANEL SCHEDULES TO INDICATE AREA SERVICED BY CIRCUIT. PROVIDE PLAN MARKUPS TO INCLUDE CIRCUIT NUMBERS ON RECEPTACLES POWER PLAN - LEVEL 02 SCALE: 1/8" = V-0" M 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnap@path2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team eGRLUP 717 17th Street, SUITE 1500 DENVER, CO 80202 T: 303. 382 1920 F: 303. 382 1930 www.megroup.com Job #: 874.021 High Performance Building Consultants No. Description Date 1 CCD 01 Box Walk Rev 8/17/2016 PEDIATRICS WEST 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY, SUITE 200 WHEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 Issue 100% CD Date JUNE 3, 2016 Project Number 874.021 Drawn by TR/EB Checked by OT/MR Sheet Title POWER PLAN - LEVEL 02 Sheet Number E• KEY NOTES (THIS SHEET) 1. ALL LUMINAIRES LABLED WITH:(R) ARE EXISTING LUMINAIRES THAT HAVE BEEN RELOCATED TO THIS LOCATION. CLEAN AND RELAMP AT END OF CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE GE #F34-CW-RS-WM ECO LAMPS 2. CONNECT RELOCATED/ NEW LUMINAIRES IN THIS AREA TO EXISTING CIRCUITRY THAT WAS MAINTAINED DURING DEMOLITION. GENERAL NOTES (THISSHEET) 1. SEE SHEET E.001 FOR LEGEND AND ADDITIONAL GENERAL NOTES. 2. INFORMATION ON THIS SHEET WAS OBTAINED FROM FIELD SURVEY INFORMATION. THE DRAWINGS REPRESENT INFORMATION AS ACCURATE AS POSSIBLE. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID. NOTIFY ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY IF ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS DIFFER FROM INFORMATION INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 3. LUMINAIRES, DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN IN THIN LIGHT LINEWEIGHT AND LABELED WITH AN (E) ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. LUMINAIRES, DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN IN THICK BOLD LINEWEIGHT ARE NEW OR RELOCATED. MAINTAIN CIRCUIT CONTINUITY TO ALL DEVICES THAT ARE SHOWN AS EXISTING TO REMAIN. 4. ALL LUMINAIRES ARE EXISTING AND WERE SALVAGED DURING DEMOLITION, LUMINAIRES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN NEW LOCATIONS AS SHOWN. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, VERIFY THAT LUMINAIRES ARE IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION. SHOULD LUMINAIRES NEED NEW BALLASTS OR ANY OTHER PARTS, CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE PARTS AS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE A FULLY FUNCTIONAL LUMINAIRE. CLEAN AND RE -LAMP LUMINAIRE. 5. PROTECT LUMINAIRES, DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT THAT IS TO BE RELOCATED FROM DAMAGE. STORE INDOORS IN A SAFE LOCATION UNTIL THEY CAN BE RE -INSTALLED. 6. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT JOB SITE AND FAMILIARIZE THEMSELVES WITH THE PROJECT AND INCLUDE IN THEIR BID ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH NEW WORK. 7. CONFIRM MOUNTING HEIGHT AND LOCATION OF ALL LUMINAIRES AND DEVICES WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. 8. CONNECT ALL EXIT SIGNS AHEAD OF LOCAL SWITCHING. 9. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS AND REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR EXACT MOUNTING LOCATIONS OF LUMINAIRE. 10. COORDINATE LUMINAIRE LOCATIONS WITH MECHANICAL PIPING, DUCTWORK, ETC. TO AVOID CONFLICTS. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS. 10. ALL EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE CIRCUITED TO LIGHTING CIRCUIT SERVING OTHER LUMINAIRES IN THE SAME SPACE AS THE EXIT SIGNS. 12. LOSS OF UTILITY POWER SHALL ENERGIZE ALL EGRESS LIGHTING. THE DESIGN SHALL MEET ALL UL STANDARDS FOR LIFE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS. 13. REVISE PANEL SCHEDULES TO INDICATE AREA SERVED BY LUMINAIRES. PROVIDE PLAN MARKUPS TO INCLUDE CIRCUIT NUMBERS ON LUMINAIRES. LIGHTING PLAN - LEVEL 02 11 SCALE: 1/8" = V-0" 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnapCpath2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team eGRLUP 717 17th Street, SUITE 1500 DENVER, CO 80202 T: 303. 382 1920 F: 303. 382 1930 www.megroup.com Job #: 874.021 High Performance Building Consultants ©o cic 46 058 61 ••� No. Description Date Issue 100% CD Date JUNE 3, 2016 Project Number 874.021 Drawn by Author Checked by Checker Sheet Title LIGHTING PLAN - 02 LEVEL Sheet Number PRIKAAR GENERAL NOTES (THIS SHEET ONLY) 1. CONNECTION OF CONDUCTORS TO EQUIPMENT TERMINALS SHALL BE IAW WITH NFPA 70 110.14. CONDUCTORS FOR CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT RATED 100A OR LESS SHALL BE BASED UPON THE 60°C (140°F) AMPACITY. CONDUCTORS FOR CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT RATED OVER 100A SHALL BE BASED UPON THE 75°C (167°F) AMPACITY. 2. ALL BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING, GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTORS, MOTOR CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS AND ALL FEEDERS 100A AND LESS SHALL UTILIZE COPPER CONDUCTORS. 3. PANELBOARDS INDICATED ON ONE -LINE DIAGRAMS DO NOT SHOW ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS. REFER TO PANELBOARD SCHEDULE(S). 4. ALL ITEMS SHOWN ON ONE -LINE DIAGRAM ARE EXITING TO REMAIN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. EXISTING 120/208V 30, TRANSFORMER (E) UTILITY METER M �' � VL`�—VV VIVIV IVI (IL�V V� & 1 SPARE 3"C ELLEEV-2 /1 Ivl V KEY NOTES (THIS SHEET) 1. PROVIDE THREE PHASE DIGITAL RECORDING CIRCUIT ANALYZER ON INDICATED PANEL FEEDERS FOR A PERIOD OF THIRTY DAYS PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION TO VERIFY EXISTING LOAD. CIRCUIT ANALYZER SHALL RECORD VOLTAGE, AMPERAGE, KVA AND POWER FACTOR FOR EACH PHASE AND AVERAGE FOR ALL PHASES. ANALYZER SHALL ALSO RECORD A PER DAY MAXIMUM DEMAND. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPILE A SUMMARY REPORT LISTING MAXIMUM READINGS AND SUBMIT THE REPORT TO THE ENGINEER FOR THE FIRST SEVEN DAYS OF METERING AND FOR A COMPLETE THIRTY DAYS OF METERING. 2[(3-350MCM AL)2 2 C"] 20OA3P 150A FRN 60A MLO EM (3-#1AL)1-4 120/208V 30,4W (4-#6CU)4C" 60A3P 60A LPN ELEV-1 20OA3P 175A FRN (342/OAL)1 2C" (3-250MCM AL)2 2 C" U 20OA3P 452A FLA (E) L3A 400A MLO 120/208V 30,4W (E) L2A 400A MLO 120/208V 30,4W (E) L1A 400A 120/208V 30,4W Cl) 2[(4-250MCM AL)2 2 C"] 2[(4-250MCM AL)2 2 C"] 2[(4-250MCM AL)2 2 C"] (E) L3B 400A MLO 120/208V 30, 4W (E) L2B 400A M LO 120/208V 30,4W (E) L1B 400A 120/208V 30,4W O LOAD SUMMARY DESCRIPTION QUANTITY VA LOAD TOTAL VA DEVICES DELETED. 200A 400A 200A DUPLEX RECEPTACLES 64 180 11,520 DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLES 2 360 720 SUB T DUAL DEVICES VA DELETED. 12,240 LUMINAIRES DELETED. M o_ 2x2 R ecessed Troffer 3 80 240 2x4 R ecessed Troffer 66 102 6,]32 SUBTOTAL LUMINAIRES VA DELETED. M Q 0 6 972 TOTAL VA DELETED: 19,212 DEVICES ADDED. O O O O EXISTING DISPOSAL -ROOM 156 1 1 12 1 12 DEDICATED DUPLEX RECEPTACLES 10 250 2,500 DUPLEXRECEPTACLES 46 180 8,280 DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLES 9 360 3,240 FLOOR MTD DUPLEX RECEPTACLE 1 180 180 SUBTOTAL DEVICES VA ADDED. 15,32] LUMINAIRES ADDED/ RELOCATED 2x2 Recessed Troffer -RELOCATED 3 80 240 24Recessed Troller -RELOCATED 66 102 6,]32 2x4 R ecessed Troffer -NEW TYPE R1 8 96 768 EM Lighting - NEW TYPE EM 8 5 40 ExitSign-NEWTYPEXI 8 5 40 SUBTOTAL LUMINAIRES VA ADDED. ],820 TOTALVAADDED: TOTAL VA ADDED: 3 935 TOTAL AMPS AT 120V ADDED: 10.93 2[(4-250MCM AL)2 2 C"] 2[(4-250MCM AL)2 2 C"] SPARE SPARE SPARE 200A 600A 200A 400A 200A Drawn by FRN Checked by FRN FRN FRN FRN FRN FRN -R M QQ M o_ M Q o_ M Q M Q 0 M Q 0 0 O 0 O O O O O O O EXISTING DISTRIBUTION PANEL MSC ,I- 2[(4-250MCM AL)2 2 C"] 2[(4-250MCM AL)2 2 C"] EXISTING MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL MDC 2000A, 208Y/1 20V 30, 4W (E) GROUND 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnapCpath2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team eGRGUP 717 17th Street, SUITE 1500 DENVER, CO 80202 T: 303. 382 1920 F: 303. 382 1930 www.megroup.com Job #: 874.021 High Performance Building Consultants 4605A No. Description Date 250 600A 400A 400A 400 Drawn by Author Checked by Checker FRN FRN FRN FRN FRN -R o_ o_ o_ M Q M Q M Q M Q co Q O 0 O O O O O O O O O ,I- (O V V V N G EXISTING MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL MDC 2000A, 208Y/1 20V 30, 4W (E) GROUND 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnapCpath2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team eGRGUP 717 17th Street, SUITE 1500 DENVER, CO 80202 T: 303. 382 1920 F: 303. 382 1930 www.megroup.com Job #: 874.021 High Performance Building Consultants 4605A No. Description Date Issue 100% CD Date JUNE 3, 2016 Project Number 874.021 Drawn by Author Checked by Checker Sheet Title ELECTRICAL ONE DIAGRAM -LINE Sheet Number E6401 PANELBOARD L2A PROJECT: L2A VOLTAGE L -L (V): 208 JOB NO.: 874.021 VOLTAGE L -N (V): 120 LOCATION: CORRIDOR TYPE: 3 PH 4 WIRES MINIMUM BUS CAPACITY (A): 400 SHORT CIRCUIT RATING (A): MAIN O.C. DEVICE (A): MLO MOUNTING: SURFACE DESIGN CAPACITY (A): 400 COMMENTS: 1-213 DEVICE AMPS POLE LIGHTING (VA) RCPT (VA) MOTOR (VA) OTHER E/AVC/S (VA) DESCRIPTION CKT NO. PHASE CKT NO. DESCRIPTION OTHER E//UC/SMO (VA) (V OR RCPT (VA) LIGHTING (VA) POLE DEVICE AMPS 20 1 LOCATION: CORRIDOR 2x4 3L RECESSED FLUORESCENT TROFFER LITHONIA EXISTING LOAD 1 A 2 EXISTING LOAD MINIMUM BUS CAPACITY (A): 1 20 20 1 SHORT CIRCUIT RATING (A): EXISTING LOAD 3 B 4 EXISTING LOAD LED 2 120 MOUNTING: 1 20 20 1 DESIGN CAPACITY (A): 400 EXISTING LOAD 5 C 6 EXISTING LOAD LITHONIA EXG LED EL M6 LED 1 20 20 1 ARROW DIRECTION WITH LIGHTING PLANS EXISTING LOAD 7 A 8 EXISTING LOAD DEVICE AMPS POLE LIGHTING (VA) RCPT (VA) 1 20 20 1 PHASE CKT NO. DESCRIPTION OTHER EtAtC/SMOI (VA) (VA) EXISTING LOAD 9 B 10 EXISTING LOAD 20 1 360 1 20 20 1 1 A 2 RECEPT EXISTING LOAD 11 C 12 EXISTING LOAD 1 20 20 1 1 20 20 1 (E) HEATING 3 B EXISTING LOAD 13 A 14 EXISTING LOAD 180 1 20 1 20 20 1 E 2500 (E) DRYER FIRE PANEL 15 B 16 EXISTING LOAD 180 1 20 20 1 E 2500 EXISTING LOAD 17 C 18 EXISTING LOAD (E) RECEPT, RM 226,229 1 20 20 1 20 1 1080 EXISTING LOAD 19 A 20 RECEPT, SUIT 210 B 10 (E) RECEPT, RM 229,231 1 20 20 1 1 20 20 1 EXISTING LOAD 21 B 22 RECEPT, SUIT 210 11 C 12 1 20 20 1 1 20 EXISTING LOAD 23 C 24 RECEPT, SUIT 210 RECEPT, SUIT 220 13 1 20 20 1 1500 EXISTING LOAD 25 A 26 RECEPT, SUIT 210 E 1000 COPIER 1 20 20 1 XRAY CONTROL RM 223 EXISTING LOAD 27 B 28 RECEPT, SUIT 210 1 1 20 20 1 C 18 RECEPT EXISTING LOAD 29 C 30 RECEPT, SUIT 210 20 20 1 1 20 20 1 19 A 20 EXISTING LOAD 31 A 32 RECEPT, SUIT 210 1 20 20 1 20 20 1 RECEPT, SUIT 220 21 EXISTING LOAD 33 B 34 RECEPT, SUIT 210 1 1 20 20 1 RECEPT, SUIT 220 EXISTING LOAD 35 C 36 RECEPT, SUIT 210 180 1 20 20 1 1 EXISTING LOAD 37 A 38 RECEPT, SUIT 210 26 RECEPT 1 20 20 1 20 20 1 EXISTING LOAD 39 B 40 RECEPT, SUIT 210 27 B 28 RECEPT 1 20 20 1 1 20 20 RECEPT, SUIT 230 41 C 42 RECEPT, SUIT 210 RECEPT, SUIT 220 29 C 1 20 SECOND SECTION 20 1 1 20 RECEPT, SUIT 210 43 A 44 RECEPT, SUIT 210 RECEPT, SUIT 220 31 1 20 20 1 180 RECEPT, SUIT 210 45 B 46 RECEPT, SUIT 210 RECEPT, SUIT 220 1 20 20 1 RECEPT RECEPT, SUIT 210 47 C 48 RECEPT, SUIT 210 1 1 20 20 1 C 36 DISPOSAL RECEPT, SUIT 210 49 A 50 RECEPT, SUIT 210 1 20 20 1 1 20 20 1 37 A 38 RECEPT, SUIT 210 51 B 52 RECEPT, SUIT 210 1 20 100 1 20 20 1 XRAY CONTROL SUIT 230 39 RECEPT, SUIT 210 53 C 54 RECEPT, SUIT 210 900 1 1 1 20 20 1 LIGHTS, SUIT 210 55 A 56 G.E.C.I. KIT 900 1 20 20 1 SECOND SECTION LIGHTS, SUIT 211 57 B 58 GARB.DIS 20 1 1 20 20 1 43 A 44 LIGHTS, SUIT 212 59 C 60 FRIDGE 1 20 20 1 20 20 1 (E) LIGHTS 45 LIGHTS, SUIT 213 61 A 62 BATHROOM 720 1 1 20 20 1 (E) LIGHTS LIGHTS, SUIT 214 63 B 64 MICROBY SINK 900 1 20 20 1 1 1500 LIGHTS, SUIT 215 65 C 66 RECEPT, SUIT 210 50 RECEPT 1 20 20 1 20 20 1 1500 LIGHTS, SUIT 216 67 A 68 208V RECEPT, SUIT 190 51 B 52 COPIER 2 30 20 1 1 20 20 LIGHTS, SUIT 217 69 B 70 208V RECEPT, SUIT 190 (E) LIGHTS 53 C - - 20 1 1080 1 HEAT/AIR UNIT SUITE 210 71 C 72 DED. REC. RM 122, SUITE 200 (E) LIGHTS 1 20 20 1 900 GARBAGE DISP. SUITE 200 73 A 74 PHONE BOARD 1200 1 20 20 1 58 RECEPT EXISTING LOAD 75 B 76 DED. REC. RM. 130, SUITE 200 20 1 1500 1 20 20 1 59 C 60 RECEPT DED. REC. RM. 156, SUITE 200 77 C 78 DED. REC. RM. 131, SUITE 200 1 20 20 1 1 20 20 1 RECEPT 61 A DED. REC. RM. 156, SUITE 200 79 A 80 DED. REC. RM. 115, SUITE 200 900 1 20 1 20 20 1 RECEPT DED. REC. RM. 156, SUITE 200 81 B 82 DED. REC. RM. 116, SUITE 200 1200 1 20 20 1 900 DED. REC. RM. 156, SUITE 200 83 C 84 DED. REC. RM. 122, SUITE 200 (E) LIGHTS 1 20 CONNECTED VA PHASE A: 0 DEMANDED VA PHASE A: 0 CONNECTED VA PHASE B: 0 DEMANDED VA PHASE B: 0 CONNECTED VA PHASE C: 0 DEMANDED VA PHASE C: 0 20 CONNECTED D.F. DEMAND DEMAND LOAD (A) = 0 SPARE CAPACITY (A) = 400 SPARE CAPACITY (9/6)= 100% PHASE BALANCE ATOB 0% BTO C 0% C TO A 0% LIGHTING LOAD: RECEPTACLE (FIRST 10 KVA) RECEPTACLE (REMAINDER) LARGEST MOTOR: REMAINING MOTORS: APPLIANCES: EQUIPMENT: CONTINUOUS: TOTAL: LOAD (AMPS): 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 1.25 1.00 0.50 1.25 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.25 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 ABBREVIATION DESIGNATIONS FOR OTHER LOAD CLASSIFICATIONS E = EQUIPMENT S = SUB FEED PANEL C = CONTINUOUS A = APPLIANCE NOTES: PANELBOARD L2B DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER PROJECT: 1-213 TYPE VOLTAGE L -L (V): 208 CATALOG SERIES NUMBER LAMPS INPUT VOLTAGE JOB NO.: 874.021 EQUIVALENT VOLTAGE L -N (V): 120 (QTY) TYPE VA SERVED LOCATION: CORRIDOR 2x4 3L RECESSED FLUORESCENT TROFFER LITHONIA TYPE: PT3ALW MV 3-T8 3 PH 4 WIRES MINIMUM BUS CAPACITY (A): 400 SHORT CIRCUIT RATING (A): EM EMERGENCY LED LUMINAIRE LITHONIA MAIN O.C. DEVICE (A): MLO LED 2 120 MOUNTING: SURFACE WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP AND SELF DIAGNOSTICS DESIGN CAPACITY (A): 400 COMMENTS: X1 EXIT SIGN - LED, CONFIRM NUMBER OF SIDES, MOUNTING TYPE AND LITHONIA EXG LED EL M6 LED 1 120 ARROW DIRECTION WITH LIGHTING PLANS DEVICE AMPS POLE LIGHTING (VA) RCPT (VA) MOTOR (VA) OTHER E//UC/S (VA) DESCRIPTION CKT NO. PHASE CKT NO. DESCRIPTION OTHER EtAtC/SMOI (VA) (VA) OR RCPT (VA) LIGHTING (VA) POLE DEVICE AMPS 20 1 360 (E) RECEPT 1 A 2 RECEPT 1. PROVIDE WITH 0-10V DIMMING BALLAST, 0.05 TO 1.00 BALLAST FACTOR, ADVANCE MARK VII OR EQUIVALENT FOR FIXTURES CONNECTED TO DIMMER SWITCH. 189 1 20 20 1 E 1500 (E) HEATING 3 B 4 RECEPT 180 1 20 30 2 E 2500 (E) DRYER 5 C 6 RECEPT 180 1 20 - - E 2500 - 7 A 8 (E) RECEPT, RM 226,229 900 1 20 20 1 1080 RECEPT, SUIT 220 9 B 10 (E) RECEPT, RM 229,231 1080 1 20 20 1 1260 RECEPT, SUIT 220 11 C 12 (E) WASHER E 1500 1 20 20 1 900 RECEPT, SUIT 220 13 A 14 - E 1500 1 1 20 20 1 E 1000 COPIER 15 B 16 XRAY CONTROL RM 223 1 20 20 1 RECEPT, SUIT 220 17 C 18 RECEPT 1260 1 20 20 1 RECEPT, SUIT 220 19 A 20 RECEPT 900 1 20 20 1 RECEPT, SUIT 220 21 B 22 FREEZER A 900 1 20 20 1 RECEPT, SUIT 220 23 C 24 RECEPT 180 1 1 1 20 20 1 RECEPT, SUIT 220 25 A 26 RECEPT 180 1 20 20 1 RECEPT, SUIT 220 27 B 28 RECEPT 1080 1 20 20 1 RECEPT, SUIT 220 29 C 30 FREEZER A 900 1 20 20 1 RECEPT, SUIT 220 31 A 32 RECEPT 180 1 20 20 1 RECEPT, SUIT 220 33 B 34 RECEPT 180 1 20 20 1 RECEPT, SUIT 220 35 C 36 DISPOSAL 1600 1 1 20 20 1 RECEPT, SUIT 220 37 A 38 DISHWASHER 1 1200 1 20 100 2 XRAY CONTROL SUIT 230 39 B 40 (E) RECEPT 900 1 1 20 - 41 C 42 (E) RECEPT 900 1 20 SECOND SECTION 20 1 (E) FCU 43 A 44 RECEPT 1080 1 20 20 1 1200 (E) LIGHTS 45 B 46 RECEPT 720 1 20 20 1 1200 (E) LIGHTS 47 C 48 RECEPT 900 1 20 20 1 1500 (E) LIGHTS 49 A 50 RECEPT 1080 1 20 20 1 1500 (E) LIGHTS 51 B 52 COPIER E 1000 1 20 20 1 1500 1 (E) LIGHTS 53 C 54 RECEPT 1080 1 20 20 1 1 1200 (E) LIGHTS 55 A 56 RECEPT 900 1 20 20 1 1200 (E) LIGHTS 57 B 58 RECEPT 1080 1 20 20 1 1500 (E) LIGHTS 59 C 60 RECEPT 1080 1 20 20 1 900 RECEPT 61 A 62 (E) RECEPT 900 1 20 20 1 1080 RECEPT 63 B 64 (E) LIGHTS 1200 1 20 20 1 900 RECEPT 65 C 66 (E) LIGHTS 1500 1 20 20 1 1080 RECEPT 67 A 68 (E) LIGHTS 1500 1 20 20 1 1260 RECEPT 69 B 70 RECEPT 720 1 20 20 1 A 900 REFRIGERATOR, SUIT 200 71 C 72 REFRIGERATOR, SUIT 200 A 900 1 20 20 1 EXISTING LOAD 73 A 74 RECEPT 540 1 20 20 1 EXISTING LOAD 75 B 76 RECEPT 1080 1 1 20 20 1 EXISTING LOAD 77 C 78 RECEPT 1260 1 20 20 1 EXISTING LOAD 79 A 80 RECEPT 900 1 20 20 1 EXISTING LOAD 81 B 82 EXISTING LOAD 1 20 20 1 EXISTING LOAD 83 C 84 EXISTING LOAD 1 20 CONNECTED VA PHASE A: CONNECTED VA PHASE B: CONNECTED VA PHASE C: 20,389 19,940 23,000 DEMANDED VA PHASE A: DEMANDED VA PHASE B: DEMANDED VA PHASE C: 18,034 17,810 21,420 CONNECTED D.F. DEMAND DEMAND LOAD (A) = SPARE CAPACITY (A) = SPARE CAPACITY (%) = PHASE BALANCE ATOB 99% BTO C 83% C TO A 84 159 241 60% LIGHTING LOAD: RECEPTACLE (FIRST 10 KVA) RECEPTACLE (REMAINDER) LARGEST MOTOR: REMAINING MOTORS: APPLIANCES: EQUIPMENT: CONTINUOUS: TOTAL: LOAD (AMPS): 15000 10000 20429 1600 1200 3600 11500 0 63329 175.8 1.25 1.00 0.50 1.25 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.25 18750 10000 10215 2000 1200 3600 11500 0 57265 159.0 ABBREVIATION DESIGNATIONS E = EQUIPMENT C = CONTINUOUS FOR OTHER LOAD CLASSIFICATIONS S = SUB FEED PANEL A = APPLIANCE NOTES: LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER TYPE ORAPPROVED CATALOG SERIES NUMBER LAMPS INPUT VOLTAGE AREA NOTES EQUIVALENT OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT (QTY) TYPE VA SERVED R1 2x4 3L RECESSED FLUORESCENT TROFFER LITHONIA PT3ALW MV 3-T8 96 120 18 CELL PARABOLIC EM EMERGENCY LED LUMINAIRE LITHONIA ELME LED W LP03VS SD LED 2 120 WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP AND SELF DIAGNOSTICS X1 EXIT SIGN - LED, CONFIRM NUMBER OF SIDES, MOUNTING TYPE AND LITHONIA EXG LED EL M6 LED 1 120 ARROW DIRECTION WITH LIGHTING PLANS GENERAL NOTES: A. LUMINAIRE SHOWN WITH THE TOP CATALOG NUMBER IS THE BASIS OF DESIGN; OTHER MANUFACTURERS LISTED WILL BE ACCEPTABLE ONCE IT IS VERIFIED AS AN EQUAL. B. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY LIGHT FIXTURE CATALOG NUMBER AND INSTALLTION REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO ODRDERING. C. VERIFY TRIM COMPATIBILITY WITH CEILING TYPE PRIOR TO SUBMITTALS. D. COORDINATE WALL MOUNTING HEIGHTS WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLANS, ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS. SCHEDULED NOTES: 1. PROVIDE WITH 0-10V DIMMING BALLAST, 0.05 TO 1.00 BALLAST FACTOR, ADVANCE MARK VII OR EQUIVALENT FOR FIXTURES CONNECTED TO DIMMER SWITCH. 2. PROVIDE WITH 90 MINUTE BATTERY BACKUP, INTEGRAL SELF DIAGNOSTICS, ARROWS AS SHOWN ON PLANS AND MOUNTING TYPE AS SHOWN ON PLAN. 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnapCpath2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team eGRLUP 717 17th Street, SUITE 1500 DENVER, CO 80202 T: 303. 382 1920 F: 303. 382 1930 www.megroup.com Job #: 874.021 High Performance Building Consultants OPD Op Lc,�'cF ®� •S �y(�1 20) 4605166 61 '9/0 ENG No. Description Date Issue 100% CD Date JUNE 3, 2016 Project Number 874.021 Drawn by Author Checked by Checker Sheet Title ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES Sheet Number E*701 DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 1. GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.1.1 The General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions are applicable to all contracts for the project. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 1.2.1 The work included under this Section consists of providing all work, supervision, and construction procedures necessary for the installation of the complete electrical systems required by these specifications and/or shown on the drawings of the contract. 1.2.2 Install and connect all appliances and equipment as specified and indicated for this project, in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Furnish and install complete electric connections and devices as recommended by the manufacturer or required for proper operation. 1.3 ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT 1.3.1 Starters, switches, receptacles, pull boxes, etc., shall be located to provide for easy access for operations, repair and maintenance; if concealed, access doors shall be provided. 2. SHOP DRAWINGS 2.1 The Contractor shall furnish shop drawing portfolios and proper transmittal forms for all materials, equipment, and lighting fixtures to be incorporated in the work, in accordance with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and all other applicable Conditions. 2.2 Shop drawings on component items forming a system or that are interrelated shall be submitted at one time as a single submittal in order to demonstrate that the items have been properly coordinated and will function properly as a system. A notation shall be made on each shop drawing submitted as to the items specific use, either by a particular type number referenced on the drawings or in the specifications, or by a reference to the applicable paragraph of the specifications or by a description of its specific location. The shop drawings shall be organized and bound into sets with each set collated. One electronic copy shall be submitted. 2.3 Contractor shall provide an index page for each system or set listing the type of device and the model number of the device to be furnished 2.4 The Architect/Engineer shall have the final authority as to whether the fixture is equal to the specified item. The proposed substitution may also be rejected for the aesthetic value if felt necessary or desirable. In the event the proposed substitutions described are rejected, the Contractor shall furnish the specified item. 3. CODES AND STANDARDS 3.1 The electrical work shall be in accordance with all applicable state and local codes, building ordinances and the N.E.C.. The electrical work shall merit the approval of the state and local enforcing authorities. 4. PERMITS AND FEES 4.1 The Contractor shall pay for all permits and/or fees required for the work. 5. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP 5.1 All materials shall be new and of the quality specified. Materials shall be standard products of manufacturer's regularly engaged in the production of such equipment and shall be the manufacturer's latest standard design. Electrical material and equipment used in the work shall meet the requirements as specified under paragraph three of this section, CODES AND STANDARDS. 5.2 All work installed under this Division of the Specifications shall be first class and complete in both effectiveness and appearance, whether finally concealed or exposed, and shall be executed by experienced mechanics. 6. INSTALLATION METHODS 6.1 Conductors shall be installed in concealed raceways except as shown or specified on the Contract Documents. Exposed conduits and wires shall be installed parallel or perpendicular to all building surfaces. Conduits and wires in the space above ceilings shall be supported adequately and not laid on the top of ceiling systems. All conduits and wires installed above ceilings shall be considered exposed. 6.2 Electrical conduits shall not be hung on hangers with any other service foreign to the electrical systems, nor shall they be attached to other foreign services. 6.3 The lighting and power branch circuit conductors shall be installed in separate raceway systems unless specifically shown or noted otherwise Emergency and normal circuit conductors shall also be installed in separate raceway systems unless specifically shown or noted otherwise. 6.4 Outlet Box Locations. Outlet boxes shall be located so they are not placed back-to-back in the same wall in order to limit sound transmission from room to room. 6.5 PROTECTION FROM WEATHER 6.5.1 Raceway stub ups shall be capped or otherwise protected from moisture and debris until such time that the conductors are pulled. Conductors shall not be installed in raceways until the building is protected from the weather, all concrete and plastering is completed and raceways in which moisture has collected have been swabbed or blown out. 6.6 WIRING - NUMBER OF WIRES REQUIRED 6.6.1 The number of wires for lighting and receptacle branch circuits are not shown on the drawings. The number of wires in any circuit shall be determined in accordance with the National Electrical Code, and wiring shall be provided to perform all functions of the devices being installed. Additionally, wires shall be provided as required by the contract documents, i.e. equipment grounds, etc. Provide the number of wires required for a complete and workable system. 6.7 PAINTING, FINISHING 6.7.1 Painting of electrical work exposed in occupied spaces, except mechanical and electrical machine rooms and maintenance/service spaces; and work exposed on the exterior is specified and performed under other divisions of these specifications. 6.7.2 Factory finishes, shop priming, and special protective coatings are specified in the individual equipment specification sections. 6.7.3 Where factory finishes are provided on equipment and no additional field painting is specified, all marred or damaged surfaces shall be touched up or refinished so as to leave a smooth, uniform finish at the time of final inspection. 6.8 SLEEVES 6.8.1 Sleeves shall be used to accommodate conduit or tubing where conduit or tubing passes through concrete walls or slabs 6.8.2 All sleeves through floors and walls shall be black iron pipe, flush with walls or finished floors; and of sizes to accommodate the raceways shown. Sleeves through outside walls above grade shall be caulked with approved caulking compound. Sleeves shall not be required through on grade slabs. 6.8.3 Install manufactured floor and thru wall seals, similar to Type "FSK" as manufactured by O.Z. Electric Manufacturing Company. 6.9 CABLE AND CONDUIT SEALS 6.9.1 Seals shall be provided around conduits and cables which penetrate smoke walls, fire walls, and floors. Nelson Flameseal system shall be used to seal penetrations of electrical cables and conduits. 6.9.2 Materials used shall be as follows: 6.9.2.1 Flameseal putty. 6.9.2.2 Ceramic fiber insulation. 6.9.2.3 Ceramic fiber board shall be required to provide rigid support on large oversized openings. Board shall be rigid and able to withstand temperatures in excess of 2000 degrees F. 6.9.2.4 Accessory hardware shall be required on oversized openings. 6.9.3 Follow manufacturer's instructions in selecting the type of seals and accessories. Also follow the manufacturers instructions on installation of the cable and conduit seals. 6.9.4 Equal quality equipment by OZ, Gedney, and 3M shall be acceptable. 6.10 ACCESS PANELS 6.10.1 Furnish and install panels for access to junction boxes and similar items where no other means of access, such as a readily removable, sectional ceiling is shown or specified. 6.10.2 Panels shall not be less than 12 -inches by 16 -inches in size. Larger panels shall be furnished where required. Panels in tile or other similar patterned ceilings shall have dimensions corresponding to the tile or pattern module. 6.10.3 Access panels shall be flush type and of all steel construction, with No. 16 gauge wall or ceiling frame for masonry or plaster and a No. 14 gauge panel door. Doors shall be secured with concealed hinges and flush locks of either the cylinder type or approved, positive acting, screwdriver operated type. Doors for wall panels may be secured with suitable clips and countersunk screws. Panels shall be painted with a rust -inhibitive primer at the factory. I�fl4aI1►ECL1►1H9_4Is] :11►Ee' 7.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting and patching of holes in the building which are required for the electrical work. Cutting, patching and painting shall conform to the requirements of the General Conditions of this specification. 7.2 Cutting of structural framing, walls, floors, decks and other members intended to withstand stress is not permitted. 7.3 All patching shall be finished and painted to match existing. 8. COORDINATION 8.1 Coordinate the locations and purchasing of equipment between other trades to ensure proper interfacing and placement of equipment requiring electrical power. 8.2 Coordinate other work of the different trades so that: 8.2.1 Interferences between mechanical, electrical, architectural, and structural work (including existing services) are avoided. 8.2.2 Within the limits indicated on the drawings, the maximum practicable space for operation, repair, removal and testing of electrical, and other equipment will be provided. 8.2.3 Pipe, conduits, ducts, and similar items, shall be kept as close as possible to ceilings, walls, columns, to take up a minimum amount of space. Pipes, conduits, ducts, and similar items shall be located so that they will not interfere with the intended use of other equipment. 9. OUTLET BOXES, PULL BOXES AND CONDUIT FITTINGS 9.1 Furnish and install outlet boxes, pull boxes, and conduit fittings as described below. Catalog numbers shown are Appleton Electric Company Equal materials by Steel City, O.Z., and Raco, are acceptable. 9.2 OUTLET BOXES 9.2.1 Lighting Boxes (concealed) - No. 40-3/4 9.2.2 Lighting Boxes (concrete) - OCR Series 9.2.3 Lighting Boxes (exposed) - 4S-3/4 or 40-3/4 9.2.4 Flush Switches, Receptacles, Telephone, and Flush Junction Boxes - No. 4S-3/4 (with box covers or No. 225) where separate extension or plaster ring cannot be used (Provide Extension Ring or Plaster Ring as required) 9.2.5 Weatherproof type Switches, Receptacles, and Telephone Boxes (exposed) - FS Series w/FS cover and neoprene gasket. 9.2.6 Switches, Receptacles, and Telephone Boxes (exposed) - 4S-3/4 with 8360 or 8370 Series raised surface cover. 9.3 Where space is limited, No. 4CS-3/4 handy boxes may be used for switch, receptacle and telephone outlets with specific approval only. 9.4 Extension and plaster rings shall be installed as required by the NEC. 9.5 Outlet boxes shall comply with the National Electrical Code in regard to the allowable fill. 9.6 PULL BOXES 9.6.1 Pull boxes shall be fabricated of code gauge galvanized sheet metal and shall be sized in accordance with National Electrical Code requirements, or as shown on the drawings. Provide removable cover on the largest access side of the box. In-line conduit pull boxes may be O.Z., Type PBW, or equal. 10. RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS 10.1 Steel Conduit. Rigid steel conduit, intermediate conduit and electric metallic tubing shall be hot dipped, galvanized as manufactured by Youngston Sheet and Tube Company, National Electric, or equal. 10.2 Rigid heavy wall (Schedule 40) PVC conduit may be used only for direct burial in earth and embedding in concrete. PVC conduit shall be installed as recommended by manufacturer. 10.3 Raceways shall be installed concealed where possible. Wiremold shall be used only after Owner's approval. Wiremold shall be painted to match walls, or in accordance with the Architects' direction. 10.4 Joints. All threaded joints shall be made up wrench -tight and all compression joints shall be made up mechanically secure and snug so as to make continuous current no - carrying electrical contact. Rain tight non -insulated throat type compression fitting (connectors & coupling) shall be provided for electrical metallic tubing systems. Insulated throat type compression fittings shall be installed where #4 or larger conductors are installed per NEC. All fitting shall be of the cast (malleable) type with steel locknuts equal to Appleton 95 Series. 10.5 No conduit shall be smaller than 3/4 inch and not larger than 1 inch for multiple branch circuits 11. CONDUCTORS 11.1 All conductors shall be 600 volt and shall be copper with THW or THHN insulation. No wire shall be smaller than No. 12. 11.2 All wires shall be installed in conduit. 11.3 Conductors shall be continuous from outlet to outlet and no splices shall be made except within outlet or junction boxes. Junction boxes may be used where required. 12. GROUNDING 12.1 Green ground conductor shall be installed in each conduit. 12.2 Grounding and bonding of electrical circuit and equipment shall be accomplished as set forth in the NEC and as shown on the drawings. 12.3 Where applicable, the service entrance shall be grounded to the water pipe per table 250-94 with a minimum of one 5/8" x 10'-0" supplemental ground rod with #6 wire. The Contractor shall provide testing and additional ground rods where required to ensure the resistance is 25 OHMs or less. 13. PANELBOARDS 13.1 Panelboards and safety switches to be manufactured by same manufacturer to match building standard equipment. All major components shall be of the same manufacturer. 13.2 Provide submittals for panelboards. Include dimension information, enclosure details, mounting type, door type, all electrical ratings,and circuit breaker layout and ratings. 13.3 Phase, Neutral and Ground Buses shall be Tin Plated Aluminum. Provide equipment ground bus adequate for feeder and branch -circuit equipment grounding conductors; grounded to box. 13.4 Conductor Connectors shall be suitable for use with conductor material and sizes. Material: Tin-plated aluminum. Main and Neutral Lugs shall be Compression Mechanical type. Ground Lugs and Bus -Configured Terminators shall be Mechanical type. 13.5 Panelboard Short -Circuit Rating: Fully rated to interrupt symmetrical short-circuit current available at the terminals. 13.7 Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Bolt -on thermal -Magnetic circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing adjacent units 13.6 Panels shall have combination card holder and nameplate. Panels shall be equipped with typewritten directory placed behind clear plastic, identifying all loads served with the circuit number, breaker size and number of poles for each. All spaces and spare circuits shall be indicated with erasable pencil, not typed. Existing panel directories shall be updated accordingly. 14. SAFETY SWITCHES 14.1 Furnish and install heavy duty type safety switches having the electrical characteristics, ratings and modifications shown on the drawings. All switches shall have: 14.1.1 NEMA 1 (indoor) enclosures unless noted otherwise; 14.1.2 Handle that is pad lockable in "OFF" position; 14.1.3 Non-teasible, positive quick -make, quick -break mechanism; 14.1.4 UL approval and shall bear the UL label; 14.1.5 Fusible switches shall have Class R fuse rejection clips which will provide 200,000 AIC. 14.1.6 Exterior mounted switches shall be weatherproof NEMA 3R type and shall be field modified to be lockable in the "ON" position. 15. LIGHT FIXTURES 15.1 Furnish and install all light fixtures as shown on the drawings. 15.2 All lighting fixtures and their electrical components shall bear the UL label. 15.3 Standard plaster frames shall be provided for all recessed lighting fixtures installed in plaster or drywall finished walls or ceilings. Coordinate with architectural drawings. 16. WIRING DEVICES 16.1 All wiring devices shall be suitable for intended purpose and shall be UL listed. 16.2 All outlets shall be located as shown on the drawings except that where practicable, outlets shall be located in center of panels or trim or otherwise symmetrically located to conform with existing structural layout. Outlets incorrectly installed shall be corrected. Damaged items or damaged finishes shall be repaired or replaced at no expense to the Owner. 16.3 Outlets shall be set plumb or horizontal and shall extend to the finished surface of the walls, ceiling or floor, as the case may be, without projecting beyond same. 16.4 Receptacles, switches, etc., shown on wood trim, cases or other fixtures shall be installed symmetrically; and, where necessary, shall be set with the long dimensions of the plate horizontal, or ganged in tandem. 16.5 Where dimmer switches are shown adjacent to standard switches, both shall be installed in separate back boxes with adequate space between so that neither coverplate requires cutting. 16.6 Where devices are shown near wall openings, coordinate location if corner guards are to be installed so that coverplates do not require cutting. 16.7 Where shown on the drawings, furnish and install wiring devices indicated by the symbols. Wiring devices shall be specification grade Pass & Seymour, or equal. Catalog numbers shown below are Pass & Seymour. Equal devices manufactured by Hubbell, Leviton, or General Electric shall be acceptable. 16.7.1 Switches: Branch circuit switches shall be toggle (decorative rocker) type as follows: Single Pole 20AC Series - White Two Pole 20AC Series - White Three -Way 20AC Series - White 16.7.2 Receptacles: All receptacles shall be side and back wired, self -grounding of the type indicated as follows: Duplex Convenience Receptacles 20A -125V (Grounding Type) - 53627 Series - existing building standard. 16.7.3 Plates: Furnish and install wall plates for all wiring devices. Plates for devices shall match existing building standard. 17. MOUNTING HEIGHTS 17.1 Mounting heights to center of box and above finished floor for the below -named items shall be as follows, unless noted otherwise. All other device mounting heights shall be as shown on the drawings. All devices shall be mounted in accordance with ADA (Americans With Disabilities Act) requirements. 17.1.1 Toggle switches - 48" 17.1.2 Convenience outlets with ground prong slot at bottom - 18" mounted vertically 17.1.3 Safety switches - 54" 17.1.4 Receptacles above counters - 6" above counter top mounted horizontally. 17.1.5 Convenience outlets in mechanical, electrical rooms - 48" 17.2.0 Contractor shall check all equipment layouts and verify exact mounting heights prior to performing work. 18. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS 18.1 Contractor shall provide the Owner as -built drawings for all systems including electrical and special systems described in specifications. This shall consist of all drawings, wiring schematics, and diagrams for the new systems, as well as any changes to the existing systems as shown on the drawings. 2245 Curtis Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Tel: 303.534.5221 Fax: 303.534.5215 Email: jnapCpath2l arch.com www.path2larch.com Consultant Team GRLUP 717 17th Street, SUITE 1500 DENVER, CO 80202 T: 303. 382 1920 F: 303. 382 1930 www.megroup.com Job #: 874.021 High Performance Building Consultants O PD 0• .. p� •Z DA'•spg1,'•, LJ� 4so5e No. Description Date Issue 100 CD Date JUNE 3, 2016 Project Number 874.021 Drawn by TR/EB Checked by OT Sheet Title ELECTRICA L SPECIFICATIONS Sheet Number • I I ll� tq A i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE -A�(303) �Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: E ?, I - 6 1'rC /—r " 14' ( rZC', j Job Address: ? `'ss L u7eft .z R J PK w Permit Number: 014,GU $7G �� r E �vc f'� ., i � 7 /U✓ P � . ❑ No one available for inspection: Time AM/PM Re -Inspection required: Yes to *When corrections have been made call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: Ik � 7 /� Inspector: /It6if 1, 1! DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE City of Wheat Ridge Commercial Remodel PERMIT -201601728 ISSUED: 11/17/2016 PERMIT NO: 201601728 120 EXPIRES: 11/17/2017 JOB ADDRESS: 3555 Lutheran PKWY STE suite for new medical practice. Add toilet room. JOB DESCRIPTION: Renovation of medical *** CONTACTS *** OWNER LHRET WHEAT RIDGE LLC 160250 B C Builders, Inc. GC (720)583-1679 Bruce Carpenter 022442 Arens Electric, Inc. SUB (303)761-1289 Steven Arens Et. Al. 018048 Meridian Plumbing & Heating Co SUB (303)431-5538 Michael L. Soliday 019300 Custom Air, Inc. SUB (303)761-1036 Greg Muirhead *** PARCEL INFO *** USE: / ZONE CODE: UA / Unassigned BLOCK/LOT#: 0 / SUBDIVISION CODE: 293 / ESTIMATED PROJECT VALUATION: 35,635.00 *** FEE SUMMARY *** FEES Total Valuation 0.00 369.56 PAID Plan Review Fee 641.43 Use Tax 568.55 Cr^ Permit Fee 1,579.54 ** ** TOTAL *** COMMENTS *** *** CONDITIONS *** All work shall comply with applicable codes Allwork and ordinances and is subject to field final building from presiding fire department required prior to insinspection sign -off. All roughs to be done at Framing Inspection. City of Wheat Ridge Commercial Remodel PERMIT - 201601728 PERMIT NO: 201601728 ISSUED: 11/17/2016 JOB ADDRESS: 3555 Lutheran PKWY STE 120 EXPIRES: 11/17/2017 JOB DESCRIPTION: Renovation of medical suite for new medical practice. Add toilet room. I, by my signature, do hereby attest that the work to be perforn�ed shall comply with all accompanying approved plans and specifications, applicable building codes, and all applicable municipal codes, policies and procedures, and that I am the legal owner or have been authorized by the legal owner of the property and am authorized to obtain this permit and perform the work described and approved in conjunction with this�ppermd. I further attest that I y a legally authorized to include al entities named within this document as partes to the work to io vertormed and that all work to I performed is disclosed m this document and/or its' accompanying approved plans and specifications. %I% Signature of OWNER or ONTRACPonnation (Circle one) Date I. This permit was issued base on provided in the permit application and accompanying plans and specifications and is subject to the compliance with those documents, and all applicable statutes, ordinances, regulations, policies and procedures. 2. This.. permit shall expire 365 days after the date of issuance regardless of activity. Requests for extension must be made in writing and received prior to the date of expiration. An extension of no more than 180 days made be granted at the discretion of the Chief Building Official an ay be subject to a fee equal to one-half of the original permit fee. 3. If this permit expires, a new permit may be required to be obtained. Issuance of a new permit shall be subject to the standard requirements, fees and procedures for approval of any new permit. Re -issuance or extension of expired permits is at the sole discretion of the Chief Building Official and is not guaranteed. 4, No work of any manner shall be performed that shall results in a change of the natural flow of water without prior and specific approval. 5. The permit holder shall notify the Building and Inspection Services Division in accordance with established policy of all required inspections and shall not proceed or conceal work without written approval of such work from the Building and Inspection Services Division. 6. The issuance or granting of a permit sliall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, an violation of any provision of any applicable c d or any ord mance o egulation of this jurisdiction. Approval of work is subject to field inspection. wn/& Signature of Chief Building Official Date REQUESTS MUST BE MADE BY 11:59PM ANY BUSINESS DAY FOR INSPECTION THE FOLLOWING BUSINESS DAY. Inspection time requests will be accepted by email only. Please email requests to insptime@ci.wheatridge.co.us between 7:30am and 8:00am, the morning of the inspection. Please put the address of the inspection in the subject line. City Of �KWhcat�dgc COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Building & Inspection Services Division 7500 W. 291h Ave., Wheat Ridge, CO 80033 Office: 303-235-2855 * Fax: 303-237-8929 Inspection Line: 303-234-5933 Email: Permits(abci.wheatridge.co.us Date: Plan/Permit # Plan Review Fee: M. f s�1 Building Permit Application *** Please complete all highlighted areas on both sides of this form. Incomplete applications may not be processed. *'* PropertyAddresgltir;c; r.,,+hi ran PkwY. , Wheat Ridge CO 80033 Property Owner (please print): —1-N-R—ET WHEAT RIDGE, LC Phone: ( Z 3) 42 o� 500 Property Owner Email: rte sanrinva1 U I I libridge cam Mailing Address: (if different than property address) Address: -R Rg, Lutheran Pkwy _, _Suite 170 • • -0 Architect/Engineer: MheRTO Group, LTD- Architect/Engineer E-mail: \J kP TI le r��� hone: Contractor: Contractors City License #: Contractor E-mail Address: Sub Contractors: Electrical: W.R. City License # Other City Licensed Sub: City License # Plumbing: W.R. City License # Phone: Other City Licensed Sub: City License # Mechanical: W.R. City License # Complete all information on BOTH sides of this form lIf VVIVIIYILI\VI/-lL LJ 1\LVI✓LI\1111L Description of work: (Check all that apply) ❑ NEW COMMERCIAL STRUCTURE ❑ ELECTRICAL SERVICE UPGRADE ❑ NEW RESIDENTIAL STRUCTURE ❑ COMMERCIAL ROOFING ❑ COMMERCIAL ADDITION ❑ RESIDENTIAL ROOFING ❑ RESDENTIAL ADDITION ❑ WINDOW REPLACEMENT ❑ COMMERCIAL ACCESSORY STRUCTURE (Garage, shed, deck, etc.) ❑ RESIDENTIAL ACCESSORY STRUCTURE (Garage, shed, deck, etc.) ❑ MECHANICAL SYSTEM/APPLIANCE REPAIR or REPLACEMENT ❑ PLUMBING SYSTEM/APPLIANCE REPAIR or REPLACMENT ❑ ELECTRICAL SYSTEM/APPLIANCE REPAIR or REPLACEMENT ❑ OTHER (Describe) (For ALL projects, please provide a detailed description of work to be performed, including current use of areas, proposed uses, square footage, existing condition and proposed new condition, appliance size and efficiency, type and amount of materials to be used, etc.) Of�Kbv,KnOU OF HUUc - 'SUITE fbf2- MSI 'FJZ� C)6 . ADD Tal L,6T 20(>A . Sq. FtAF Btu's Gallons Amps Squares _ Other Project Value: (Contract value or the cost of all materials and labor included in the entire project) OWNER/CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE OF UNDERSTANDING AND AGREEMENT I hereby certify that the setback distances proposed by this permit application are accurate and do not violate applicable ordinances, rules or regulations of the City of Wheat Ridge or covenants, easements or restrictions of record; that all measurements shown and allegations made are accurate; that I have read and agree to abide by all conditions printed on this application and that I assume full responsibility for compliance with applicable City of Wheat Ridge codes and ordinances for work under any permit issued based on this application; that I am the legal owner or have been authorized by the legal owner of the property to perform the described work and am also authorized by the legal owner of any entity included on this application to list that entity on this application. I, the applicant for this building permit application, warrant the truthfulness of the information provided on the application. CIRCLE ONE: (OWNER) (CONTRA C R) or AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE of OWNER) (CONTRACTOR) Electronic Signature (firs[ and last aA L44" fid FOGHOW i A 2CJI-i 6I� DEPARTMENT USE ONLY ZONING COMMMENTS: OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION: Reviewer: BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS: Reviewer: 14�1 )---- ////0//,; City of W heat Ridge CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE BUILDING AND INSPECTION SERVICES DIVISION 7500 W 29th Ave Wheat Ridge. CO 90033-8001 p. 303.235.2855.1 303.237.8929 Proof of Submission for Permitting/Plan Review A copy of this form must be completed by each agency indicated on the Permit Submittal Checklist for the project type and be attached to the Building Permit Application at the time of submission. Applications presented for submission without a completed Proof of Submission form from a required agency will not be accepted or processed. Date: (I I1/u Project Address: 3555 LVNEQX j F14W "-)20 Name of Firm/Individual submitting documents: I` 12.T0 PA C i Project Type/Description: Signature of Firm Representative or Individ \ DO NOT WRITE BELOW THIS POINT - FOR AGENCY USE ONLY I, �)c� 'J am a duly authorized representative of the agency indicated below and do, by my signature below, hereby acknowledge receipt of documents necessary for review and approval of the project indicated above. Agency represented: (Please check one) ;>G West Metro Fire Protection o Arvada Fire Protection o Wheat Ridge Water District o Consolidated Mutual Water District o Valley Water District o Denver Water Agency Notes: o Wheat Ridge Sanitation District o Clear Creek Sanitation District o Fruitdale Sanitation District o Westridge Sanitation District o Other SignatureDate: I I- I �/ (Agency Representative) Email: M 0 4 re `�444, City of t�d�e COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT SUB -CONTRACTOR AUTHORIZATION FORM Address: 3 SI S �vtw�X_ Permit #: Contractor: 3 Q- TIu%+,L-oeix,t Electrical Contractor Name: ; Phone #: License #: of Authorized Agent Master #: �vt�4 io 'r RLGtff b Date I Plumbing Contractor I Company Name: Mc_ R l DjA �,,, L4L s4mD►LL Phone #:,3o3 - y 3 -S53 S State License #: 0000-7-7-7 Master #: M P oo I _79 y z y Wheat Ridge License #: D 18 v q S Si eof Authorized Age Date Mechanical Contractor Company Name: Phone: Wheat Ridge License #: Signature of Authorized Agent Date * his application must be signed by each sub -contractor confirming the same. City of NVh6at C C COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT ._SUB -CONTRACTOR AUTHORIZATION FORM Project Address: 3 IS S ;�kwx Permit #: General Contractor: _ N C_ tau t;, otNs T ! r. Electrical Contractor Company Name: A ft-EvL.L Phone #: 303 - 7!o I- 1-1-C99 State License #: is f -C oo o 19 51 Master #: M too v 2 1 So Signature of Au orized Agent 1 Date �-' a�Wheat M2%,Zce 1�, C)22 NY I Plumbing Contractor ) Company ?'dame: ME Rtpo .,N VvrQIN. Phone #: State License #: Master #: Wheat Ridge License #: Signature of Authorized Agent Date Mechanical Contractor Company Name: Lu %,-r1h Art R Phone: Wheat Ridge License #: Signature of Authorized Agent Date *This application must be signed by each sub -contractor confirming the same. ♦�I14K r k__! LY Of NVrh6at",_"jge COMMUNITY DEVELOPT SUBCONTRACTOR AUTHORIZATION FORM Project Address: 3 5"S SgAa ,,_ �kW� Permit #:_ General Contractor: 1� c— A-E, Electrical Contractor Company Name: Ar CiEw - C �F,: R� Phone #: State License #: Master #: r RcG(S-it NFt� i0 ��' � Signature of Authorized Agent Plumbing Contractor Company Name: AD t4,Phone #:. State License #: Master #: Wheat Ridge License #: Signature of Authorized Agent Mechanical Contractor Company Name: Lu.�j��Phone: Wheat Ridge License #: 1112-02 i'&9*A o�ll Date Date - Me1-10 Date *This application must be signed by each sub -contractor confirming the same. A i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE �9r(303) Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: E72 I , FIZ I Job Address: 3555 Pjz(w y 57c 2oc, Permit Number: 00 e -,? b N, -„s, '5,1 1 L� ❑ No one available for inspection: Time �U. S AM/PM Re -Inspection required: Yes No *When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: / l- )- i & Inspector DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE �(303) Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: f'z 11� It /4'e I Job Address: -3 55-5- LL47Hr`✓In N �K w i 2DG Permit Number: D O 8 76 C+L'+-u.11 100 -t o jeo q h'- %] iovPG� see g 11-20 /� c (t C' ipc ell lr 1 q r1; h 9 irk r� �d .J e rt „t i t S +Z+ h� a ✓� Z L ❑ No one available for inspection: Time 3.1 Q A V!PM1 Re -Inspection required: Yes No *When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: Inspector: DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE �' i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE ��9rBuilding Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office - (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: /14 iJ i , '6 r / Job Address: 3Sss Z_u Teti �e A -(,J ?1Z t4 Y 57-6- 200 Permit Number: o/ D o g 7 6 ❑ No one available for inspection: Time AM/PM Re -Inspection required: Yes A-01 When *When corrections have been made, for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date:-,)- Inspector: 4 "(l1 DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE G/ i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE �� Building Inspection Division _A ��(30 (303)234-5933 Inspection line3) 235-2855 Office - (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: �_ I✓ i r Pr Job Address: 3 SSS LwrH,, , lf-,v Permit Number: _70/6 D00-70 �� /tf " 611 ❑ No one available for inspection: Time A /PM Re -Inspection required: Yesr No * When corrections have been made, calf forr re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: q- 2 6'- /- Inspector: �3 it 1t ,( DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE 41 CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office - (303) 237-8929 Fax Inspection Type: Job Address: 74,0 0 Permit Number: 46/(.6 17 0 0 No one available for inspection: Time &PM Re -inspection required: Yes (No on MUMMUM Date: Inspector: - DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE FOR OFFICE USE ONLY `s #. City of C lvt.lvi I# it � V C ,A 9 i plan1pennit # Building Inspection Services Division 7500 W. 29"' Ave., Wheat Midge, CO 50033 Plan Review Office. 303-235-2355 * Fax: 303-23'-3929 Inspection Lina. 303-234-5933 Email;emits ci. eatrid e.c.0 Building Permit Application Prop idr ,s : � a I S Property Owner mail Mailing Address: (if different than property address) Address: Cit , State, Zi t., Ar+ hite tlEngin r E-mail*. Phone.- 3) 3 21 Contractors City License #: Phone.. 7,� o - J:Q - 9 q6 9 ContractorE-mail ,address: , Sufi Contractors: Electrical; Plumbing: Mechanical: W.Iwt. City License # WA.. City License # W,R. City License Other City Licensed Sub: Other City Licensed Scab: City License # City License Complete all information on BOTH sides of this farm MP ! y r • { er M # iY � aY ' ap A �NIll : ri a - • p fI � ., 5 S m SqFULF Btu's Gallons Amps Squares Other FIRE ALARM SYMBOLS LEGEND E- EXISTING DEVICE "C" CEILING G MOUNTED RL– RELOCATED EC) DEVICE flwtl WAI._;MOUNTED RR= REMOVE: AND REINSTALL.. . . DE ICE "AC"– DEVICE ABOVE CEILING RFLP= REMOVE: AND REPLACE DEVICE Com= REMOVE DEVICE f. "A/ B" INDICATES RISER `H'? = I-IORN "Xxw" INDICATES WATTAGE ",S," _... SPEAKER "xx" INDICAl ES CANDELA RATIN NAC1-2- Nl:M1-001 �- 4" MIN.. L_. m DEVICr,W # ON LINE $ E L--.— LOCA. T ION ON INET (........... ___ CIRCUIT NUMBER �...... l_ IDNET CIRCUIT ----PANEL NUMBER NODE,IPANEL. NAC. WIRE TYPE. CLASS B SLC WIRE TYPE CLASS B STYLE Y STYLE 4 IDC WIRE TYPE CLASS ST'A'LE B NOTIFICATION OFFICES I(-I..ION `1011 ml/w STROBE 31 SYSTEM SENSOR P2R ffol l-IxxC/r`'>r HORN STROBE Sxx C,,`w RE I, >C;. E L.IG1-1Tm E_N (18) SM0KL DE EC ORS FOUR (4) Lr���M L)Lt� 0 STC�c. K - P,;'G 6n xxw SPEAKER STROBE F{ ° Rt- 2 -AC HORN i" r1;. / v� _ !3/t1 xxw SPEAKER INITIATING DEVICES c?1 Y. MAKS P,AE i . TYPE 1 �C RIP r7 E_�.. PULL S1..A..HON PI-iOTO DETEt I OR /BASF:: 2 NOTIFIER I=SP-851T �� NEAT DETECTOR,/RASE 9�. _ _ DUCT D TLC;TOk MII E REMO s1.'. 1.,E::S-I SWI..t.CI.I _ REMOTE: LLC) MONITOR MODULE - - 51 CONTROL.. MOC)(JI...I:1: CONTROL_. RELAY LFLOW SWITCH _ 1' iAMIP R SWITCH ACCESSORY DEVICES CITY. MADE PAF i d'r YEE DESCRIPTI0rl CIS EIRE ALARM CCIjTRCJI_ PANEL. 1 FIRELITE ECP;24-I=S6 PJ;;itr POWER SUPPLY - `1E4A ' GRAPHIC MAP -'e1 V OR L -NU OF l_.ILSIE RESISTOR _ .. ._ �......� PHONE JACK LOW AIR SENSOR N SYNC MODULE 3555 DICAL O ( paw*# ME 3555 C 200 WHEAT RIDGE, MOUNTINGDEVICE HEIGHTS SYSTEMINFORMATION NOT TO SCALE TYPE OF NOTIFICATION: All"V f. PR "')VHDL AND lNS I ALL 1 HII f Y ONE (3 11) HORN STROBES ROBES TYPE OF SYSTEM: TEMPORAL 2, F3Rl:,)VIDE AND INSTALL TWO, (2) HEAT DE 1 EC'ORS �- 4" MIN.. STORIES. 3 FLOORS AREA OF WORK (SQFT). A /- 8,868 SOFT 3, F3 C7! R _ l IIIE AND IL SSI HE..I.. ONE: (1) S E Pt:1B� POWER Sl)PPt...Y _ NEVER t - CEILING I SPRINKLERED: NOT SPRINKLED r.. RE I, >C;. E L.IG1-1Tm E_N (18) SM0KL DE EC ORS FOUR (4) Lr���M L)Lt� 0 STC�c. K HERE 4„ MIN, f . RETE .)C -ATL LI"7I li (8 {ORI.I STROBES i DETECTOR SYSTEM IS MONITORED BY, I MII E 6. AND REINSTALL- ALL NINE (9).SMOKE DE € EC:1 ORS ACCEPTABLE HERE 12" MAX. TOP OF DETECTOR ACCEPTABLE HERE, WALL ANISE-lEl� FLOOR WALL... MOUNTED SMOKE, DETECTORS t� TO CEILING DOOR SE„ MAS'., TO TOP OF FE STROBE LENS S0,. MIN. 4S", MAX TO BOTTOM OF `STROBE LENS 42"MIDI. MANUAL PiULL IdORN/ STR'OB_S STAI ION - UNITS (DIMEN c,10f':lS TO HANDI- .0 CODES: 009 1,B.r, 2009 I.F.C. 2010 N.F P A.. 72 2004 ANSI '1 7.1 SUPPLEMENTAL METRO STATE FIRE Trust Your Fire Protection. PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER REVISIONS PROJECT INFORMATION \; fes, f'.:^^ p^*., p ,✓y g r' BU I i.. 11 [fid (7 3` y'.'� 5 6 tl E i...t` I a'�`s`a. 9...... L„„,J �� I `..w 5..,....+. Ati R; Ess 3,5`,55L i H IRAN PARKWAY - SUITE 20 WflEAT RIDGE, CO 80033 DRAWING INFORMATION DRAWN BY R _ dEE COVER Sl -16 D A"",l 's E- 7/18/20 0 �r 3 ✓ l B Lia B.1 P16-343 3 6 -1 NUMBER: LL00R UI T L. O t vSUITE-00FA ' �^ +. SUITE 200 FIRE ALARM PLAN -1/8" _ O„� RISER DIAGRAM ROOF 3RD FLOOR SPARE NAC -2-4 �: .._...._... - _.._._.__. _...� NIAC2-3 '4 11 iii E l ` EXIST EXIST RN S 13 I Ir 1 4 12 NEW EXIST E IS -F FIRI`° /S T T 3 3 8 NEW EXIST EXIST Id R N/ST B I NEW 1300 - < ,} NEW HEAT DE � S L21N�"'D L.... F (F AC.P_i 13T FLOOR BATTERY CALCULATIONS FOR: PANEL: ITEI 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY WHATE RIDGE, CO NOTI FIER A-2020 PART OTT' NUMBER DESCRIPTION HOURS OF SUPERVISION: MINUTES OF ALARM: Device Device Supervisory Iharm Current Gcrrren# 24 5 Total Supervisory OurrenL HOURS MINUTES Total Alarm Current 1 1 EXISTING FIRE ALARM 4..ONTROL PANEL 0.162000 0.118000 9.162000 0.118000 2 1 EXISTING P0'tAjER SUPPLY 0,064000 0.064000 0.064000 G 064000 3 1 FCPS24FS6 POWER SUPPLY 0.064000 0.064000 0.064000 0.064000 HOURS SUB -TOTAL: 0.028467 AMP HOUR TOTALS: TOTAL: 0.290000 0.246000 PERIPHERAL: AMP HOURS TOTAL ALARM: 0.028407 AMP HOURS TOTAL: 9.282567 AMP HOURS TOTAL + (20'%) SAFETY FACTOR 11.13944 ACIP HOURS Device Device Total Total Supervisory 0,000000 Alarm 0.330000 PART 6 P2R Supervisory Alarm Supervisory Alarm ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION Current Current Current Current 1 12 EXISTING PULL STAT ON 0.000250 0.000250 0.003000 0003000 2 309 EXISTING SMOKE DETES,TOR 0.000270 0.000270 0.083430 0.083430 3 29 EXISTING HEAT DETECTOR 0.000270 0.000270 0.407830 O.007830 4 4 EXISTING DUCT DETEC `€OR 0.000200 0.000200 £1.000800 0,000800 6 2 FSP -851T HEAT DETECTOR 0.000270 0.000274 0.000540 0.000540 SUB -TOTAL: _ TOTAL 1.560000 AMP HRS + SAFETY FACTO3R {20%): 2.297404 AMP HRS TOTAL: 0.095600 0.095600 PANEL: 0.290000 AMPS PERIPHERAL 0.095600 AMPS SIDE -TOTAL: 0.385604 AMPS HOURS OF SUPERVISORY: 24.0000 HOURS SUBTOTAL: 9.264400 AMP HOURS ALARM: MINUTES OF ALARM: 5 PANEL, 0.246000 AMPS PERIPHERAL: 0.095600 AMPS SUB -TOTAL: 0.341600 AMPS MINUTES OF' ALARM: 4.08333 HOURS SUB -TOTAL: 0.028467 AMP HOUR TOTALS: 0.065000 0.0654300 0.065000 TOTAL SUPERVISORY: 9.25444.00 AMP HOURS TOTAL ALARM: 0.028407 AMP HOURS TOTAL: 9.282567 AMP HOURS TOTAL + (20'%) SAFETY FACTOR 11.13944 ACIP HOURS Batteries Supple d - 1 Set of': 18.00400 AMP HOURS AREA OF WORK SYSTEMINPUTS 1 TManual Pull Station 1st Floor 2 NOTIFICATION [1 ` ro BATTERY CALCULATION 3 Manual Pull Station - 3rd Floor FOR: 3655 LUTHERAN PARKWAY 5 Smoke Sensor - 2nd Floor 6 Smoke Sensor - 3rd Floor 3556 LUTHERAN PARKWAY SLIITlN 200 2ND FLOOR HOUR, OAF SUPERVISION: 2 HOURS I ANEL: FIRELITE- FCP 24FS0 MINUTES OF ALARM: 5 MINUTES Item qty Part Number nice Description Sulaervi oryIAarm Total :UT Tntsl 1 I FCPS24FS6 NEtYv FIRE'LITE BOOSTER PANEL Curren Current SI Alarrn Sprinkler WaWflow - 2nd Floor 18 Sprinkler Waterflow -3rd Floor 0.065000 0.0654300 0.065000 0.065000E PERIPHERAL: - 21 PANEL CURRENT; 0,065000 0,065000 Item Qty Dart Nunn ser bevice Description Supervisory Atasrrr Total Total 1 5 SR EXISTING 1 W STIP, WALL, RED Current Current 0,000000 0.066000 Supervisory 0,000000 Alarm 0.330000 2 6 P2R EXISTING H1 5W HRN STP, iNALL, RED o.000000 0.079000 0,000000 0.474000 3 4 2 P2R EXISTING I I OW HRN STB, WALL, RED 0.000000 0.107040 0.000000 0.214000 3 P2R EXISTING 1-1175W FIRN STB, WALL, RED 0.040000 0.176000 0.000000 0.528006 5 29 P2R NEW H`I,�W HRN STB, WALL, RED 0:000000 0.079000 0,000000 2,241000 6 2 P2R NEW H7,,W HRN STB, WALL, RED 4.000000 0.176000 6.000000 0.352400 PERIPHERAL CURRENT: 0.000040 4.189045 ISUPERVTOTAL CALCULATED AMP HOURS PANEL: PERIPHERAL: 0.065000 A&j TOTAL SUPERVISORY: 1.660000 AMP HRS SUB -TOTAL: 0,000000 AMPS TOTAL ALARM: €1.354540 AMP HRS AMOUNT OF SUPERVISION: 4.065000 AMPS TOTALCUR RENT DRAW: 24..400400 HOURS 1.914500 AMP HRS SUB -TOTAL: _ TOTAL 1.560000 AMP HRS + SAFETY FACTO3R {20%): 2.297404 AMP HRS BATTERY SUPPLY- I1j SETOF: 7.000004 AMP HRS ALARM NOTES PANEL: 0.005900 AMPS PERIPHERAL: 4.189000 AMPS SUB -TOTAL: 4.2544100 AAPS MINUTES OF ALARM: 4.08.8333 HRS SUB -TOTAL: 0.354500 AMP IIRS' SYSTEMINPUTS 1 TManual Pull Station 1st Floor 2 Manual Pull Station - 2nd Floor 3 Manual Pull Station - 3rd Floor 4 Smoke Sensor - 1 st Floor 5 Smoke Sensor - 2nd Floor 6 Smoke Sensor - 3rd Floor 7 Smoke Sensor - 1st Floor Elev L{ 8 Smoke Sensor_ 2nd Floor Elev l 9 Smoke Sensor - 3rd Floor Elev L 10 Duct Smoke Sensor - 1st Floor 11 Duct Smoke Sensor - 2ndF]oor 12 Duct Smoke Sensor - 3rd Floor 13 Heat Sensors- 1st Floor 14 Heat Sensors - 2nd Floor 15 Heat Sensors - 3rd Floor 16 SprinklerWaIedow-1stFloor 17 Sprinkler WaWflow - 2nd Floor 18 Sprinkler Waterflow -3rd Floor 19 Sprinkler Control Valve 20 FACP AC Power Failure 21 FACP Low Battery 22 Open Circuit 23 Ground Fault 24 Notification Appliance CircuitShort 25 1 Alarm Signal Silence OFFICE BUILDING [ SE UENCE �OFOpERATIONS SVSTEM OUTPUTS' FACP Annunciation Notification Fire Safety Control AAr (D 0 0 - n o 0 t>= n ro cs V op cis c > C13 75 OD as cCU C0ren o c cn E cn cz c as o �- o C/.)E cn o o o Cf) m E g c ca v Kn c as is c/7 d cis to t- O CU cu M CID - � j �..0 w ccs as o a Q c ctJ c U a t/a p O N O N N N 0 O C%? = C6 = c} E ass e1 g A? o o _ .< zs m ciJ N ch W ¢ N N � i? m aw a� (D w w o = CLccs C1315 A2= c M m m d o c v - -<r 13�fu' METRO STATE FIRE PROJECT INFORMATION PRO,' ; Ell--" I PEDIATRICS WEST 313�'.) DI M_.. OFFICES ,: < S LUT-HERAN LUT-HER,PARKWAY - SUITE 200 W11EAT RIDGE, CO 80033 DRAWING INFORMATION DRAWN BY: RMA `_a 4-i�j¢:^�.E 'r r1 -I : 3 DATE, 7/18/2016 SH?EET NUMBER" SIJITE 200 FA -01 Melissa Macke From: Ed Donahue <Ed.Donahue@catamountinc.com> Sent: Friday, August 19, 201611:19 AM To: Melissa Mackey Cc: Brad Umbarger, Ryan Barrett Subject: Permit 201600870 Suite # AIN 111111111111t 11110111 1 "I'll RIZI-1311SUZZIM ME= Ul' City of' 'W h 6 d COMMUNnfy DEvrLOPMENT Plan/Permit # 12 Building & Inspection Services Division 7500 M 291h Ave., Wheat Ridge, CO 80033 Plan Review Fee Office: 303-235-2855 * Fax: 303-237-8929 Inspection Line: 303-234-5933 Email: pe[flat �t§j2qi,,wheatndqe,co.us Building Permit Application Property Address: 3555 LUTHERAN PKWY, WHEAT RIDGE CO 80033-6021 Property Owner (please RIDGE HEALTHCARE SERVICES Phones 303-422-9500 Property Owner Email: NIKKI, HART@LILLIBRIDGE.COM Address: Cit, Mate, i : Arch itecVEngi neer E-mail: Phone: Contractor: THYSSENKRUPP ELEVATOR Contractors City License cc -1-5 Phone. 120-274-3478 Contractor E-mail Address: KATRINA. Electrical, W.R. City License # Other City Licensed Sub: City License # Plumbing: W.R. City License# Other City Licensed Sub: City License # W.R. City License # Complete all inforniatio" on Writ sides of this form 0 NEW COMMERCIAL STRUCTURE ELECTRICAL SERVICE UPGRADE NEW RESIDENTIAL STRUCTURE 0 COMMERCIAL ROOFING COMMERC AL ADDITION 0 RESIDENTIAL ROOFING RESDENTIAL ADDITION 0 WINDOW REPLACEMENT COMMERCIAL ACCESSORY STRUCTURE (Garage, shed, deck, etc.) 0 RESIDENTIAL ACCESSORY STRUCTURE (Garage, shed, deck, etc.) [] MECHANICAL SYSTEM/APPLIANCE REPAIR or REPLACEMENT 0 PLUMBING SYSTEM/APPLIANCE REPAIR or REPLACMENT 191, ELECTRICAL, SYSTEM/APPLIANCE REPAIR or REPLACEMENT NEW LAMINATE PANELS ONE DOWNLIGHT LED CEILING FINISHED IN STAINLESS STEEL STAINLESS STEEL REVEALS BEHIND THE LAMINATE PANELS Sq. RILE Btu's Gallons Amps Squares Other [Pr6ject Value: (Contract value or the cost of all materials and labor included in the entire Project) ONVNER/C'ONTRACTOR SIGNA,rulzE of uNIDERSTANDINGAND ACRFEMENT I hereby certify that the setback distances prolxed by thi,,: pomritapplication ,are .accurate nand do not -6olatc applicable ordinances, rules or NgUlations of the City of Wheat Ridge or Covenants, Casements or restriction,; of record., that all nicasurements shoNAn and allegations rntile: sari. accurate; that I have read and agree toalaide by Al conditions primed on this application and that I assurne full responsibility ftwcornpliance with applicable City of kk"heat Ridge codes and ordinances ficnvork underany permit issued based ort this, application; that I am the legal wwnei or have been authorized by the legal owner ot'llie property to pertlorm dw described work and ani also authorized by the legal owner ofally entity included can thisapplication to list that entity ()it this application. 1, the applicant far this budding permit application. warrant tile truthfulness of the information provided on theapphcrtfion. CIRCLEONE: (0JVVLFR) ((WATTRACTOR) ty (AU7"UOR171YD REPRI.WtAJATIVE') qJ' i`OWNER) (C`ONTRACTOR) Electronic SltynakMr* (first and last natner: Building Division Valuatiow IN 3555 Lutheran Pk'wy Wheat Ridge, CO August 15th, 2016 REVIEW BASED ON PLANS DATED August I I th 2016 Pennit #201601187 REVIEW CONTACT Adam, Mulford (303) 478-6778 mountain office M Larson Lane PO Box 1261 Frisco, CO 80443 (303) 591-9258 ThyssenKrupp Elevator CODES USED FOR REVIEW ASME A17.. 201 Elevator & Escalator Safety Code Notice This cursory plan review is based on the codes noted herein and represent-, a list of corrections necessary to comply with the requirements contained within them. This review is not a building permit. The local jurisdiction is responsible for issuing the appropriate permits based on this review. The approval of plans and specifications does not permit the violation of any section of any federal, state or local regulations. All comments in this report are based on the information provided on the drawings and supporting documentation provided for review. Colorado Code Consulting, LLC does not accept any responsibility for any condition that was not known at the time of this report. We reserve the right to amend this report if additional information is received. This report does not purport to review, interpret, apply, or certify compliance with the accessibility requirements set forth within the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). The application, interpretation and enforcement of the ADA are vested with the Federal Department of Justice. Applicants are encouraged to seek professional review to ensure compliance with the ADA. -2- The items noted below with a comment number (13-1,13_2 etc) are items that need to be corrected for compliance with the applicable section. The drawings have also been marked with the same designation in the area in question. B = Building Code, M = Mechanical Code, P = Plumbing Code, E = Electrical Code, El. = Elevator Comments ELEVATOR CODE COMMENTS EL -1 Elevator Cab Finishes Materials in their end use configuration (plastic laminate and associated adhesives) shall conform to the following requirements, based upon ASTM 84: (a) flame spread rating of 0 to 75 (b) smoke development of 0 to 450. Floor surfaces (a) flame spread rating for of 0 to 300 (b) smoke development of 0 to 300 ASME A 17.12013 - 2.14.2. 1.1 EL -2 Top emergency exit shall have an area of 400 square inches and shall measure not less than 16 inches on any side. Suspended ceiling below shall be direct4y aligned to provide a clear passageway. ASME, A] 7.12013 - 2.14. 1.5.1 EL -3 The suspended ceiling exit panel must be restrained from failing. Light fixtures mounted within the moveable portion of the suspended ceiling must be provided with a plug and socket or flexible armored wiring. Flexible wiring shall not be used to restrain the movable portion of the suspended ceiling. ASMEA17,12013-2.14.1.5.1(d) EL -4 Decorative panels, suspended ceilings and other equipment attached within the car enclosure, shall be securely fitstened to avoid becoming displaced suring, ordinary service or during safety testing processes. ASME A] 7.12013 — 2.14.1.2.3 —End of Review- -3- 1161111, =1 Qty A, — Tms site E--cw D -w-0- INS ORDER SHOULD BE LINKED TO JOB# clw�.,W- OR CAH�Hmw,, TMrv.PEP. — siaa 51 0 11 70 ERW 0. f— P— d NNk _2- 563 LB V2 [3 pm bstad 01 REVEALE#4:ST�AMLESS STM�AL ft PANEL TYPE CLEAR CUT ::-1 PANEL 02 WiLL PANEL 02 TNM: PANEL #2 WOOD WK 03 PANEL TYPEF�LE6R �E� PANNI, 0 IIIFILL PANEL #3 TOOL PANEL 03 WOOD TWM' PANEL #4 WILL Poitsit PANEL #4 TRN,C PANEL 04 WOOD TRR4 A PANEL PANEL 404FUL, PANEL 4 TWK PAWL #6 WOOD TFIK NIGHT HAM LEFT KANOML. REAR KANDRAU,:[#:4:S TOTAL weiGHr ERR; secTmN; 0 L8 PANB,X MATEAIAL��:----_- THICKNESSEM' Oly PANEL IL MATERJAIE:::::::::�� RNISH,,EMjjjjjjjZMjjMjMjMjMM= EDGING' lZMMISMEM WIDTH I=' 149GHT CM- I'MCKNESSIM* CRY PANEL C MATWM.[,-- HKISH EOGRULESSIZZ= WMTHEM- HOGHtEM' THICKNESSEM' STY ffM PANEL D, EDW*Q EMEtt �<< MOTH M=" HEIGHT ff=' THICKNESS C=' OTY CERNIC TYPE PANEL [#4jT:A:WLESS �STEEL ALLOY �441 fZA Cj TOTAL waGNT Tms sumN; 0 LB QTYOF9RACKMzjoMMjEM LENGTH:EM SURVEYTYPEEMMEMMUMMEMSEEMEMENEEM OTY Of BRACKETS.EMMMMIME LENGTH, EM SURVEY TYPE NEAR, ,OF WWKVS MEMMM LENGTH:SURVEY "TYPE 'i,C M= U-STOTAL WIRGHT'ROSSECIU(Nk 0 LB WORN$TYak.. MATERIA! jMjffJjMMjjJ=PINIStt RIM- HEM' LAPEM" RMPLATEffEMMMMEM MATERIAL, MEMEMFaNisk Wg=* H EM' LAP=' TEMPLATEEMEMMMM (MOR Ali TYPE...MATMALfflMIJIMIMIM FROSREMMEMIZZIMMIM12= w mm. HEM -M, —mmmammmmmum SILL 01 TYKE=--== SILL #ILENGTH M=- SkL 02 TYPE - SILL #2 LEUGlH-'ffMSILL #3 TYPE' SILL. #3 LENGTH: nTmSECTIOw 0 LB ,._.a.., ........... ITEM 0201YEM ITEM A3- ITEM #3 OTY EM ITEM #4QTY: MM ITEM #6QTY: N= ITEM *======== nEM"OlYME ffEf4#7.===:::==== ITEMS70TYME fTEMML DIMMOTYEM ITEM #@: LumfoonEm m3m,o,W Mpjd mm, kg 2htso,0mO bi,—I-b wov�,, No,?" o0W N,w, �,,10 tmw s;2 ba} wd km C'me"M kxtds imJ a SW4wc� W " han W ` f' d veaeor" qtm,", �� fzu� doll thc, �,Uwlwo mal �,Wo 6,flo Aikhtfmnew,trK0 H M0(jjpEcm, 1 N, 0wood veno,k oqias, "'w, ,,vion,q ",4 weeA". sampl�� pqp A cuIRUA �,MlWlf� W �tjkwed �n� w, oo v4ecton , L,wmon, cokx mi� 6v ,tquito I, Plel, mff bk,, a$ I iJ�,jrqt, t(g �,dm,�,405. #4 STAINLESS STEEL (ALLOY 441) I 1 *0 1 11 1, 1 W.MIA411121111 , I a , W-11 STAINLESS STEEL (ALLOY 441) panel finish. Rear Handrail = #4 Stainless Steel Bar handrail w/ ends .ovo-� -returned to wall PANEL TYPE 02 .. APPLIED PANEL CCN SKIING GAF 3t0 39KH ERAS FACED 00 SOTH SMS VATH LAMMATE RAGK#NG S#ffM THE PANEL l.S FACED VATH PLASTIC LAMMAU4206 PLANKEO DELUX PEARO PANEL TYPE P3»APPLIEDPARR CONIRSTFNG Of 34 INCH MR FACED ON BOTH UM WTTH LANNATI RACKING SHEEM THE PANEL PS FACED PATH PLASTIC LWRATE4M FLANKED rfLUX PEARO CaLkNG - FORMED METAL catTNG OF NON£PCif6D- FROM STANDARD SELECTOR, UGWWG TO BE LED DOWNUGHT, ..HEkGHT PANFJ TYPE .X2 -SIDE ..,03.26 FAW TYPE k3• _63.25 FAREL TYPE N�4-SIDE FANEL TYPE FS - VDE Ix FANELTYPE #2— 63.73 PANEL TYPE 03 ^ 63.25 FANEL TYPE 6A-.FAN£i.: tlS:. TMry � SURVEY FORM; WALL PANELS, REVEALS, HANDRAILS AND CEILING - SEPARATE FORS/ REQUIRED FOR EACH CAR SIZE HNAtMIONS BELOW SHOULD HE ENTERED 8N'TOP COROSPONMr SPACES ABOVE Jeb Nemro %eeh— MORA -EAST Cuxt~Nina%p6a# CsrAmrua ad PDN 9 (CLEAR SNStpR: WiaYN.•.M• x a a a a Clear Shell Wx_,. Dimensions ° µ w w �.... ......_.,....______„.._ ,.... REOat lNSii�f 0 CAkSHELLL MMENSl4N5 �..._. .... ........._,.. . ERIN Ux” 'k'N4 RtO WALLY ...,.. EBc.Akb°vra#. k. ..,,. Mi; .... w,(TCif V.. TOP ExfP i... ts�utS�+ tcct➢R 3 ERt4 da rrw, Ntu it4 exit N4{tPY NOT �a�3 � lxltlt�yx t l �l�htav�lt Fxxltt �l?-xix`: a i ---------- ..... .... . ------------ t l ts�utS�+ tcct➢R �a�3 � lxltlt�yx t l �l�htav�lt Fxxltt �l?-xix`: a i ---------- ..... .... . ------------ t SURVEY FORM: WALL PANELS, REVEALS, HANDRAILS AND CEILING - SEPARATE FORM REQUIRED FOR EACH CAR SIZE WMENSUDis BELOW SHOULD BE ENTEREO 94 THE. COROSPON MNG SPACES BELOW P,oxkjob Numborl 0--- SELECTQPTION THAT OE7A9L5 HDW THE CAB £E9LRdG 5R71t APFEAii ER THE COVES ANO SOFft7S T9PA7 CAN BE ,_ D__�__. ti 0 A 0 B a"'"a C BAS¢£ SUSPENDED COLING PROTURCANG SOFF8Tr COVE RAMOS OPERA WALL I0ABTOP ,.I y y$# aW 116' i N 18"D D 3.$ q DR ., ....,..e FLOOR TO DROP COUNG D3 FLOOR TO DROPCER.RiG 0.1 FLOOR TO DROP C.... L,".....ym CERJNGTOTOP Lrv„ CEit9NG TO TOP ._.»•» L GEIUtG TO TOP M HoOmr OF SofnTlcOVE M _.� ......®,: HEIGHT Of SOFFIT P COVE N MOTH OF SOPFrr / COVE aa,.i ..., VAUTH OF SOFf9T t .» .... COVE P AFF TO UN SIDE OF P: ' A€F TO UNDERSDE .".� .. soffftC.OVE OF SOFRT t COVE O_ . OFFSET €F DATf{}N "B' DR "C` SELECTED ABOVE PLEASE PR04ADE O# SPDNS REQUESTED BELtJW •.� MACK WAL u ..,„,. CAO (AJTLiNE EOGE AT, SOFFIT FUGHT L EFT t. WALL t WA9 W 1 YRONT .._"____..,.,.._....�.,..._.„..,, ,.........SELECT THEO BEIOW THAT BEST OETAtt.S THE NOtN_.m....._.....__. .............m _,..._...... „_,.._,_...�.,.,�.. ....._..__,...,___....,,...__............,_....._..,.___...„.,......,.,.«..-._.._...,.__. _ T3%E BASE WKL. LOOK THE E%9STlNG BASE AND PANEIS ARE R VED E] FLUSH -^^ PROJECPKG [3RECESSED AMUSED Fwav e a G c:AR W%44- CAR Cr PRUanoff DEPTH i RECESS DEPTH 6.1 RAD9US DEPTH H JEcrok NE96RT J RECESS HDOW HA Raw Know CABS.WI7H USED CORNERS-SEI.E£TTHE£pRNER5 TNA7 ARE .USED ANO PROVA)f THE PROPER£RMENSMS BACK WALL RdGN7REAR Y Z CAB OU10NE ....„ i AUGHT FRONT Y 4__..,....___._. 1 .��...«.._a. J w. l LEFT REAR Y C:::= 2 LEFT FRONT Y 2 id9f"hiT.k WALL ; F"i” }.......,?....� WALL tdEA§URE#fiENTS ARE fR0#d SEAM TO FACE Of ,___„„_.....m.,! WALL FRONT SURVEY FORM: CAR DOORS 01KNWONS BELOW SHOULD BE ENTERED W THE COROSPONWNG SPACES ABOVE Jab Name. Q Curt— Name \ Daaatutwr: Car Doae,SMSI $u T n C C2 C3C= 34 D D2 D3 D4 E E2= Esc= E4 FC= F2 _ F3 F4 DOER 7!#iCKNE55 i car Doan P Sd1 k2. SiuYaY Dasa a bear R2 a C= s2E= 03E= a4 C C2 C3' C4[=,. D2 D3E= D4(= ED E24= E4=J E4 F ._..."�.'"_ p2[=FS..= F4 DOOR WKNESS 3 I Caa ow, f 59 Y3 i i Suavay Date-Dwwt N7 ^-- ^y C...,..........._._ C2d.....-»._.-�-__..�.--4qt C3�._......._--yy Gl.._........,_.Jpp --- E F2[--„„_...,...._w.S F3E7--_ F4E-----3 DOOR TPttCKRESS SoK Daarmatar t k 9 s ly k4vvo( -qls tew , 6 n, ey 0-7 A4, s 27 '10v F7 'Z7' —TWS ORDER SHOULD BE LMXW TO4081 cfwems- Wwft —;0P cwa-uAavwA OR sow. uwwwd Sbw 07 A CMTs �K�..... 93 AYE, 000op OX RPM c] AM skw 20 SwVk AW"W PMffl PEVFALAKHANDRAH KITS NO MOV WAUMOUNITV CAR SW104S roTALwv4"T7muvr4Nz 445 LB.. .M.U90 - In C3Pf. Ms $1 REVEAL.: #a STAINLESS STEEL ALLOY 4aI 5- 92 PANEL "PE@ffAWFVr PANEL 11 INFILL PANEL #2TMM: PANEL #2 WOOD TRIM, 03 PANEL TYPE4 CtFi PANE1,13 WEILL PANEL 94 TRIM PANEL 94 WOOD TAIM. 04 PANEL PANEL #4 INFILL PANEL #4 Tmm- PANEL #4 WOOD T%M, #6 PANEL TYPE, PANEL #6 LAPEL IBM PANEL 06 TRIM: PINISH PANEL Of, WOOD TRIM: NIGHT HANORAK: LEFT HANDRAIL REAR HANDRAIL [#:4: S" u- TOTAL WEIGHT TdpS SE&TION 0 LS PANELA MATERIX���= HBGWffM- THKKNESSMM' OTY W PANEL MATMAQ::::::::::�� RULSK EDGING: WIDTH HOGHT I=' 'DOCKNESSEM* STY M PANELC: ED03RCLMMUMMEM VADTHEM' HIRGHTEM' THICKNESS EM' QTY EM PANEL0,k MATIRIALE=EOWNGL CMRJ31. ' V4M W=, HEIGHT ME' TRICKNESSEM' OTY EM TOTALW9GHTrQSStCTK)K 127 LB CER,NIG TYPE FRAME, PANEL #f4 STANdI.ESS STEEL. ALLOY q4Y 0_LB MHT OTY Of BRACKETS UR MMIE= LENGTH;S...TYPE LEFT, OTY OFBRACKETS: Mmmmm LENGTH: E= REAM- FL LENGTH: E= SURVEYTYPEEMEEMIUMMIJIMEEMEMEM !oT"w GHjTmsavnm 0 LB MATMALEMIMIMEZiMIM PINISKEEZIMMIMMEMEMMEM= LNEM- H IM- LAPEMTEMPLATEGIMMIUMIMIMMISM MATEMALEJUJIMMERIMM WE=' H MM- WEM' TEMPLATE MATEWALEMZM=MM MNIStk WEM- H ff=' tAPFM' TEMPLATE117MMIMMMMM SILL #Y TYPE: SkL#%LENGTH: E=- 5jLL#2tENOTOl=- SRL #3LERGTK•M=' ToTALwaGHTTmssvcTFou. 0 LB fTfM #1 FTEM fil QTY STEM 97 ffM #2 CIS EM OEM#3: {TEM#3 Ore ITEM #4:... #4 OTY:: ITEM a --sDTP: M ITEM #EL Of"'MOTY: EM ITEM A7OTY' Em rrEm"OTY: Em OEM a, ITEM novum ht,j� t I q ' ol d ea . ,fl w 4 t �s o""k , t (oal O ': m4l' m " , _,r r, , � t iqc de 1 'i kv'oi t t tern ,, be�,ed 0� � � ��' � � �,� �! , hop, do , � , m'R � a ,vb ject to f Na g e wamllwl n'A C" m suA f 'Imw ,, N,, 1 t R'rl 4 k'n o , 4� �' : Om d"'ato' AM "hqw""m�' ;'vw F,. ,'I�la$ctan, TN, 0 w c"'o—""0k�s� r"A'oed 140. Y'4 m�,Iks Pm 'an"uAe p, ep, A L,,vVyk,' Wffi We.fiofn tIdMiAld s'kf vg a paaw?w . 'Aov vv'R bv retprod, Moe 'Vi4 tw j $ "dJ@t n""t eye 4"q Yor Ano ti,a+r Omd aa. STEEL (ALLOY 441) I �1111M!ll MMS ---PPM< :�X, J STAINLESS STEEL (ALLOY 441) panel finish, Rear Handrail = #4 Stainless Steel -1/4" x 2" Bar handrail wen / ds .M0000� returned to wall I SIDE WALL REAR WALL PANEL TYPE 02 - APPLIED PANEL rONSPVN"G Of 34 INCH WO FACED ON BOTH SIDES BOTH LAMNATE BACIONG SHEETS. THE PANEL IS FACED VATM PLASTIC WWATE4206 FLOM OL UX MAE PANEL TYPE 03 - APPIMED PANEL LONSMTMG Of M INCH PRAS FACED 04 BOTH SIDES MTH LAMINATE OACKMG SHEM, INS PANEL IS FACED WITH PLASTIC LAMATE4206 PLANNED OtLUX PEARO COULNG - FORMED METAL CEILING Of NONEPUDID - FROM STANDARD SELECTOR. UG"NO TO Of LEO DOWNUGHT, -- -Wiff-m T -RUG-HT PANEL TYPE -#2 - SIDE _707 T 8278. PANEL TYPE -#3 - SIDE -7-45- %. 82.78 PANEL TYPE #4 - SIDE -T PANEL TYPE -#6 - SIDE 7 PANEL TYPE -02 NEAR 2-4 7 82.78 PANEL TYPE -#3 •RM 2-4 T 82.'75 PANELTYPE -#4 REAR PANEL TYPE -#6 .... T 0 0 SIM WMA 0 0 ---L 154, P*mt #2Uct- v— p".1 #4 So ~, V4. ftm� 0 .Wtine Hmdfal at too H**d to wak SURVEY FORM: ..FORM REOUIREO .EACH CAR SO DD4ME)NS SELOW SHOULD BE ENTERED M THE CMSPONtftr. SPACES ADM � A'A, L . lVV (CLEAT WSK* MOTH a k X' Clear Shell Dimensions x 4J x �ue� �✓ 4 REAP Wk d � OP VWW Top tX&T e• vePT. .. VY CFrtW �RY4 to w w, MI TExRW s y d7tw Cvacrgie} z s' €ast F u "4 4 my m* w M ft cob coffwt oso+roa egjwo' okw ust Doge Z VY CFrtW REQUOIED CAB &CEIW--MGHEiGPP'fSL,�,_�...,..,.,._ my m* w M ft cob coffwt oso+roa egjwo' okw ust Doge Z SURVEY FORM. WALL PANELS, REVEALS, HANDRAILS AND CRUNG - SEPARATE FORM REQUtRED FOR EACH CAR SIZE DIMENSONS BELOW SHOULD K ENTERED IS THE COROSPOROMr. SPACES SELOW P60 #A »•" SEIECT ZY THAT DEiAN.S HOW i9tE GAE CEFLiP4G V1WLL APPEAN THE CDYES ANA SOPPtTS THA7 CAN A 0 B OC RAWWC SUSPENDED CEILING PROTURt"Mr, SOFFWT I COVE RADIUS OFFER WALL P CAB TOP 9 MINE, s+,R.aavka,aaM:.. ca xa.xx�.a s .L., .�.� ! N z,sl U t FLOOR I'O MP MUNG O:a .�� FLOOR TO DROP CRISCO .» 01 w� FLOOR TO MOP CEW L CELLBNG TO TOP t CEILING TO TOP L ,., _.". CEILING TO TOP PL HEH'cKofsOFfiTICDYE M g--: ,,.... .., HEIGHT OF sop"t1 4 COVE N WIDTH DP SOFFIT d COVE M.1WROTH OF Saw t "....w COVE P AEF TO UNDERSIDE OF Pw, ,.,.. ,,.. � JAFF TO U* DE "••"� SOffITICOVE. O OFSOFRTIcow .m...,.,,.. OFFSET .•"."`, _ IF` OPTIQN °B` OR "G" SEkE:CTED AL3WiVE PiEPSE PRC319DE 1#I9ENS#ON& RECNWES'CED BEI.OtN ____.._w�... ..-----�,�,.. SAC" .. u CAU t3LW'R" JNEP EDGE LIF sco-FN MGHY a EFT WALS. W FRONT O PANELS ARE REMOVED___, FLUSH PROJEC`DNG .......__..« w.,.am.m... €--i RECESSED JEMOSED S b;SYM £ h:Dit I 041Ai � vS DE CAB � n t f r G s E � a z i G PROJECTION DEPTH W RECESS DEPTH GA M� RADIUS DEPTH H m._._ : PRDIECTION HHGHT d Rfass "EIGHT H,.i RARIUS HEIGHT BACK WALL 4 'IV RIGHT READ Y. CAB OUTL�NE y _.... i MGMTFRONT Y R LEFT REAR Y $ ..._z .. t.EFT iIkISNT Y: 2 WAC{. WAE.L. ' UREMENTG.ARE FROM SEAN TO FACE OF WALL FRONT SURVEY FORM: CAR DOORS MMENWONS BELOW SHOULD BE EN?EMED tN THE COROSPQNOiNG SPACES ABOVE lob Nino: 0 CuaFmmar N i D`,xR. @ A.O ffi: 0 Car Uoo+/SWAT Somy0ata-Dow 0 B 02 BB Rio C CZr= C3[=C4... 0 0,2 03. E. E2 E.S' E4 ^^ F F2 .,......�..1 FJ FA E:==== OoDR T!#CKNESS C= Bot.. agar i 's i Cai'GaarPSUl �2�2 SwveY DOA •Dow #2 tt{� i A A2 'TT A3 A4C ^^�.i qq B _......,_..._ B2 _J SAC= 04 C C2�,� C3 C4 D2 DEC„. '^.� D4 ._..,....m.....i E E2E= E3 E4. F FZE= F3(= —�E PAL--. .„J DOOR TWKNESS `s $OR0 -W I i f Car 0-, SW 4S Stw�Cv--eYy-"aa^^•--Dw7$2 A i...M........_.,.....t A`4,_,.,.........J A3 _..—_. R4 C fn2 E ....w.,..,�_..., 22[: SSE— E4 ..��... �t DOOR TMCKNESS ._ .,..,,......_.__.,...,.,.....,,._ ....... ... ..... --- BoR04--t- tamat- ,....,......._.. ..,......,.._.. .._,..,,,..,.....,,...... cas"�, i9alil-Of so 7 - fir SURVEY FDRM, HANDRAILS WMEASKINS BELOW SHOULD RE ENTERED ON THE COROSPORtANG SPACE'S ABOVE Job N�Y. FRfiffiYPM1066 Ci4tmt, Name 9 DisubawCa ia1 {fi,i71i.6 Raght Kod k #N: QvorHaadxabt L. 4 o($r 0 EM of Raft to CL of Ist Spot" CL d It Spacer W CL of 2rd Spacer Loft Hard Ha dmOSavay DNaPaU Naodter!! Q Ptl{Bi'. ffi Q.... End of RaNto CL of 10 Spaces 4.6 CL of "t Spno to CL of led Spam Rorer Hands# S—y Overall HendraNtongfh .__??.�... NWAM of &achau =0 W of Re# to CL of 29t Spacer a.S CL of %et Sprier to C of,'md Spacer cas"�, i9alil-Of so 7 - fir FOR OFFICE USE ONLY City of Date: Building & Inspection Services Division 7500 W. 29"' Ave., "Treat Ridge, CO 80033 �i : 303-235-2 55 *rax; 303-237-8929rs� � � , f Inspection Lime: 3€ 3-234-5933 Building Permit Application Please complete all highlighted areas on bath sides of this form. Incomplete apptt tions may not be processed. Property r 55 Lutheran Parkway - SLfite 200, Wheat Ridge, CO 80033 Property r (please prin& Pediatrics West Phone,. Property caner Small: Mailing Address. it different than property address) Address: 9!y, Stale,Zt ; Ronald Rapp r ArchitecVEngineerE-mail:Phone: Contractor.I'le r. Electric, Inc ContractorsCity License M Phone: ;�� 20-4,91-9800 ContractorE-mail Address Sub Contractors: Metro State Firs, Inc W. . City License # E.t` 007 °R City License VVJ , City License Other City Licensed Surd: Other City Licensed Saab; City License # 04r License tr Complete all information on BOTH sides of this fore El COMMERCIAL RESIDENTIAl- PQ1es1Sc[12fiCheck all that apply) 0 NEW COMMERCIAL STRUCTURE ELECTRICAL SERVICE UPGRADE NEW RESIDENTIAL STRUCTURE COMMERCIAL ROOFING COMMERCIAL ADDITION RESIDENTIAL ROOFING RESDENTIAL ADDITION WINDOW REPLACEMENT COMMERCIAL ACCESSORY STRUCTURE (Garage, shed, deck, etc.) RESIDENTIAL ACCESSORY STRUCTURE (Garage, shed, deck, etc.) MECHANICAL SYSTEM/APPLIANCE REPAIR or REPLACEMENT PLUMBING SYSTEM/APPLIANCE REPAIR or REPLACMENT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM/APPLIANCE REPAIR or REPLACEMENT OTHER (Describe), . ...... (For ALL projects, please provide a te_talled description of work to be performed, including current use of areas, proposed uses, square footage, existing condition and proposed new condition, appliance size and efficiency, type and amount of materials to be used, etc.) Modil)y existing fire alarni. systein to bring new floor plall Lip to code, Scope of work: Provide arid Install: 31 horn strobes, 2 heat. detectors, I strobe power supply Relocate : 18 simoke detectors, 8 horn strobes, 9 sinoke detectors SqFULF _ 8,868scIft Stu's Gallons Amps Squares Other Project Value, (Contract value or the cost of all materials and Wbor included in the entire project $ 18,775,00 OWNER/CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE OF UNDERSTANDING AND AGREEMENT I hereby certify that the setback distances proposed by this permit application are accurate and do not violate aina pplicable ordnces, nines or regulations of' . the City of Wheat Ridge or covenants, casements or restfiction.s of record; that all measurementsAmn and allegations Baa lee are accuritc, that I have read and agree to abide by all conditions printed oii this application and that I assume full responsibility for compliance with applicable City of Wheat Ridge codes and ordinances for work under any permit issued based on this applicatiori; that I am the legal owner or have bcen authmized by the legal owner of the property to peTRorn the described work wid am also authori7ed by the legal owner ofiny entity included on this application to list that entity on this application, CIRCLEONE: (01411NIER) (CONFRACTOR) a (,4U7'11OR17FDREPRESI,'i''TA77Vt.') of (OWNER) (CONDNCTOR) ERINT'NANIE., SIGNATURE: DATE: ,I Building Division Valuation: t [] Received 0 Not Req*ed L METRO STATE FIRE Trust Your Fire Protection, 303,789' 016 3448 South �rvinq St., Engiewood, CO 80110 www.MetroStateFir exorn, PEDIATRICS WEST 3555 MEDICAL OFFICES 3555 LUTHERAN PARKWAY - SUITE 200 WHEAT RIDGE, COLORADO 80033 SCOPE OF WORK: 1, PROVIDE AND iNSTALL THIRTY ONE (31) HORN STROBES 2, PROViDE AND INSTALL TWO (2) HEAT DETECTORS S. PROVIDE AND INSTALL ONE (1) STROBE POWER SUPPLY 4RELOCATE EIGHTEEN (18) SMOKE DETECTORS FOUR (4) FROM DEMO STOCK 5, RELOCATE EIGHT (8) HORN STROBES 6. REMOVE AND REINSTALL NINE (9) SMOKE DETECTORS Fire Aiarm Systlerns - Data Centers - Fire ProtecUon Systems - Secuhty Systems - CCT V/ Card Access Backflow f','�'event�on - 24/7 Emerqe�7cy Service - Vonitormq Spectrkerrf," Advance audible visible notification products are rich with features guaranteed to cut installation times and maximize profits, 111TR=1 I Plu�,,ymdesign wM mimrm',0 inlrusior� mzoih�, baO, b('A Aworrclic qokacfion, o' 12- or 24 -vet, (,,qerifion, at !,-,�arldi 15,175 ciandela ( W ide'la iwtmq,-,� Orr wafl klnits15, 1,l. 5, 30 Awa, 95, 110, 11,5 13,5, 1,1-'�Gj, 1, 7 7, and 185 • Hen raled al 88+ dBA a 6 tit its • Rotay swi,,CJ,3 fiw f)orn tom) and tfiree volume • Unversal mounfing pale for ..all uimts • mc,"unfing `,lmfing !ipdm,1j c-,hoks Wring (A,�,,MtimOy dem(,�("'° ms",Oa6ml Com'r)atit` ie, Mh MOL sw LJS�t�d fo�, �m wall mounIm"'j A ��Rqy,_Usfinq SIGINALING m EA LISTED APPROVF approved The SpectrAlert Advance series offers tbe tnc)st ard e,isy-!o-use Ieoe horns. stvobes, "mita` hom slrobes iiri U1)e mdUG'fy. Witt,, wtule, and ued fic,),usings, wall arx'J CGRirg fLMWICI Opllons, and plain ,,,vid F devices, Spe(,JrAlert Adwirx,,d,,,, o,arl m�(-,,,(J virluafly wiy applk'abon requkmonf, entiro)Spc,'Mierl Mlvaa' ,.,,,,: pr,)cjucj 1.rie, walf--)ourat l,torns, ifi,obeas, a,,,,d fitarr est ,,,,clude a variety of feature�s Ov applicabon ve? satiky wf simpbfyn,,j inlsWIW'on, AH devK,,es wits Gnxmnal iWiuskl ,ri iWo ft ba -,-,k boy- �rakin(,,; tast and t)Oproof wf-ide virli..lally (,.,firNnaWq st6y :r ci ,3r i€ cc rr5€itrptra qrourld faol,s, TO fiwthk,r wmplify inslatla',,�on arld prolet,"A devic(,,�s trorn., oonstruoor'1 amage, SpectrAlerl Advam::,e ublizes a m,iwereii moluntirtg witfi an (,,�nboard sliortmg ? tads"(:l. e aiflsla"ers Can Wsl, Wirmg onfirwity before the, deMc,.e ic,, i�Oalled, can a,,,o easily adapt to a suit a wdti rarige� of apphc,,alion rc,jijirenents usiriq field f,,ara,Jela aulomaflf,-, of 12- or 24v,,Ra,"llerafion, and a mtary SWI(',kl for hum, wjqj V144ME, Spec%abons General Spoct, Alclrt Advarrrci horns, strobes and ho, str,'A:vm shah n o:iunt to a :oanriard 4 , 4 Y 114-inci � back biox, 4-�nch wagon back box, doubke-gang back box, W -We p,aWs shall also nnmrR to a mWielastib 2 Y 4 x back b. ,-, x, A urriversal rriournmg rAate shall be used A mramAg ceiling and wail products, The notification apr.4ance' Wrinp Shall Ugmin""'11c; at, Vie u6vorsal tis OUU)"inig Pic"lle, Also. jmclwlert Advance products, wheo Used with the Syn c*Circu,, Mudul,,',-�, accessary, shall be pco,#,,,red frOM a m,.m-[sod ed rvotiflcation al,:i,pliance circuit outout and sWH opwMe on a norninal 111. 2 or,' ?4 voits, AMen umd too Me SpWRA Mo tai..'; 12walWdated ndhcahw,, ap,'.'Aance, CWA outpAs shah operate between 8 Emd 17Z volts: 2&wHmWd noWbason apoance circusalta rputs shah Operate between 16 z;,,mud 33 voli,,,,-,,, lndoor SpwctrMert Advance;:aodacts shall operWe between 32 and "0 Mairem Wrenh6t from a requlatod DC or full -wave rerditit""d unhltered power Strobes and horn strobes shall have r',andeL',,i scrungs iircluding 15, 16 , 5, y(), 75, 95, 110 115,. 131 50, 177. ana 185 Strobe Me stmbe shall be a Systern Sensor SpecuAlert Advances Model Hged to U 1971 and shall be approved for fire srrvice, 1'he stnoL)c, shatt be wired as a prirnary-srgnahng no'kification applar; we rt:," d cwMN WM Re Arnerkws with D3sabilitie s Act it} quirernents f(),, AnNe syndng ag%anem Hashing at 1 F1 own he stu%ef wtm Immmg ww"e t'ange''fh("" sto light shall consis, c)' a xenon ft�sh toe arta sperri, Horn Strobe Combination l hc, h,_,rn strobe. shill be a Systern Sensot JWNert Advance listed tot,h_ 1,971 and UL 464 and shall be WWmad for hr'e' pre.. u','r'.Iive eervii,,,e. The horn strobe sh,all be Kmd m a winaryApmIng noTcation aptAawe and comply w4h Vie Arn(,ricans wRh DaMAKs An reTr4mmms Car vtsible signaling apoames, flashing at I H7 over the stm opemling whage rangs To wrobe light shall constslr ofa xenon l.lash wbie and associated iens/reflec,.tor sysmm. The horn shall have three, aiidibiiity options arid an option fo switch be"over"n a terns }t„ral three pattern and a non-ternprel (contirrRious) patlem. These op= am sr; by a Whole paidon svetch, CA }`(amseke pr(:,,,Juc,ts, flit: strobe shall be powev..,d independenfly of the sornndcr, The oro on horn strol:,* models ,,gall ofverae on a ccr,,Jed ornon-crde d Pown MVPly, Synchronization Module 1 he rnodWe shall be a Systerti Smmor model MDL ��,sled to CJQ AG4 and shall be approveiJ to'r fire '1,4�'Aecuve S Oce, The nnoduh'.,� shall syndwonve SpecRAleh strobr,,s at I Hz an.�d horns at iempora! Mom AN, We qmmg Me strobes, Rw mWuh 0a"knce Ow owns (-,,r E horn a single pair of wires, The rnoduite shall mown t A) a 41116)< 411/16 x 2 t, ti`. baa bon Ile mcdWe sWH also conVol bwo S!yk,'Y (class FQ dwWs nr w'4e Style Z (class A) c;rcuit, ',he rnodde shall syircno,,,-,sne multiple zones, Daisy chaining tvro logeth(""r will rye dvoniz,, aH Me zones Rwy conudAbe mmdWe Omll nN aperme an a cmWd power mqvy, Standard Operating TemperaturF to 120"F Rt IC to 49 'C) Ftarrra€ sty €t rr 1W93%norvcondecay in'cr , -Strobe Flash Rate I fWsh per, second ------- Nominal Volta e Re"gulatetj 12 ['K,",/FWR or r,qulatbd 24 [)C!W !-'R' Operating Voltage Ranges 8 to 175 V (12 V ns is or 16 to 33 V P4 V ries nmal) Input Terminal Ware Gauge 12 to 18 AWG Wall -Mount Dimensions (including tens) 'b,6'L x 4, f 'W e 2.51) re 112 nwn L x 119 umn TV x 84 nvn U) Horn Dlmenstisns 5.6'L, x 4.7 "W x 134M M2 mm L x V9 mm W x 33 rurn D) WlPvlount Back Box Skirt Dimensions (BBS -2, BBSW-2) 5,19 L >, .(i tai; x 22 "D (151 man L. Y 128 nun IV >, 56 mrn D) Tx 11hTim VV - 9 RIA1 Wall-MountTriniWing IF mensions (sold TO pack) (T 4*TITW 77!.�?WAVx03Y7TF!5Mrn D) Notes: P & PC, and SC pri ,Auvls' vAe at 12 V norninal only for 1 arrid �cd. UL Current Draw Data 8-175 16-33 V It Nominal _.. Switch volt:_ --------WR olts Reverberant � .. Anechoic Position Sound Pattern dB t3 I3 1 FWR 8-17.SVolts 16-33 Volts -175 volts _ � 16-33 Volts �P Candela t3 _p d�_ Soured Pattern rt t FWR DC FWR Standard 15 123 128 66 96 71, Tklrnpof'al 57 55 69 75 ..,.� .,..,,..�...�.... i} / .i C r5� w t •ptT�»w. }..F ,..w....�..... Non .f,rrl,r.r::si ..". «,......, Tempi}(' i! `V s? 4 AS ,y P v{ g ti e,,,,..,.�,..»..,,«.,«....... 58 10 9 g4g^^sgg'rE ange ;.3,0, NFA N 94 96 'c.mg spa, L w �., 38 44 44 m .......:._...,:.,,..«...... .�.. .. 75 ............. NA NA 158 _ 153 ..8..............,..8viS Non-ternporM Ffigh 57 56 69 75 951 NA NA 181 . 93 .,......,.,. 176 µ2 1W} Non-1,emporM Mp'-fit'j'n 4e" 50 60 69 85_._.�. 85 90 ;.��....._ 0 ..�»,,..w._ 97 ,.k'"1 .___.,�... f,�, it .tfi:t`3 _......�..,.... I i}�,�' �� ... �+. ;+l% 1.'= 88 NA NA 210 `Se ° r _ls 7, 20!, a,i#aNe, . ,' ,,3Yr. Yr..rn a:.t l . e: 9i 7:.) High 1,�.'�r) NA A � _'8 .�t,'�,. CoJed i 4�{ C�.„, rn 5 i � 6 � 69 ra t s;,(, tQi� A, .�d_ ...w........................,.....w.. Coded .».., ....44 Low 40 __. 46 52 50 Range NA 281 18” NA NA 286 --25; 258 -175 OIt 16-33 Volts DC Input 15 15x75 15 15/75 30 75 95 1113 115 I"§i.�. !37 1 = k.,' ` * 3.;:t 107 176 -19, 212 21e3 p k S}S I)Ordi mu(M,,n # 3, '1,14 6',) 80 1,47 1x,7 182 9,01 le pi r al Low '132 143 66 77 93 1 ;a1 . 17 i _. ----2-2-1-2 198 � _ 20 3tiC) � i. ,�')�x e ;$ I h163t 1,1..1 1r:}}<- ---1 �?1 _ 33,() —; tir� —76-----2r}t rar<t 2 29 € d M d;txS l ,3 145 75 85 102 16, 87 207 216 .....,_,.-..,.,.. 1^1 F1 7^, .,....,....,,.. .#.„.„.a 96 S8" :01 2 t Input Tcrn,poral f ligh 136 1.'.' f? ud 1s: 1Q:w311190 _.,_w .. .._.._.,.w. ....,......,...,._..,.... 21, .,_». 18 .,.,.e,..n.,..._....._......-..._.. {'.4 ip t il%{C7I6UQ, > {i ? J ."... y 38i(i.. �"€411) 184 1)2 2(36 fe ,gat til Low 129 1 1,3 1 76 8 i 4 f xGs 1f ^c z! 1r 142 1 1 103 i 12 �1'� f8 1 203 µi89 221 229 .._. .._._ m _ Ncrt e r'4 ral P7, 1 t>r 134 155 85 Ft_- " .. 11,10 16 208 216 ». ...1..:..... S �jon iQ,.:rm.11o::! i ow 132 154 ., ...,80 a.._ 90 __.... 101 61 684 202 16-33 Vohs 36-33 Volt DC Input 135 150 177 165 FWR Input 135 150 _. 177 � 165 _ Temporal €x:411. -45 _ 259 `90 9 9 7 .. Temporal 9 is; g � 11F X31 256 265 � N udiurn 235 _ G'233_3<„�t 8 a r;a,^37 � Tt? pioral M£ t.3fkirn 20 � _.. 224 250 258 i3>mu ,rai Lcxvv 232 x11 1 x 82 ;±:9;,?, 1z. +rtput al 1.. m 207 221 :? 7h _. 't)t I Ii ._ 1' 255 ._ 270 303 309 " Non-Ternral Hkgh �_mm 233 � 4 275 B- I''ai.+.t I,.°r .h;=:;. ?.3i i�i,.,:C1�s3¢i _ Medium �.''.'19 232a'.2 267. Low ;. 238 254 191 29,5 lernI xraLow 214 229 2:6 262 8-175 16-33 V It Nominal _.. Switch volt:_ --------WR olts Reverberant � .. Anechoic Position Sound Pattern dB t3 I3 1 FWR DC FWR 80 80 8 6 96 96 Non .f,rrl,r.r::si i `i 32 CIS 88 88 93 w4.` 1110 "00 ........._........., _..».......,...,.,......."..... m .......:._...,:.,,..«...... ..- ,..",.... .w........,,„..'5 d1 C! ..8..............,..8viS ffi ..-..,«.."....,."........,.......�......,. 1+g, <k�e jS �J!.ACt .- . 93 .,......,.,. , µ2 1W} 101 ....,--.m. i .�.�..w,.._....,.._.: ., .............vim,...."..._.._. s x 7t'.iFw4.;�..,._.,..._.,.w,..�...�..,.. "___.__� 74'1oC'11P 1 ._..,_ 73 73 ,....,......,,,......8..,.�,,....,.�...,.w.�....�. 85_._.�. 85 90 ;.��....._ 0 ..�»,,..w._ 97 ,.k'"1 .___.,�... f,�, it .tfi:t`3 _......�..,.... I i}�,�' �� ... �+. ;+l% 1.'= 88 +«€w} ,3f ;d.? `Se ° r _ls 7, ,, sa€€"s 9 ..re, not a,i#aNe, . ,' ,,3Yr. Yr..rn 5M' Walt -mount hom strobes SpectrAlert Advance Ordering Information Watt back box skirt Not Jo Al,,j 4P tornnd,,A wnibo)pl,vn Us, ng iHRE makog on vovet), e,,j Add in nwrneKti 'FW-,Gf ) maOcIny 1 213-SP� D j cd' �,"'trob,"'s tha! Ind""de, V5 15i7b, 31, 15 9,1,,, 1 tat 1. 1 5, candela :_Mngs, HiT'l Cdre4o S Watw,ch,tdt,'35 1, �aro" ngs, Sysmm38�', ()N� Avent ie Sl- H 61)1 •t ,,z KN,0,�,� i, v,%� SENSOR' P''ont-,: fray:" 63,0-377-(,,,A9,,5 Will Hom Strobes Homs P2R*'-- HR Horn, Fk-A #'-:00re HDrn Stmbe, High od, Red Hw 4,orn, WN' e F-11017 rs t k)"rn Svc)be, Siand'ard cd, Whvt,,s Accessories M'3S-2 Back Box Sk4t, WaV, Red PAW 4A1;7 c i k:nn S'U;A,,,c,,, Standard cd, RE)d BBS W-2 Nack[3ox Sk4,1, WMi, White 41-0 i 4 -Wire, k,,� n Sm,,Oe, i ied 1 H -HS �im Hing, rad, fl, Hed 4W 4-Mc,,� Horn Snt>,,,, Sianclird �;d, White TRW4 '4S ctrl Ring, all While S R S�u0t,",e, Standard c,,J, S lw, c"l. Fie 'Standard ,"J, wh:Tt-, SM 4 cd, WhOel Not Jo Al,,j 4P tornnd,,A wnibo)pl,vn Us, ng iHRE makog on vovet), e,,j Add in nwrneKti 'FW-,Gf ) maOcIny 1 213-SP� D j cd' �,"'trob,"'s tha! Ind""de, V5 15i7b, 31, 15 9,1,,, 1 tat 1. 1 5, candela :_Mngs, HiT'l Cdre4o S Watw,ch,tdt,'35 1, �aro" ngs, Sysmm38�', ()N� Avent ie Sl- H 61)1 •t ,,z KN,0,�,� i, v,%� SENSOR' P''ont-,: fray:" 63,0-377-(,,,A9,,5 MMNHBM�� Notifier FST -651(A) Series intelligent plug-in thermal detectors with integral communication has features that surpass conven- tional detectors, Point ID capability allows each detector's address to be set with rotary, decimal address switches, pro- viding exact detector locations. FST -851(A) Series thermal detectors use an innovative therrmstor sensing circuit to pro- duce 155~F1 7"C fixed -temperature (FST- 51/A) and rate -of - rise thermal detection (FST-851RIA) in a low -profile package, FST-851H(A) provides fixed high-temperature detection at 190'F,/88 C. These thermal detectors provide effective, intelli- gent property protection in a variety of applications. FST - 851 (A) Series detectors are compatible with Notifier Onyx and CLIP series Fire Alarm Control Panels (FACPs), FlashScan(ly (U,S. Patent 5,539,389) is a communication pro- tocol developed by Notifier Engineering that greatly enhances the speed of communication between analog intelligent devices and certain N011FIER systems. Intelligent devices communicate in a grouped fashion. if one of the devices within the group has new information, the panel's CPU stops the group poll and concentrates on single points, The net effect is response speed greater than five times that of earlier designs, • Sleek, low-proffle, stylish design, • State-of-the-art tl,rerrnistor technology for fast response, • Rate -of -rise model (FST -851 RIA), 15'F (8.3"C) per minute. • Factory preset fixed teruperature at 135"'F (57',C); high-tern- perature model fixed at 190"' (88'C), • Addressable by device, • Compatible with FlashScan@ and CLIP protocol systems, • Rotary, decimal addressing (1-99 on CLIP systems, 1-159 on FlashScan systems), • Two -wire SLC connection. • Visible LEDs "blink" every time the unit is addressed, • 360' -field viewing angle of the visual alarm indicators (two bi-color LEDs), LEDs blink green in Normal condition and turn on steady red in Aiarm, • integral communications and built-in device -type identifica- tion, • Remote test feature from the parcel. • Built-in functional test switch activated by external magnet, • Walk test with address display (an address of 121 will blink the detector LED12-(pause)-1), • Low standby current, • Backward -compatible. • Built-in tarnper-resistant feature. • Resigned for direct -surface or electrical -box rnOUnting, • Sealed against back pressure, • Plugs into separate base for ease of installation and main- tenance, Separate base allows interchange of photoelec- tric, ionization and thermal sensors, • SEMS screws for wiring of the separate base, • Constructed of off-white fire-resistant plastic, designed to commercial standards, and offers an attractive appearance, • 94-5V plastic flammability rating. • Remote LED output connection to optional RA10OZ(A) remote LED annunciator. • Optional sounder, relay, and isolator bases, • Optional flanced surface Mounting kit, Specifications Size: 2. 1' (5.3 cm) high; base determines diarneter, - 821 OLP(A): 6.1"` (15.5 cm) diameter, - 8501(A).- 4, I' (100 cm) diameter, - B20OS(A): 6Z75' (17,46 cart) diameter, - B200SR(A): 6,875' (17.46 cm) diameter, - B224RB(A): 62' (15,7 8 cwt) diameter. - B224BI(A): 6,2' (15,748 crag) diameter, Shipping weight- 4.8 oz, (137 g)o Operating temperature range: FST -851(A) Series, F,'-',1- 851 R(A); -20'C to 38'C (---4"F to I 00'F); FST -851 H(A): --20'C to 66''C (-4'F to 1501F), Detector spacing: UL approved for 50 ft. (15.24 ria) center to center. FM approved for 25 x 25 ft, (7,62 a 7,62 m) spacing. Relative humidity: 10% - 93% noncondensing, Thermal ratings: fixed-ternperature setpoint 135,"F (57""C), rale -of -rise detection 15"F (8XC) per minute, high tempera- ture heat 190oF (88'"C), ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Voltage range: 15 - 32 volts DC peak, Standby current (max, avg.): 300 pA @ 24 VDC (one corn- rnunication every 5 seconds with LED enabled), LED current (max,): 6.5 rnA @ 24 VDC ("OW), Use thermal detectors for protection of property. For fUrther information, go to systernsensor,corn for manual 156-407-00, Applications Manuel for System Smoke Detectors, which pro- vides detailed information on detector spacing, placement, zoning, wiring, and special applications, DN -69x6;6 - 12/07/2011 - Page 9 of 2 Installation with ANSI Temporal 3, ANSI Temporal 4, continuous tone, a O :.., suffx tndicsutes UL Listed model. marching tone, and custorn tone. The FST Series plug-in intelligent thermal detectors use a sep- arate base to simplify instaliat€on, service, and maintenance. 200 (); Intelligent sounder base capable of producing installation instructions are shipped with each detector, A spa- sound output with ANSI Temporal 3 or continuous trine, cial tool allows maintenance personnel to pltig in and remove Rep€aces B501 Bt i series cases in retrofit appltcatrcarfs detectors without using a ladder 224 (), ;Intelligent relay base. Screw terrninals. up to 14 Mount Mase (all base types) on an electrical backbox which is AWG (2.0 rrlrt32), belay type; Form -C, Rating: 2,0 A @ 30 VDC at least 1 a5' (3.51 cm) deep, For a chart of compatible junction resistive; 03 A Cts 110 VDC iriductive; I.O A @ 30 VDC induc- boxes. see ON -60054. tive, NOTE. 1Because of the inherent supervision proWde�d by the 224 I(A). intelligent isolator base, Isolates SLC from loop SLC leap, end -cat lure resistors are not required. Whin "Ttaps" CSC shorts, Maximum: 25 devices between isolator bases: see branches are permitted for Stye 4 (Class "B') wiring, 2) When Note 2 under Installation. using relaf, or sounder bases, consult pro ISO-X(A) installation !�LkdNN'n�3Y,Yk1` riY�.lk �� sheet 155-1380 for device limitations between isolator n7odules ACCESSORIES and isolator bases, F110: Retrofit flange to convert B21 OL.l (A) to rnatch the Mti"v'+r..n0fifief.C`4' 11 B71OLP(A) profile, or to convert older high-profile bases to Agency Listings and Approvals low -profile. These l`istings and approvals apply to the modules specified art F°li . Balk pack of F110; package contains 15. this docurnent,ln some cases, :certain modules or applications F2111. Replacement flange for B21OLP(A) base. may, not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process, Consult factory for latest listing status. 100 (): Remote LED annunciator, 3 _. 32 VDC, Fits US, single -gang electrical box. Supported b B21GLfu(A) and • !L Listed. S 4i. ` 8501(A) bases only • ULC Listed:: S6978. SMB600: Surface mounting kit, flanged. • MEA Listed: 583-132- _ it2-tl4-cif; Test magnet, • F sec9, ed. Ap rtaa M02-09-00: Test magnet with telescoping handle. m 27fll;is155. • MI: C1313066760025, 11 2 : Detector removal tool. Allows installation and/or removal of FlashScant Series detector heads from base in Certif. ll 211i341f it3t lftt.3f}C?it3. high ceiling installations. includes T55-127.01 O, • U.S, Coast Guard: 151,002•142/1 (NFS-540); 151,00,150/0 T55-127-010: [detector removal triol without pole. (NFS2.540/NFS-320l FS•1320 , excluding B21OLB(A)), • Lloyd's Register: 11/00013 (N S2-641?,fNFS-320/NF; - P-4. Extension poli: for XIT26, Conies in three 5 -foot (1.524 320C, excluding B21OLP(A)), rn) sections, Product Line Information NOT .� "A'suffix indicates ULC Lasted n7odet. FST -851: Intelligent thermal detector, /dust be mounted to one of the teases listed below. FST -851 : Same as FST -851 but with ULC Listing, FST -851R: intelligent thermal detector with rate -of -rise fea- ture, FST -851 RA: Same as FSf"w551R but with ULC Listing. FST -5511: Intelligent high-temperature thermal detector. FST -851 Hfic Sande as FST" 551 FI but with ULC Listing. 1f T LL1 7" ASE a O :.., suffx tndicsutes UL Listed model. NOTE. For details about intelligent bases and their" mounting, see DN't70054T 2113LP(A): Standard US. flanged low -profile mounting based. 21OLPBP: Bulk pack of B2101..P� package contains 10. B501 Standard European flangeless mounting base. a i P: Bulk pack sof 6501; package contains 10, Nofifier(D and F„,aStkSl..,.,J a x are registered tsadc4msarks of 3-ror,eyw''01 2 ti ; Addressable intelligent, programmable sounder rn2rraati�r r Inc. ()Addsabl' p 1,02011y iduneay��rsE1 inYei€{alrona# 6iac Ail rights r. Peanra�t3 Ura€3t'€ciriwad use base capable of producing sound output in high or low volurne vas the dcncuryient r sty€cuy prohibited. this decurrent is not intended tobe used for instaHatrcn purposes. tar r to keep our product inforrnation sap -to -crake and accurate. 0,600 " W E~ �� , ■i we cannot ever all specific applications or anticipate all requirements, 9u«,us+aa+aaai.tu� f�Wp�W{�( �q1 q aM �y� ����ry{�M All specifications are subject to change without no i e, FllRtil4�}H 6 1�111<i6 !�LkdNN'n�3Y,Yk1` riY�.lk �� QUALITY SYSTEMS Made41the US, A For more information, contact Notifier. Phone: (2031484-7161, FAX: (203"484-7118, Mti"v'+r..n0fifief.C`4' 11 Page 2 or 2 _-- D*6936B - 12,10712611 FCPS024FS6 24 Volti 6 Amp Power Supply The Fireol-ite FCPS-24FS6(CIE) is a compact, cost-effec- tive, 6 -amp remote power supplies with battery charger, The FCPS-24FS6(C ' !E) may be connected to any 12 or 24 volt fire alarm control panel (FACP) or may stand-alone, Primary appli- cations include notification appliance (bell) circuit (NAC) expansion (to support ADA requirements and NAC synchroni- zation) or auxiliary power to support 24 volt system accesso- ries. The FCPS provides regulated and filtered 24 VDC power to four notification appliance circuits configured as either two Class B (Style Y) and Class A (Style Z, with ZNAC-4 option module) or four class B only, Alternately, the four outputs may be configured as any combination of resettable,/non-resettable power outputs (optimal for powering four -wire smoke detec- tors, The FFCPS-24FS6(C/E) also contains a battery charger capable of charging tip to 7,0 Arnp hour batteries, FCPS- 24FS6(C/E) is Ul-C-listed, NOTE: Unless otherwise specified, the term FCPS-24FS6 used in this document refers to the standard FCPS-294FS6, FCFIS- 24F-S6C, FCPS-224FS6E Features • UL -Listed Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) syncrvoniza- tion using Systern Sensor, Wheelock, or Centex "Corn- rnander�"' appliances, • Operates as a "sync -follower" or as a "sync -generator" (default), Sce note on page 2. • Contains two fully -isolated input/control circuits - triggered from FACP NAC (NAC expander mode) or jurriped perma- nently "ON" (stand-alone mode). • Two Class B (Style Y) or Class A (Style Z, with :TAC -4 rnodule) IACs (circuits I & 3) • 6-arnp full load Output, with 3 amps maximurn/circuit, in NAC expander mode (UL 864). • 4 -amp MrltiuLJOUS output in stand-alone modes (UL 1481), • Compatible with coded inputs-, signals passed through, • Optional power-supekAtision relay (EOLR - 1), • In stand-alone mode, output power circuits may be config- ured asreseltaUe, (reset line from FACE' required), non-resettabie, or a mix of two and two, • Fully regulated and filtered power OLAPUt - optimal for pow- ering four -wire smoke detectors, annunciators, and other systems peripherals requiring regulated/filtered power, Power-hioiting technology meets UL power -limiting require- lnent& • Forrn-C normally -closed trouble relay, • Fully SUpervised power supply, battery, and QAC. • Selectable earth fault detection. • AC trouble report selectable for irnmediate 2 -hour delay, • Works with virtually any UL 864 fire alarm control which uti- lizes an industry -standard reverse -polarity notification cir- cuit (inClUding unfiltered and unregulated bell power), • Requires input trigger voltage of 9 - 32 VDC, • Self-contained in compact, locking cabinet - 15"H x 14,5"W x 2,75"D (cm: 381 H x 36,83so x 6.98510), DF -52301 �A2 - D-025 OIFIM�U!"WMS Oy HonqWell • Includes integral battery charger capable of charging up to 18 AH batteries, Cabinet capable of housing 7.0 AH batter- ies, • Battery charger may be disabled via DiP switch for applica- tions requiring larger batteries, • Fixed, clarnp-type terminal blacks accommodate up to 12 AWG (3.1 rnm2l) wire. Specifications Primary (AC) Power: • FCPS24FS6: 120 VAC, 60 Hz, 3,2A maximum, • FCPS-24FS6/E: 240 VAC, 50 Hz, 1,6A rnaximum, • Wire Size: minimum #14 AWG (2,0rrrm�) with 600 V insula- tion. Control Input Circuit: • Trigger Input Voltage: 9 to 32 VDC. • Trigger Current-, 2,0 mA (16 - 32 V); Per Input: 1.0 mA (9 _10 V). Trouble Contact Rating: 5 A at 24 VDC, Auxiliary Power Output: Specific application power 500 mA maximurn, Output Circuits: +24 VDC filtered, regulated, M A maximum for any one circuit, lbtai continuous current for all outputs (stand-alone mode): — FCPS-24F4,0 A maximum, lbtal short-term current for all outputs (NAC expander mode): — FCPS-24F: 6,0 A maximum. DF -52301:A2 - 5117/13 --- Page 4o' 4 • Supports lead -acid batteries only, These listings and approvals apply to the modules specified in • Float -charge voltage: 27,6 VDC, this document, In some cases, certain moduies or applications • r axirrium current charge. 2601 mA, may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may k Maximum battery capacity7,0 Al i, be in process, Consult factory for latest listing status, UL Listed: 52424, 51237 Applications ULC Listed. 52424 Example 1: Expand notification appliance power an additional CSFM Approved- 7316-0076176 6.0 A. Use tap to four Class B ( Style Y) outputs or four Class A # MEA. 3137-94F ( Style ) outputs (casing NAC -4), For example, the FRCP noti- fication ation appliance circuits will activate the FCPS when r'everse- Ordering Information polarity activation occurs, Trouble conditions on the FOPS are sensed by the FACP through the notification appliance circuit. C µ24F 6; 6.6 A, 1201 VAC remote charger power supply, Includes main printed circuit board, transformers, enclosure Example 2. Use the FCPS to expand auxiliary regulated 24_ (15"H x 14.6r x 2.713°"C [cm: 38,11 x 36,83W x 6,985D]), and volt system power up to 4,0 A, Both resettable, and non -reset- installation instructions. table power options are available. Res ttable outputs are cre- FCPS-24FS6 is ULC -fisted. ated by connecting the resettable output from the FACIA to one or both of the FCPS inputs. FCP -2 F 6 : 6,0 A, 2401 VAC remote charger power supplyr, Example 4 Use addressabie control modules to activate the Includes main printed circuit board, transformers, enclosure (1 5"H x 14.5"W x 2,75"D [crn. 38,1 H x 36,83W x 6.9650(), and FCPS instead of activating it; through the FRCP notification installation instructions, appliance circuits, This typically allows for mounting the FCPS at greater distances* away from the FACP while expanding N C•4: glass A (Style Y) NAC option module, system architecture in various app4cations. FCL -1: 12/24 VDC end -ref -line relay for monitoring four -wire For example, an addressable ,control module is used to acti- smoke detector power, vote the FCPS, and are addressable monitor module is used to °-1270;: Battery, 12 -volt, 7.0 AH (two required), sense FCPS trouble conditions, Local auxiliary power output from the FCPS provides poorer to the addressable control PS -1270: Battery, 12 -volt, 7.0 AH (two regUired). module, 901266. Optional rnodWe rnounting kit, is, required to install an, WOTE, Addressabie FAC Pa aro capable of locating control and addressable modcsle on the power supply main circuit board, rrronitorarildulea at do;tances of rap to 10,000 feet (3,046 meters), In some installations, it is necessary to synchronize the flash tinning of all strobes in the system for ADA compliance. Strobes accomplish this by monitoring very short tuning lays€ser on the NAC power which are created by the FACP, When installed at the unci of a NAC wire run, the FCPS-24FS6 can track (i.e, "follow") the strobe synchronization tinning pulses on the existing NAC wire run, This maintains the overall system flash tdrning of the additional strobes attaches to the FOPS, When the FCPS-24FS6 is configured (via 08P switch settings) as a "aync follower," the FCPS's NAC outputs track the strobe synchronization pulses present at the FCPS's sync input ter- minal, The pulses originate from ars upstream FACP or other power supply. When the FOPS-24FS6 is configured (via DIP switch settings) as a "syrtc generator," the FCPS`s sync input terminals are not used. Rather, the FOPS is the originator of the strobe synchro- nization pulses on the FCP S's NAC outputs. in "sync genera - to(' mode, the sync type (System Sensor, 'Wheelock, or Center is selectable via DIP switch settings. The FCPS-24FS6 complies with the following standards: • NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Cody;, • U 64 Standard for Control Units for, f=ire Alarm Systems (NAC expander rnode). • UL 1481 Power Supplies tear Fire Alarms Systems, Fag,, of 4 ,.._ DF -52301:A2 . 5t17/1 3 an 7a crr7artaa lr Style with Styr Y NAC or ZNAC-4 ol ion n7odula. FCPS Door Molder Trouble Power Style Y NAC Style Y NAC Style Y NAC Contact Output #4 Output#3 Output # t f #1 Output 24 VDC Specific Application Power AC Owl* g NAC Control Power 4401111 Input #2 (from FUNCTIONS are programmable by NAC Control SW1 DIP switch settings Input #1 (from FACP) Syncinput FCPS Battery Charger Simplified Block Diagram �,'�,Y1�R11f�i�.aMtN�4ACilM?#5Y "; � , a @NiM'm . . 4t`���3lMWtiN`�:i.Y+a'+#Aat�k�±a�3`�'��:+i�2; 1:;a kIl� k'aG�J'�aMO'�`a�YY YxSdp3hW.., �i4�i3kdiiAi�fittl'q:'�+a;N.u:.N1,NYtW9,TkkwRk��3iNUYY�lui^aY4 DF -a2301 del - far 17/13 _, Page 3 of 4 ••: �'•y' C: N CYC'.. m_. ,? o mE >s c c 5 ;g�} ' ' '> >a r is ra i M a q, ._ t_ .... ., Pw. zz e Cl itv .............. m CV Wi +. 9 i30 '<<: ..... ,n CL 000 4p � 4. Wl W 00 - M CLr r J r' a lie x:�, c".' .C,^ f e�C "i4 Ss 3, t.? is U Y System Sf;5Y4i7td.Ri and F"srek- tk;` D Alarms are fegistered imsien'ta€ks of Honeywell international sb1c ,02013 by t{onerwell $R+gtonat.t nai InC All rights reserved UT3a'5,113"orized use of this document is ,",tnctiy g'33"a"ihibired . MU This docur ���ent is not intended to be used for insialiation taus g. oSe�S. irate, up-to-date and arate. t"1e try to keep OLN' p°t�dt,int info nam �+7 �! � wi e cannot cn+yes a[I sped€ic applications of anticspate aR requirements, T�fi', M} &MON}W AR specifications of e subject to change without notice,i(WhW,A'M�`tYdUNUW%a.Mtt\ 0F'CdUL'Sih;'dW+SFtidlh',iYi4telWWY,U'N11iMkte 49AtiTY SYSTEMS Made inthe U & A. For P' oris information, contsac', Fim-Lite Alarms, Phone: (c 00) 627-3473, FAX: (877) 699-4105. 1A wwtire #te,,corn Page 4 of 4 _.. OF -52301:A2 x 1 113 City of Whea- COMMUNITY Dt,,V 1_01' Wjd M Erma FOR OFFICE USE ON11 V Date: Building & Inspection Services Division I Z c> " :) �') o 7500 W. 29th Ave,, Wheat Ridge, CO 80033 Plan Review Fee: Office: 303-235-2855 * Fax,- 303-237-8929 Inspection Line: 303-234-5933 Email- PAID", Building Permit Application Please complete all highlighted areas on both sides of this form. Incomplete applications may not be processed. proo"O*s. 3555 Lutheran Parkway, Suite 170, Wheat Ridge, CO 80033 Property Owner (please print): Lillibridge Healthcare Services Phone: 303-422-9500 Pr�� owner 1�0440- nikki.hart@lillibridge.com Address-, fth"iwt�iiajn Path2l Architecture jnap@path2larch.com Phon .720-386-5980 e. Contractor- TBD Contractors City License #: TBD Phone: TB D Contractor E-mail Address: TBD amamm= Electrical: WR City License # TBD Other City Licensed Sub: City License # Plumbing: WR City License # TBD Other City Licensed Sub: City License # Mechanical: W.R. City License # TBD Complete all information oil BOTH sides of this form NEW COMME, CTAL STRUC 'URE 0 ELECTRICAL SERVICE UPGRADE NEW RESIDENTIAL STRUCTURE 0 a '' . a CIADDITION RESIDENTIAL ROOFING RESIDENTIAL ADDITION El WINDOW REPLACEMENT COMMERCIAL ACCESSORY STRUCTURE (Garage, shed, deck, etc.) RESIDENTIAL ACCESSORY STRUCTURE (Garage, shed, deck, MECHANICAL SYSTEM/APPLIANCE REPAIR or REPLACEMENT PLUMBING SYSTEMAPPLIANCE REPAIR or REPLACMENT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM/APPLIANCE REPAIR or REPLACEMENT OTHER (Describe) commerdaf Tenant tmprovement This is a 8,715 square foot tenant improvement project in the Lutheran Medical Office Building. Work to be contained within the second level of the building. The existing space is currently being used for medical examination and office space, It will be renovated to accomodate new exam rooms, offices, nurse stations, a break room and records center. The new condition will include new partition walls, updated finishes, new casework, and a new *reak room with two refrigerators and a dish washer. Sq. Ft./LF Btu's Gallons Amps Squares Other Project Value: (Contract value or the cost of all materials and labor included in the entire project) $$610,050 OWNER/CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE OF UNDERSTANI)ING AND M,REEMENT I hereby cerfity that thesetback distances proposed by this permit application are accurate and do not violate applicable ordinance,,,, rules or rcgulations of the City ot'Wheat Ridge or covenants, casentents or restrictions of record. that all measurements shown and allegations made are accuratc; that I have read and agree to abide by all condition.,; printed on this application and that I assume tbll responsibility for compliancc with applicabic City ofWheat Ridge codes and ordinances t(.)r aork under any permit issued based on this application, that', not the legal owner or have been autborized by the legal owner of the property to perform the described work andarn also authorized by the legal cak,ner ofany entity included on this application it) list that entity on this application. 1, the applicant for this building permit application, warrant the truthfulness of the information provided on the application, C, R)C) of' (007VER) (CONTRACTOR) CIR CL E ONE: (OWNFR) (CONTff-ICTOR) .4 1111THORIM, D F-PRJ-SE-1 NT -1 IP T (first ast name): DATE: I or 9and iderstand that cl ERA -ibis box, that I ackno edge that this constitutes a legal signature, CtyX of eat CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE BUILDING AND INSPECTION SERVICES DIVISION 7500 W 29th Ave Wheat Ridge, CO80033-8001 p.3 3.235.2855. ` 301237.8929 !1 ! �►► .Ak 11 lit A copy of this form must be completed by each agency indicated on the Permit Submittal Checklist for the project # # be attached to the Building Permit#• # . of Applications presented for submission without a completed Proof of Submission form from a required agency will not be accepted or processed. Date: SNE I Project Address: 5 - 4-:R, Ayt7-R10t>i Wlf&4rt Name of Firm/Individual submitting documents: Project Type/Description: 1 AR ry " . S t Signature of Firm Representative or Individual: L►tJ iVt 11 W ttli C tS 1 LdYY 1 t ff.'s I `lI#t16 I P [ #ti f't 1Vl. T i. aC LJiYt T P>F45 am a duly authorized representative of the agency indicated below and do, by my signature below, hereby acknowledge receipt of documents necessary for review and approval of the project indicated above. r : (Please check acne) est Metro Fire protection 0 Wheat Ridge Sanitation District Arvada Fire Protection Wheat Ridge Water District. o dear geek Sanitation District o Fruitdale Sanitation District. Consolidated Mutual Water District. * ValleWater District o Westridge Sanitation District Other o Denver Water Agency Notes. Signature. I "LDate: — — i Company N\ / \A tA \none\\®\ \ \. ©c2� _ a . . . . . � ... .. . Wboat / } »\ . © Ridge«: � <« m � ^�1--, �������. „� ,� of Authorized /\ Mr. Ryan Barrett Catamount Constructors 1527 Cole Blvd., Suite 100 Lakewood, CO 80401 RE: Asbestos -Co Restaurant- 3555 esta ra t-3555 Luther Farmer Pr of Dear Mr, Barrett. Enclosed is Farmer E Materials Inspection 1 r the ru + at 3555 Lixth, nt i ing Building Wheat Midge, 8,120 Shendan t lvd , Sty A30 . Westminster CO 8000,3- Officw 303 468 8763 LHS — Pediatrics West ecofi loo Prepared for at2M U1t- m » « »::< :\\§\4y \? A «2I" } Lakewood, CO 80401 Prepared by Farmer Environmental, Group, LLC 2121»«!2¥«» I22,\»2? \206 Westminster,Colorado 8 00 03468-1yd 2 « ? 2: 2::* TABLE OF CONTENTS I. INTRODUCTION......... ... ..... __ ... __ _ ____ ___' I 11. SUMMARY OF FINDINGS & RECOMMENDATIONS IM SCOPE OF WORK....... ..... ....... ....... IV. METHODS & SAMPLING STRATEGY .... __2 V, SAMPLE RESULTS. .... _ ... __ ...... ......... ...... ...... ___....2 Vl. ASBESTOS PRODUCTS IN THE FACILITY .................... V11, NON -ASBESTOS PRODUCTS IN THE FACILITY....... ...... ..... ...... _3 VIII. ASBESTOS HEALTH HAZARD CONSIDERATIONS A IX RECOMMENDATIONS_, .... ........ ........... ...... 4 X. LIMITATIONS..... ......... ...... 5 APPENDICES: Appendix I — Bulk Sample Analysis Appendix 11 — Bulk Sample & ACBM Location Drawing Appendix III — Photographic Documentation Appendix IV — CDPHE Licenses ASBESTOS -CONTAINING BUILDING MATERIALS Second Floor Wheat Ridge, Colorado UMMAM I. INTRODUCTION Fanner Environmental Group, LLC (Farmer) inspected the interior of the Second Floor, including Pediatrics West and Suite 230 (the Site) located at 3555 Lutheran Parkway, Wheat Ridge, Colorado, for asbestos -containing building materials (ACBM) on June 30, 2016. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency accredited and Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment (CDPHE) certified Asbestos Inspectors Jennifer Day (License No. 7191) and Kurt Pierce (License No, 14063), conducted this inspection under an agreement between Fanner and Catamount Constructors. The purpose of the inspection was threefold: 1) determine locations and conditions of asbestos -containing products at the Site; 2) determine the impact these materials will have on scheduled demolition; and 3) assist Catamount Constructors and/or their client in obtaining the necessary building permit with the State of Colorado and City of Wheat Ridge. 11. SUMMARY OF FINDINGS & RECOMMENDATIONS 1 11; !1 1111 ;11 1 Ali US EPA and Colorado regulations require bulk samples in public buildings be collected by a licensed asbestos inspector. III. SCOPE OF WORK The Scope of this contract included the following tasks - TASK I A visual inspection of all accessible scheduled renovation areas at the Site. Bulk samples of suspect materials were collected and analyzed by polarized light microscopy (PLM). TASK 2 Report writing, This Inspection Report includes the following information: analytical results of bulk samples collected to verify asbestos content of suspect materials, description of sample locations, the condition of asbestos products found during the inspection, and an asbestos management strategy for the Site. V. METHODS &SAMPLING STRATEGY Accessible building spaces at the Site were inspected, Suspect ACBMs were touched by the inspector to deternime the location, condition, and friability of assumed material. Bulk samples were submitted for polarized light microscopy (PLM) analysis. When suspect material was initially sighted, one (1) bulk sample was usually collected. When similar materials were found in other parts of the facility, additional representative samples were collected to confirm that the material was consistent in asbestos content. In compliance with the US EPA and CDPHE, a minimum of three bulk samples were collected for each homogeneous area. By definition, a homogeneous area means an area of surfacing material, thermal system insulation material, or miscellaneous material that is uniform in color and texture, and is installed within the same period. Farmer collected 47 samples of accessible finish out materials. Every reasonable effort was made to view materials with restricted access. V. SAMPLE RESULTS No asbestos materials were found at the site. The PLM Report in Appendix I show the results of PLM analysis for bulk samples collected at the Site, as required under Task I above. The PLM Report shows the room or area in which the sample was collected and provides a description of the sampled material. Any product containing more than 10% fibrous asbestos, when analyzed by PLM, is considered a potential hazard by the US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). PLM is the EPA -recognized method for determining fibrous bulk asbestos content. Additionally, the EPA indicates that further analysis by point counting be performed to confinn asbestos content for ffiable materials found to contain less than ten percent (10%) asbestos by visual area estimation. Point counting analysis may be omitted if the material is assumed to contain more than one percent (I %) asbestos and is then handled accordingly. All samples collected by Framer Environmental were analyzed by EMSL Analytical, Inc., a NVLAP-accredited laboratory in Denver, Colorado. Sample analysis reported as "None Detected" should be interpreted as meaning no asbestos was observed in the suspect material above the reliable limit of detection, (1% by visual estimation) fbr the PLM method, 10 VI. ASBESTOS PRODUCTS IN THE FACILITY * No asbestos products were found at the site. VIL NON -ASBESTOS PRODUCTS IN THE FACILITY The following products were tested and found to contain no asbestos when analyzed by PLM: 1. Black sink undercoat 2. Yellow cove base mastic 3. Cream sheet vinyl flooring 4, Gray sheet vinyl flooring (bottom layer•) 5. Yellow carpet glue 6. Smoot texture 7. Drywall 8Joint compound 9 2' x 2` ceiling tile, rough 10. 2* x 2' ceiling tile, dot 11.2' x 2' ceiling tile fissure 12. Red duct sealant 13. Olive duct sealant 14. 12" x 12" gray floor the 15. Yellow mastic 16. Gray floor leveler- 17. eveler17. Gray sheet vinyl flooring 18. Gray sink undercoat Friability is the characteristic of a substance describing its ability to be crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder by hand pressure. When applied to asbestos -containing substances, friability describes the substance's fiber release potential. Because asbestos becomes a health hazard when inhaled or ingested, the more likely an asbestos -containing substance is to crumble when disturbed the greater its hazard potential. Generally, ally area open to air movement should be maintained free of friable material. This means broken or loose fibrous materials should be cleaned up and repaired if doing so will not produce more of a fiber release hazard than already exists. According to National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP) asbestos regulation (EPA 40 CFR fit, Subpart M) and CDPHE, an Abatement Contractor licensed by EPA must perform repairs or other "intentional disturbance of any amount of asbestos -containing material". IX. RECOMMENDATIONS Based on observations made at the Site, and results of the analysis of bulk samples collected during the inspection, Farmer recommends the following: I. No asbestos products were found, demolition may continue without further asbestos considerations. 2, According to Colorado Regulation #8, CDPHE must be notified for all demolitions of all facilities and all asbestos abatement projects that exceed the trigger levels, whatever is the lesser quantity. The notification requirements apply to both friable and lion - triable asbestos materials. Notif ications must be postmarked or delivered at least 10 working days before initiating abatement activities, and must be made using CDPHE forms. Forrns can be obtained by contacting the CDPHE Asbestos Notification and Information Section at 303-692-3100 or online through the CDPHE website at LvA,w,cdplyL.sqLte.co.us- 3. Collect additional bulk samples from previously concealed materials that may be revealed during demolition activity, or from materials outside the original inspection scope of work. "Suspect" material includes any material serving as a sprayed -on or troweled -on acoustic or fireproofing surface; floor and ceiling tiles, transite panels, siding or shingles; thermal insulation or any material associated with mechanical systems; or any binding agent such as tar sealant, mastic adhesive, roofing tar, caulking, et cetera. CDPHE regulations require bulk samples in public buildings be collected by a licensed asbestos inspector. 4. If any material cannot be positively identified as non -asbestos -containing by the analytical results of samples collected during this inspection, it should be treated as asbestos until a sample of the newly identified suspect material can be collected and analyzed by PLM. X. LIMITATIONS Farmer has endeavored to inspect the existing conditions within the affected areas using CI PHE inspection protocols. Regardless of the thoroughness of an inspection, it is possible that some areas containing asbestos were overlooked or inaccessible. This report presents general descriptions of various construction materials and the general locations where these materials were encountered. If questions arise during the planning for renovation. demolition or other construction, Farmer should be notified to permit a review of the situation and present recommendations. This report has been prepared on behalf of and exclusively for the use of Giles Engineering Associates, Inc. and their client. The conclusions expressed by Farmer regarding the conditions of the Site are based solely on the observations made on June 30, 2016, the data collected during this inspection, and the laboratory results of the samples collected and analyzed. The beneficiaries are hereby advised that conditions observed are subject to change. This report and the findings contained herein shall not, in whole or in part, be disseminated or conveyed to any other party or be used or relied upon by any other party, in whole or in part, without Giles Engineering Associates, Int.'s prior written consent, Jennifer Day CDPH E Asbestos Inspector #7191 Kurt Peirce CDPHE Asbestos Inspector # 14063 BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS .1 I CL 0 z w > To z w cr U- LL -j EMSL Analytical, Inc. 1010 Yuma Street Denver, CO $0204 TellFax� (303) 740-5700 / (303) 741-1400 hftp:/AwA-v,EMSLconi I denvertabOernstrCOM Farmer Environmental Group, LLC 8120 Sheridan Blvd Suite A306 Westminster, CO 80002 Project: 3555 Lutheran Parkway, 2nd Floor 13755.171 EMSL Order: 221604309 Customer ID: FARM50D Customer PO: Project ID - Fax: ReceivedDate* 07/01/2016 8:30AM Analysis Date. 07/0212016 - 07/05/2016 Collected Date: 06130/2016 Test Report. Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Materials via EPA 600IR-931116 Method using Polarized Light Microscopy Sample Description Appearance % Fibrous % Non -Fibrous % Type H04184 Black Sink Undercoat Black 100% Non-fibrous, (Other) None Detected Non -Fibrous 221604W9 -OWI Homogeneous HN I H04185 Black Sink Undercoat Black 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Non -Fibrous 221W43MM02 Homogeneous HA: I H04186 Stack Sink Undercoat Black 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Non -Fibrous 2'21W4X*-0003 Homogeneous Kk I H04187 -Cove Base Cove Base Mastic, Brown 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Yellow Non -Fibrous 221 604309-00N Homogeneous Hk 2 H04187 -Mastic Cove Base Mastic, Yellow 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Yellow Non -Fibrous 22r a Homogeneous HA: 2 H04188 -Cove Base Cove Base Mastic, Brown 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Yellow Non -Fibrous 221604309-OWS Homogeneous HA 2 H04188 -Mastic Cove Base Mastic, Yellow 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Yellow Non -Fibrous 2216W309-0WM Homogeneous HA: 2 H04189 -Cove Base Cove Base Mastic, Brown 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Yellow Non -Fibrous 22?604309,OW6 Homogeneous HA: 2 H04189 -Mastic Cove Base Mastic, Yellow 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Yellow Non -Fibrous 221604309-OW6A Homogeneous Hk 2 H04190 -Vinyl Floor Tile Cream Sheet Vinyl Gray 10% Cellulose 85% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Fibrous 5% Glass 221W4309-0007 Homogeneous HA, 3 H04190 -Mastic Cream Sheet Vinyl Beige 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Non -Fibrous 221 7A Homogeneous HA 3 H04190 -Leveler Cream Sheet Vinyl Gray 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Non -Fibrous zea 604309,WO78 Homogeneous HX 3 Initial Report From: 07/05/2016 10:03:55 AS8 PLrmi 0008 - 1 71 Printed: 7/5/2016 8:03 AM Page 1 of 6 �u ti io �iI �i NU IMI 11 u iugn u EMSL Order:221604309EIVISL Analytical, Inc. I `*Iw��l� IIS . � 1010 :: ik=CO 80 204 Customer ` 4 roject ID: 21i LightTest Report. Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Materials via EPA 600IR-931116 Method using Polarized r •, Initial Report Frorrr; 07/05/2016 19:93:55 ASIR PLM, 0008 -1„ 71 Printed: 715/2916 8:03 AM Page 2 of N90ALbjjW Abits Sample Description Appearance % Fibrous % Non -Fibrous % Type HG4191-Vinyl Floor Tale Cream Sheet Vinyl Gray 10% Cellulose 85% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Fibrous 5% Glass 221W4309-0008 Homogeneous eneous HA: 3 H04192 -Vinyl Floor Tile Sheet Vinyl, Bottom Gray 10% Cellulose 85% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Layer Fibrous 5% Glass 2,11604309-0009 Homogeneous Ilk 4 H04192 -Mastic Sheet Vinyl, Bottom Yellow 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Layer Non -Fibrous 2216W309,0009A Homogeneous HA:4 H04193 Carpet Glue, Yellow Yell 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Non -Fibrous 221404309- la Homogeneous tlA 5 H04194 Carpet Glue, Yellow Yellow 1000% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Nein-Fibrous 221sa43Maot1 Homogeneous HA'.5 H04195 Carpet Glue, Yellow/ Yellow 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Non -Fibrous 221604,309-0012 Homogeneous HA: 5 H04196 -Texture Smooth Texture White 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Drywall Non -Fibrous 22IW4309-0013 Homogeneous Inseparable paint 1crialing Payer included in analysis HA: 6 H04196 -Drywall Smooth Texture d BrownAA/hite 10% Cellulose 60% Gypsum None Detected Drywall Fibrous 30% Non-fibrous (Other) V 309.0013A Homogeneous HA:6 H04197 -Drywall Smooth Texture t Brown ite 10% Cellulose 60% Gypsum None Detected Drywall Fibrous 30% Nan -fibrous (Other) 2216N3".0014 Homogeneous Inseparable point r ulrating layer included in analysis HA: 6 H44198 -Texture Smooth Texture White 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Drywall Non -Fibrous 2216043MOO15 Homogeneous Inseparable paint /coating Layer included in analysis HA 6 H04198 -Drywall Smooth Texture / Brown ite 10% Cellulose 60% Gypsum None Detected Drywall Fibrous 0%o Non-fibrous (Other) 221 6. 4 3MI0015A Homogeneous KA: 6 H04199 -Drywall Smooth Texture if Brown rte 10% Cellulose 60% Gypsum None Detected Drywall Fibrous 30% Non-fibrous (Other) 21604309.0016 Homogeneous Inseparable paint d coating layer included in analysis H& 6 H04290 -Texture Smooth Texture White 1900% Nora -fibrosus (Other) None Detected Drywall Non -Fibrous 22fW4309-0017 Homogeneous Inseparable paint / coating layer included In analyst's HA: 6 Initial Report Frorrr; 07/05/2016 19:93:55 ASIR PLM, 0008 -1„ 71 Printed: 715/2916 8:03 AM Page 2 of wwi iu� Im II I N II 1Order: '� ♦ +: 221604309 i .l46lf. Customer ID: FARM50D 1010 Yuma Street EIVISL Analytical, Inc. � II �I �I 1 I SII b I� �I IMM Denver,.:0,. Lightcustomer PO. Project ID: Test Report., Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Materials via EPA 600IR-931116 Method using Polarized • •• y2a:fthgol Mkes Sample Description Appearance % Fibrous % Non -Fibrous ilex Type H04200 -Drywall Smooth Texture t Brown/White 10% Cellulose 6Q°d4 Gypsum None Detected Drywall Fibrous ail% Non-fibrous (tither) 221604309-0017A Homogeneous HA: 6 H04201 Joint Compound White 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Non -Fibrous ,121604"9-0018 Homogeneous Inseparable pavit i coating layer included in analysts HA: 7 H04202 Joint Compound White 900% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Non -Fibrous 221604309,0019 Homogeneous inseparable, paint coafdng layer ?ndoded an analysis ASH: 7 H04203 Ceiling Tile, 2x2 Garay rte 40% Cellulose 5% Per€ite None detected Rough Fibrosus 30% Class 25% Non-fibrous (Other) 22$604309,0020 Homogeneous HA: a H04204 Gelling Tile, 2x2 chat Cray rte 45% Cellulose 100 Ferlite None Detected Fibrous 20% Glass 25% Nora -fibrous (Other) 721604309,0021 Homogeneous HA: a H04205 Ceiling Tile, 2x2 Gray/Mite 40% Cellulase 10% Per€lte None detected Fissure Fibrous 35% Glass 15% Non-fibrous (Other) 221604309,0022 Homogeneous HA: a H04206 Red duct Sealant Red 10011% Non-fibrous (tither) None Detected Non -Fibrous 221 3exa-4c23 Homogeneous HA: s H04207 Clive duct Sealant Cray 100% Non-fibrous (tither) Norse Detected Non -Fibrous 229 309.0024 Homogeneous HA: 149 H04208 2x2, Ceiling Tile„ Gray ite 30% Cellulase 15% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Rough Fibrous 55% Class 2216043091. 025 Homogeneous HA8 H04209 2x2, Ceiling mile, Cray ate 30% Cellulase 15% Nan -fibrous (Other) Mane Detected Rough Fibrous 55% Class 221604305,0426 Homogeneous NA: a H04210 Olive Duct Sealant Gray 900% Non-fibrous (tither) None Detected Non -Fibrous 221604309.0027 Homogeneous HA fig 1-104211-Fioci-Tile 12x12 Gray Floor Tile Gray 10ti% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected wi Yellow Nan -Fibrous 2216443119-002M Homogeneous Fiat: 11 H04212 -Floor Tile 12x12 Gray Floor Tile Gray 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected W/ Yellow & Brown Non -Fibrous 221604309-0429 Homogeneous HA 11 H04212 -Mastic 12x12 Gray Floor Tile Yellow 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected wt Yellow & Brown Non -Fibrous 2216N ,0029A Homogeneous HA: 1 Initial Report From, 07/05/201610:03:55 ASti, FILM 10008 - 1, 71 Printed: 715/2016 6:03 ASA Page 3 of 6 EIVISL Analytical, Inc. EMSL Order: 221604309 Customer ID: FAR 50D 1010 Yuma Street Denver, CO 80204 Customer PO: Telil'sul'. (303) 740-5700 / (303) 741-1400 Project ID: httpt/www,EMSL.com I denverlab@ernslcorn Test Report: Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Materials via EPA 600IR-931116 Method using Polarized Light Microscopy Alk"Ims Sample Description Appearance % Fibrous % Non-Fibrous % Type H04212-Leveler 12x12 Gray Floor Tile Gray 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected wl Yellow & Brown Non-Fibrous 221604309-00298 Homogeneous HA: 11 H04213-Floor Tile 42x12 Gray Floor Tile Gray 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected w/ Yellow Nan-Fibrous 221604W9-0030 Homogeneous HA 11 H04 13-blastic 12x12 Gray Floor Tile Yellow 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected wt Yellow Non-Fibrous 22M143W00304 Homogeneous HA: 11 H04213-Leveler 12x1,2 Gray Floor Tile Gray 1003'4 Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected wt Yellow Non-Fibrous 221604309,0030B Homogeneous HA: il H04214-Floor Tile 92x92 Gray Floor Tile Gray 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected w/ Yellow Noir-Fibrous 2211604309-0031 Homogeneous Kk 11 H04214-Mastic 12x12 Gray Floor Tile GrayNellow 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected W/ Yellow Non-Fibrous 221604309-0031A Homogeneous HA 11 H04215-Texture Smooth White 1000% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Texture/Drywall Non-Fibrous 221604309-0032 Homogeneous Hal: 12 H04215-Drywall Smooth Brown/Gray 10% Cellulose 60% Gypsum None Detected Texture/Drywall Fibrous 30% Non-fibrous (Other) M604309-WVA Homogeneous KA 12 H04216-Texture Smooth to 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Texture/Drywall Non-Fibrous 22lW4,109,0033 Homogeneous inseparable pant rusting layer included to analysis HA: 12 H04216-Tape Smooth Beige 95% Cellulose 5% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected TexturelDrywaff Fibrous 22t. OM-0033A Homogeneous RA 12 H04216-Joint Smooth White 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Compound Texture/Drywall Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 221604309,00338 HA: 12 H04216-Drywall Smooth Brown/Pink 10% Cellulose 600/0 Gypsum None Detected Texture/Drywall Fibrous 30% Non-fibrous (Other) 221604309-00330 Homogeneous HA; 12 H04217-Drywall Smooth Brown/Pink 10% Cellulose 60% Gypsum None Detected Texture/Drywall Fibrous 300x'4 Non-fibrous (Other) 221604"9-0034 Homogeneous Inseparable pwnt / coating layer tncluded Fn analysis HA: 12 H04218-Texture Smooth White 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Texture/Drywall Non-Fibrous 221604309-0035 Homogeneous Initial Report From: 07/05/2016 10:03:55 ASB PlLyh, 0008 - 1,71 Printed: 715/2016 8:03 AM Page 4 of 6 EIVISL Analytical, Inc. EMSL Order, 221604309 Customer ID: FARM50D 1010 Yuma Street Denver, CO 80204 Customer PO� Tel/Fax: (303)'740-0700 / (303) 741-1400 http:/Iwww,EMSL,com,denveriab@emsi,com Project ID - Test Report. Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Materials via EPA 600IR-931116 Method using Polarized Light Microscopy hgalilkllm ALbntql Sample Description Appearance % Fibrous % Non -Fibrous % Type Inseparable paint coating layer included in analysis HA: 12 H04218 -Tape smooth Beige 95% Cellulose 5% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Texture/Drywall Fibrous ,121604309-0035A Homogeneous HA 12 H04218 -Joust Smooth White 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Compound Texture/Drywall Non -Fibrous Homogeneous 22$W4309 -0035B HA12 H04218 -Drywall Smooth Brown/Pink 10% Cellulose 60% Gypsum None Detected Texture/Drywall Fibrous 30% Non-fibrous (Other) 22f6a4309-0035C Homogeneous HA12 H04219 -Texture Smooth White 100yi, Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected TexturelDrywall Non -Fibrous 221644309-00,36 Homogeneous Inseparable Paint / colalng layer included in analysis HA, 12 H04219-Drywali Smooth BrownArilhite 10% Cellulose 60% Gypsum None Detected Texture/Drywalt Fibrous 30% Non-fibrous (Other) 212160CRia,0036A Homogeneous HA 12 H04220 -Sheet Flooring Gray Sheet Vinyl Gray 10% Synthetic 90% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Floor Fibrous 221604309-0037 Homogeneous HA 13 H04220 -Leveler Gray Sheet Vinyl Gray 1001%, Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Floor Non -Fibrous Z2rW4309-0037A Homogeneous HA', 13 H04221 -Sheet Flooring Gray Sheet Vinyl Gray 10% Synthetic 90% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Floor Fibrous 221604309-00,18 Homogeneous Rk 13 H04221 -Mastic Gray Sheet Vinyl Yellow 1000/4 Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Floor Non -Fibrous 221&4309-0038A Homogeneous HA 13 H04221 -Leveler Gray Sheet Vinyl Gray 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Floor Non -Fibrous 221604309-00388 Homogeneous HA: 13 H04222 Carpet Glue, Yellow Tan 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Non -Fibrous 221604309-0039 Homogeneous HA' M H04223 Carpet Glue, Yellow Tan 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Non -Fibrous 221 O9 -W40 Homogeneous HA: 14 H04224 Carpet Glue, Yellow Tan 1000% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Non -Fibrous 221604309-0041 Homogeneous HA: 14 ----------- -- Initial Re From: 071{i5t2016 1ti:03:55 ASS , PLM -1 0008 - 1,71 Printed: 7/5/2016 6.03 AM Page 5 of 6 Sample---- Description Appearance % Fibrous % Non -Fibrous % Type 1404225 Cove Base Mastic, Beige 1000% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Yellow Non -Fibrous 22P 309.0042 Homogeneous Analyst(s) Abigail Crock (68) Molly Elkins (4) I_Z2 Brandon Rawlings, Laboratory Manager or Other Approved Signatory f EMSL maintains liability limited to cost of analysis. This report relates only to the samples reported and may not be reproduced, except in fuff, without mitten approval by EMSL EMSL bears no responsibility for sample collection activities or analytical method hatitatrzins interpretation and use of test results are the responsibility of the client This report must not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by NVLAP, NIST or any agency of the federal government Non -friable organically bound materials present a problem matrix and therefore EMSL recommends gravimetric, reduction prior to analysis Samples received in good condition unless otherwise noted, Estimated accuracy, precision and uncertainty data available upon request Unless requested by the client, building materials manufactured with multiple layers (ao linoleum, wallboardetc.) are reported as a single sample. Reporting limit is 1% I Sarriples analyzed by EMSL Analytical, Inc Denver, CO NVLAP Lab Code 2 2 O Initial Report From: 07/05/2016 10:0155 ASS _1PLM, 0008- 9.'7'1 Printed: 715/2016 8:03 AM Page 6 of 6 HA 15 H04226 Cove Base Mastic, White/Beige 100`, Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Yellow Non -Fibrous ?21604309-0043 Homogeneous lik 15 H04227 Cove Base Mastic, Beige 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Det ed Yellow Non -Fibrous 2216043011-0044 Homogeneous lW Is H04228 Sink Undercoat, Black Black 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Non -Fibrous 221W4309 0045 Homogeneous HA I H04229 Sink Undercoat, Black Black 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Non -Fibrous 2.'IW4309-0046 Homogeneous HA I H04230 Sink Undercoat, Gray Gray 15% Cellulose 85% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Non -Fibrous 221604309-0047 Homogeneous HA: 16 Analyst(s) Abigail Crock (68) Molly Elkins (4) I_Z2 Brandon Rawlings, Laboratory Manager or Other Approved Signatory f EMSL maintains liability limited to cost of analysis. This report relates only to the samples reported and may not be reproduced, except in fuff, without mitten approval by EMSL EMSL bears no responsibility for sample collection activities or analytical method hatitatrzins interpretation and use of test results are the responsibility of the client This report must not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by NVLAP, NIST or any agency of the federal government Non -friable organically bound materials present a problem matrix and therefore EMSL recommends gravimetric, reduction prior to analysis Samples received in good condition unless otherwise noted, Estimated accuracy, precision and uncertainty data available upon request Unless requested by the client, building materials manufactured with multiple layers (ao linoleum, wallboardetc.) are reported as a single sample. Reporting limit is 1% I Sarriples analyzed by EMSL Analytical, Inc Denver, CO NVLAP Lab Code 2 2 O Initial Report From: 07/05/2016 10:0155 ASS _1PLM, 0008- 9.'7'1 Printed: 715/2016 8:03 AM Page 6 of 6 OrdrT 221604309 Asbestos Chain of Custody EMSL ANA, -YTCAL, INC, 1010 ` U T RET' EMSL Order Number {Lab Use Cirri a DENVER, CO, 802042 PHONE, (303) 740-5700 gt. ANAWMAw FAx 556) 858-4960 Additional Pages of the Chain of Custody are only necessary if needed for additional sample information le s I Volume/`s (Air) DstaMrne u k Se led ow t 11 if G» 011 r N fG, J, Tomrnents/Speolat Instructions: Page��es OrderI I D: 221604309 Asbestos Chain of Custody EMSL ANALYTICAL, INC, EMSL Order Number'Lab Use t DENVER, 9 PHONE (303) 740-5700 FAX (856) 858-4960 Additional Pages of the Grein of Custody are only necessary if needed for additional sample information l t+ cri tl Volo (Air) DateMme HA # Bulk i y n i{ 5,owo4et4 �tyJv.%,- /clvqS�� } 13 t Tomments/Spectal instructions: page cf _. Pages w°!- R2 - 11171MO &ache 3 Of 4 Orderl I D: 221604309 Asbestos of 1»EMSL Order Number:• qse! CO, $0204 II - DENVER, P2 + 40-6700 FAX'(856) 858-4960 Additional Pages of the Chain of Custody are only necessary it needed for additional sample information Volume/Area (Air) vatemme } Sample Barn a ca titian HA Bulk 13 )I CH 21S -S, t vi v - t- ... i tJi•C f *Comments/SpecialInst coons. Page of pages BULK SAMPLE DRAWING I i.4 e Yn y ci g n pm .. .. .,. ......, .e.... _.. ..e .. ..m_ r. �._...... .. .. .. ... ... ....... .....,. ,....,_---- ..,,,....__... ._,... Lu' lZI 4id� ctx' x s a+ Y h i7 0 x e uj uj z l :x [ED-71pTamu `l. • !! 'M` !•*: ♦ is ., 11 Photo 3: HA -2 YellowHA-move Base Mastic HA -4, Sheet Vinyl Bottom layer Photo 5: HA -5 Yellow Carpet Glue Smooth Texture on Drywall Farmer Environmental Group, LLC Photo 11: HA -1 1 12" x 12' Gray Floor Tile Farmer Prooject o. 3755,01 2 Farmer Environmental Group, LLC Photo 11 HA -'14 Yellowy Carpet Glue ._ Photo 14: HA -16, Sink Undercoat, Grey Farmer Project No. 3755.01 Farmer Environmental Group, LLC APPENDIX IV EPACERTIFICATIONS elk" � "'110c �11"..;-;11A1_ 1&1"'i_k1!21, Mims. of Public 14edth and Enviroment ASBESTOS This certifies that Jennifer Day Certification No.: 7191 has inet, the requirements of 25-7-507, C.R.S. and Air Quality Control ConunissionRegulation No. 8, Pan, B, and is hereby certified by the state of Colorado in the following discipline: Inspector/Management Planner" Issued.- September 13, 2015 Expires: September 13, 2016 ' current Division -approved tratning coam certificationin the discipline sixeffled above. f Cc FICATIOM s certifies that A. Pliercle mfloo'No.-. 14063 . - � k, - 'IN V, el I state of Colorado in the followitig discipline: Building Inspector* Issued: April 18, 2016 Expires.- April 18, 2017 niev rettyieete is valm oiso with the possession of a current DivIvion-approved training, romne renifiewton in the discilVine s1wrifled above. A6thodzed AP 6,4,-Prellsen4ive SEAL A E 0uj0 uj c F- CL c co0 0 Cc 0- w 04 CL 20 CL 0 CLm CL UJ UJ 0 E 0uj0 uj